0% found this document useful (0 votes)
201 views538 pages

Service Guide: Aspire A314-31 / A114-31 / A314-32 / A114-32

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1/ 538

Aspire A314-31 / A114-31 / A314-32 / A114-32

SERVICE GUIDE
Revision History
Refer to the table below for the updates made to this service guide.

Date Version Chapter Updates

01-15-2018 V 1.00

09-27-2018 V 1.01 1  Adjusted HDMI Data Throughput from 10.2 to


18 on page 1-28 and 1-69.
 Added Aspire A114-31 bottom image on page
1-17.
 Added Aspire A114-32 bottom image on page
1-57.

Service guide files and updates are available on the ACER/CSD Website. For more
information, go to http://csd.acer.com.tw.The information in this guide is subject to
change without notice.

Copyright
Copyright © 2018 by Acer Incorporated. All rights reserved. No part of this publication
may be reproduced, transmitted, transcribed, stored in a retrieval system, or translated
into any language or computer language, in any form or by any means, electronic,
mechanical, magnetic, optical, chemical, manual or otherwise, without the prior written
permission of Acer Incorporated.

Disclaimer
The information in this guide is subject to change without notice.
There are no representations or warranties, either expressed or implied, with respect to
the contents hereof and specifically disclaims any warranties of merchantability or
fitness for any particular purpose. The software described in this manual is sold or
licensed “as is”. Should the programs prove defective following their purchase, the
buyer (not the manufacturer, distributor, or its dealer) assumes the entire cost of all
necessary servicing, repair, and any incidental or consequential damages resulting from
any defect in the software.

ii
Conventions
The following conventions are used in this manual:

! WARNING:
Indicates a potential for personal injury.

! CAUTION:
Indicates a potential loss of data or damage to equipment.

+ IMPORTANT:
Indicates information that is important to know for the proper
completion of a procedure, choice of an option, or completing a task.
The following typographical conventions are used in this document:
Book titles, directory names, file names, path names, and program/process names
are shown in italics.
Example:

the DRS5 User's Guide


/usr/local/bin/fd
the /TPH15spool_M program
Computer output (text that represents information displayed on a computer
screen, such as menus, prompts, responses to input, and error messages) are
shown in constant width.
Example:

[01] The server has been stopped


Userinput (text that represents information entered by a computer user, such as
command names, option letters, and words) are shown in constant width bold.
Variables contained within user input are shown in angle brackets (< >).

Example:

At the prompt, type run <file name> -m


Keyboard keys are shown in bold italics.
Example:

After entering data, press Enter.

iii
General Information 0

This service guide provides all technical information relating to the basic configuration
for Acer’s global product offering. To better fit local market requirements and enhance
product competitiveness, the regional office may have decided to extend the
functionality of a machine (such as add-on cards, modems, or extra memory capabilities).
These localized features are not covered in this generic service guide. In such cases,
contact the regional offices or the responsible personnel/channel to provide further
technical details.
When ordering FRU parts: Check the most up-to-date information available on the
Website. If, for whatever reason, a part number change is made, it may not be noted in
this printed service guide.
Acer-authorized Service Providers: The Acer office may have a different part number
code than those given in the FRU list in this service guide. A list must be provided by the
regional Acer office to order FRU parts for repair and service of customer machines.

iv
CHAPTER 1
Hardware Specifications

Aspire A314-31/A114-31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5


Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Operating System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
CPU and Chipset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
System Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Audio. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Graphics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Webcam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Wireless and Networking. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Dimension and Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
Power Adapter and Battery. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
Input and Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
Input and Output (I/O) Ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8
Windows Desktop Apps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8
Options and Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
Warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
Notebook Tour. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
Touchpad Basics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18
Using the Keyboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19
Windows Keys. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-21
Hotkeys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22
System Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-24
Specification Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-25
Computer specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-25
System Board Major Chips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-26
Processor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-26
Processor Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-27
System Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-27
BIOS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-27
Keyboard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-27
USB Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-28
HDMI Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-28
Video Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-29
Battery. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-29
45W AC Adapter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-30
Card Reader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-30
Hard Disk Drive (AVL components) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-31

v
Solid State Drive (SSD) (for Aspire A314-31 only). . . . . . . . . 1-32
Embedded MultiMedia Card (eMMC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-32
DVD Super-Multi Drive (not available in this model). . . . . . 1-33
LCD 14.0” FHD (non-touch) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-34
LCD 14.0” HD (non-touch) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-35
LCD Inverter (N/A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-36
Graphics Controller (UMA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-36
Graphics Controller (Discrete) (Not available in this model) 1-37
Display Supported Resolution (LCD Supported Resolution) 1-37
Display Supported Resolution (GPU Supported Resolution) 1-37
LAN Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-38
Wireless + Bluetooth Module (ac/a/b/g/n) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-38
Audio Interface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-38
Audio Codec and Amplifier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-40
HD Camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-41
3G Card (not available in this model) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-41
VRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-41
System Power Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-42
System LED Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-42
System Interrupt Specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-42
Memory Address Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-43
Aspire A314-32/A114-32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-45
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-45
Operating System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-45
CPU and Chipset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-45
System Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-45
Display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-45
Audio. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-46
Graphics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-46
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-46
Webcam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-46
Wireless and Networking. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-46
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-47
Dimension and Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-47
Power Adapter and Battery. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-47
Input and Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-47
Input and Output (I/O) Ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-48
Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-48
Windows Store Apps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-48
Windows Desktop Apps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-49
Options and Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-50
Warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-50
Notebook Tour. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-51
Touchpad Basics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-58
Using the Keyboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-59
Windows Keys. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-61

vi
Hotkeys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-62
System Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-64
Specification Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-65
Computer Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-65
System Board Major Chips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-66
Processor Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-66
System Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-67
BIOS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-67
CPU Fan True Value Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-68
Keyboard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-68
USB Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-68
HDMI Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-69
Video Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-69
Battery. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-69
45W AC Adapter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-70
Card Reader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-71
Hard Disk Drive (Toshiba) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-71
Hard Disk Drive (WD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-72
Solid State Drive (SSD) (for Aspire A314-32 only). . . . . . . . . 1-72
Embedded MultiMedia Card (eMMC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-73
DVD Super-Multi Drive (not available in this model). . . . . . 1-73
LCD 14.0” FHD (non-glare) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-74
LCD 14.0” HD (non-glare) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-75
LCD 14.0” HD (glare) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-76
Graphics Controller (UMA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-77
Graphics Controller (Discrete) (Not available in this model) 1-77
LAN Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-78
Wireless + Bluetooth Module (ac/a/b/g/n) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-78
Audio Interface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-78
HD Camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-79
3G Card (N/A in this model) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-79
VRAM (N/A in this model) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-79
Audio Codec and Amplifier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-80
System Power Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-81
System LED Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-81
System I/O Address Map. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-81
System Interrupt Specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-83
Memory Address Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-84

CHAPTER 2
System Utilities

BIOS Setup Utility. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3


Navigating the BIOS Utility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Aspire A314-31/A114-31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4

vii
Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Main . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
Advanced . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
Boot. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
Exit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
BIOS Flash Utilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
WinFlash Utility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17
Miscellaneous Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20
Using DMI Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20
Aspire A314-32/A114-32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36
Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36
Main . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-39
Advanced . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-41
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-42
Boot. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-47
Exit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-48
BIOS Flash Utilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-49
BIOS Flash in Windows Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-50
BIOS Flash in Shell Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-54
Miscellaneous Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-56
Using DMI Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-56
Crisis Disk Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-72

CHAPTER 3
Machine Maintenance Procedures

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Recommended Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Aspire A314-31/A114-31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Pre-disassembly Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Disassembly Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
Main Unit Disassembly Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
Main Unit Disassembly Flowchart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
Memory Door Removal (Aspire A314-31 only) . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
Hard Drive Door Removal (Aspire A314-31 only) . . . . . . . . . 3-11
HDD (Hard Disk Drive) Module Removal (Aspire A314-31 only)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
Base Cover Removal (Aspire A314-31 only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
Base Cover Removal (Aspire A114-31 only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17

viii
Battery Pack Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18
WLAN (Wireless Local Area Network) Module Removal . . . 3-20
SSD (Solid State Drive) Module Removal (Aspire A314-31 only)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22
DC-in Jack Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23
IO Board Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24
Fan Removal (Aspire A314-31 only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26
Heatsink Removal (Aspire A314-31 only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28
Heatsink Removal (Aspire A114-31 only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29
Touchpad Module Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30
Speaker Module Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33
LCD Module Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34
RTC Battery Removal (Aspire A314-31 only). . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-36
RTC Battery Removal (Aspire A114-31 only). . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37
Mainboard Removal (Aspire A314-31 only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-38
Mainboard Removal (Aspire A114-31 only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-41
Top Assembly Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-44
LCD Module Disassembly Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-45
LCD Module Disassembly Flowchart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-45
LCD Bezel Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-46
LCD Panel Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-48
Camera Module Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-50
LCD Hinge Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-51
eDP and Camera Cable Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-53
WLAN Antenna Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-54
LCD Module Reassembly Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-56
Replacing the WLAN Antenna. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-56
Replacing the eDP and Camera Cable. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-59
Replacing the LCD Hinges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-62
Replacing the LCD Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-64
Replacing the Camera Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-66
Replacing the LCD Bezel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-67
Main Unit Reassembly Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-68
Replacing the Top Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-68
Replacing the Mainboard (Aspire A114-31 only) . . . . . . . . . 3-69
Replacing the Mainboard (Aspire A314-31 only) . . . . . . . . . 3-71
Replacing the RTC Battery (Aspire A114-31 only) . . . . . . . . 3-73
Replacing the RTC Battery (Aspire A314-31 only) . . . . . . . . 3-74
Replacing the LCD Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-75
Replacing the Speaker Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-77
Replacing the Touchpad Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-78

ix
Replacing the Heatsink (Aspire A114-31 only) . . . . . . . . . . . 3-81
Replacing the Heatsink (Aspire A314-31 only) . . . . . . . . . . . 3-82
Replacing the Fan (Aspire A314-31 only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-83
Replacing the IO Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-84
Replacing the DC-in Jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-85
Replacing the SSD (Solid State Drive) Module (Aspire A314-31 on-
ly). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-86
Replacing the WLAN (Wireless Local Area Network) Module3-87
Replacing the Battery Pack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-88
Replacing the Base Cover (Aspire A114-31 only) . . . . . . . . . 3-89
Replacing the Base Cover (Aspire A314-31 only) . . . . . . . . . 3-91
Replacing the HDD (Hard Disk Drive) Module (Aspire A314-31 on-
ly). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-93
Replacing the HDD Door (Aspire A314-31 only). . . . . . . . . . 3-95
Replacing the Memory Door (Aspire A314-31 only) . . . . . . 3-96
Aspire A314-32/A114-32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-97
Pre-disassembly Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-97
Disassembly Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-98
Main Unit Disassembly Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-99
Main Unit Disassembly Flowchart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-99
Memory Door Removal (Aspire A314-32 only) . . . . . . . . . . . 3-101
Memory Module Removal (Aspire A314-32 only) . . . . . . . . 3-102
Hard Drive Door Removal (Aspire A314-32 only) . . . . . . . . . 3-104
HDD (Hard Disk Drive) Module Removal (Aspire A314-32 only)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-105
Base Cover Removal (Aspire A314-32 only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-108
Base Cover Removal (Aspire A114-32 only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-110
Battery Pack Removal (Aspire A314-32 only) . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-111
Battery Pack Removal (Aspire A114-32 only) . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-112
WLAN (Wireless Local Area Network) Module Removal (Aspire
A314-32 only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-113
WLAN (Wireless Local Area Network) Module Removal (Aspire
A114-32 only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-115
SSD (Solid State Drive) Module Removal (Aspire A314-32 only)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-117
DC-in Jack Removal (Aspire A314-32 only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-118
DC-in Jack Removal (Aspire A114-32 only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-119
IO Board Removal (Aspire 314-32 only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-120
IO Board Removal (Aspire 114-32 only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-122
Fan Removal (Aspire A314-32 only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-124
Heatsink Removal (Aspire A314-32 only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-126

x
Heatsink Removal (Aspire A114-32 only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-127
Touchpad Module Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-128
Speaker Module Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-131
LCD Module Removal (Aspire A314-32 only) . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-134
LCD Module Removal (Aspire A114-32 only) . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-136
RTC Battery Removal (Aspire A314-32 only). . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-138
RTC Battery Removal (Aspire A114-32 only). . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-139
Mainboard Removal (Aspire A314-32 only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-140
Mainboard Removal (Aspire A114-32 only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-143
Top Assembly Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-146
LCD Module Disassembly Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-147
LCD Module Disassembly Flowchart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-147
LCD Bezel Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-148
LCD Panel Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-150
Camera Module Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-152
LCD Hinge Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-153
eDP and Camera Cable Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-155
WLAN Antenna Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-156
LCD Module Reassembly Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-159
Replacing the WLAN Antennas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-159
Replacing the eDP and Camera Cable. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-163
Replacing the LCD Hinges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-165
Replacing the LCD Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-167
Replacing the Camera Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-169
Replacing the LCD Bezel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-170
Main Unit Reassembly Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-172
Replacing the Top Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-172
Replacing the Mainboard (Aspire A314-32 only) . . . . . . . . . 3-173
Replacing the Mainboard (Aspire A114-32 only) . . . . . . . . . 3-176
Replacing the RTC Battery (Aspire A314-32 only) . . . . . . . . 3-179
Replacing the RTC Battery (Aspire A114-32 only) . . . . . . . . 3-180
Replacing the LCD Module (Aspire A314-32 only) . . . . . . . . 3-181
Replacing the LCD Module (Aspire A114-32 only) . . . . . . . . 3-183
Replacing the Speaker Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-185
Replacing the Touchpad Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-188
Replacing the Heatsink (Aspire A314-32 only) . . . . . . . . . . . 3-192
Replacing the Heatsink (Aspire A114-32 only) . . . . . . . . . . . 3-194
Replacing the Fan (Aspire A314-31 only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-196
Replacing the IO Board (Aspire A314-32 only) . . . . . . . . . . . 3-198
Replacing the IO Board (Aspire 114-32 only) . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-200
Replacing the DC-in Jack (Aspire A314-32 only). . . . . . . . . . 3-202

xi
Replacing the DC-in Jack (Aspire A114-32 only). . . . . . . . . . 3-203
Replacing the SSD (Solid State Drive) Module (Aspire A314-32 on-
ly). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-204
Replacing the WLAN Module (Aspire 314-32 only) . . . . . . . 3-205
Replacing the WLAN Module (Aspire 114-32 only) . . . . . . . 3-206
Replacing the Battery Pack (Aspire 314-32 only) . . . . . . . . . 3-207
Replacing the Battery Pack (Aspire 114-32 only) . . . . . . . . . 3-208
Replacing the Base Cover (Aspire A314-32 only) . . . . . . . . . 3-209
Replacing the Base Cover (Aspire A114-32 only) . . . . . . . . . 3-211
Replacing the HDD Module (Aspire A314-32 only) . . . . . . . 3-213
Replacing the HDD Door (Aspire A314-32 only). . . . . . . . . . 3-215
Replacing the Memory Module (Aspire A314-32 only) . . . . 3-216
Replacing the Memory Door (Aspire A314-32 only) . . . . . . 3-217

CHAPTER 4
Troubleshooting

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Aspire A314-31/A114-31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Power On Issues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
No Display Issues. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
LCD Picture Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
Internal Speaker Failure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
Audio and Card Reader Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
Other Functions Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
Intermittent Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
Undetermined Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
Post Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12
Aspire A314-32/A114-32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20
Power On Issues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20
No Display Issues. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21
LCD Picture Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23
Internal Speaker Failure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24
Audio and Card Reader Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25
Other Functions Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26
Intermittent Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27
Undetermined Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27
Post Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28

xii
CHAPTER 5
Jumper and Connector Locations

Aspire A314-31 (Top Side of Mainboard) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3


Aspire A314-31 (Bottom Side of Mainboard). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
Aspire A114-31 (Top Side of Mainboard) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
Aspire A114-31 (Bottom Side of Mainboard). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
Aspire A314-32 (Top Side of Mainboard) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
Aspire A314-32 (Bottom Side of Mainboard). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Aspire A114-32 (Top Side of Mainboard) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Aspire A114-32 (Bottom Side of Mainboard). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10

CHAPTER 6
FRU (Field Replaceable Unit) List

Aspire A314-31/A114-31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4


Exploded Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
FRU List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
SCREW List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15
Aspire A314-32/A114-32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16
Exploded Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16
FRU List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-18
SCREW List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-32

CHAPTER 7
Model Definition and Configuration

Aspire A314-31/A114-31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3


Aspire A314-32/A114-32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-26

CHAPTER 8
Test Compatible Components

Microsoft® Windows® 8.1 Environment Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4


Aspire A314-31/A114-31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4
Aspire A314-32/A114-32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9

xiii
CHAPTER 9
Online Support Information

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3

xiv
CHAPTER 1
Hardware Specifications
Aspire A314-31/A114-31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Operating System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-5
CPU and Chipset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-5
System Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-5
Display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-5
Audio. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-5
Graphics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-6
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-6
Webcam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-6
Wireless and Networking. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-6
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-6
Dimension and Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-7
Power Adapter and Battery. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-7
Input and Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-7
Input and Output (I/O) Ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-7
Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-8
Windows Desktop Apps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-8
Options and Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-9
Warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-9
Notebook Tour. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
Specification Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-25
Computer specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-25
System Board Major Chips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-26
Processor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-26
Processor Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-27
System Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-27
BIOS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-27
Keyboard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-27
USB Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-28
HDMI Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-28
Video Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-29
Battery. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-29
45W AC Adapter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-30
Card Reader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-30
Hard Disk Drive (AVL components) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-31
Solid State Drive (SSD) (for Aspire A314-31 only). . . . . . . . . .1-32
Embedded MultiMedia Card (eMMC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-32
DVD Super-Multi Drive (not available in this model). . . . . . .1-33
LCD 14.0” FHD (non-touch) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-34
LCD 14.0” HD (non-touch) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-35
LCD Inverter (N/A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-36
Graphics Controller (UMA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-36
Graphics Controller (Discrete) (Not available in this model) .1-37
Display Supported Resolution (LCD Supported Resolution) .1-37
Display Supported Resolution (GPU Supported Resolution) .1-37

1-2
LAN Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-38
Wireless + Bluetooth Module (ac/a/b/g/n) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-38
Audio Interface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-38
Audio Codec and Amplifier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-40
HD Camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-41
3G Card (not available in this model) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-41
VRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-41
System Power Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-42
System LED Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-42
System Interrupt Specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-42
Memory Address Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-43
Aspire A314-32/A114-32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-45
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-45
Operating System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-45
CPU and Chipset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-45
System Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-45
Display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-45
Audio. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-46
Graphics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-46
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-46
Webcam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-46
Wireless and Networking. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-46
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-47
Dimension and Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-47
Power Adapter and Battery. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-47
Input and Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-47
Input and Output (I/O) Ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-48
Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-48
Windows Store Apps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-48
Windows Desktop Apps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-49
Options and Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-50
Warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-50
Notebook Tour. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-51
Specification Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-65
Computer Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-65
System Board Major Chips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-66
Processor Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-66
System Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-67
BIOS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-67
CPU Fan True Value Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-68
Keyboard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-68
USB Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-68
HDMI Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-69
Video Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-69
Battery. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-69
45W AC Adapter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-70

1-3
Card Reader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-71
Hard Disk Drive (Toshiba) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-71
Hard Disk Drive (WD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-72
Solid State Drive (SSD) (for Aspire A314-32 only). . . . . . . . . .1-72
Embedded MultiMedia Card (eMMC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-73
DVD Super-Multi Drive (not available in this model). . . . . . .1-73
LCD 14.0” FHD (non-glare) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-74
LCD 14.0” HD (non-glare) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-75
LCD 14.0” HD (glare) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-76
Graphics Controller (UMA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-77
Graphics Controller (Discrete) (Not available in this model) .1-77
LAN Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-78
Wireless + Bluetooth Module (ac/a/b/g/n) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-78
Audio Interface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-78
HD Camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-79
3G Card (N/A in this model) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-79
VRAM (N/A in this model) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-79
Audio Codec and Amplifier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-80
System Power Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-81
System LED Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-81
System I/O Address Map. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-81
System Interrupt Specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-83
Memory Address Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-84

1-4
Hardware Specifications and Configurations

Aspire A314-31/A114-31 0

Features 0

Below is a summary of the computer’s features:

Operating System 0

Windows 10 Home 64-bit

CPU and Chipset 0

Intel® PentiumTM N4200 quad-core processor (2 MB L2 cache, 1.10 GHz up to 2.5


GHz with Intel® Burst Technology, DDR3L 1600 MHz, 6 W)
Intel® Celeron® N3450 quad-core processor (2 MB L2 cache, 1.10 GHz up to 2.2
GHz with Intel® Burst Technology, DDR3L 1600MHz, 6W)
Intel® Celeron® N3350 dual-core processor (2 MB L2 cache, 1.10 GHz up to 2.4
GHz with Intel® Burst Technology, DDR3L 1600MHz, 6W)

System Memory 0

DDR3L SDRAM support:


4 GB of dual-channel, on-board system memory

Display 0

14.0" HD 1366 x 768 resolution, high-brightness Acer CineCrystal™ LED-backlit TFT


LCD
16:9 aspect ratio
Ultra-slim design
Mercury-free, environment-friendly
14.0" HD 1366 x 768 resolution, high-brightness Acer ComfyView™ LED-backlit
TFT LCD
16:9 aspect ratio
Ultra-slim design
Mercury-free, environment-friendly

Audio 0

High-definition audio support


Two built-in stereo speakers

Hardware Specifications and Configurations 1-5


Built-in digital microphone

Graphics 0

Intel® HD Graphics 505, supporting OpenGL® 4.3, OpenCLTM 1.2, Microsoft®


DirectX® 12
Intel® HD Graphics 500, supporting OpenGL® 4.3, OpenCLTM 1.2, Microsoft®
DirectX® 12

Storage 0

Card reader:
Supports Secure Digital™ (SD) Card v1.0 / v1.1 / v2.0 / v3.0 UHS-I
Supports SD/ SDXC
2TB maximum capacity (for SDXC only)
Hard disk drive (Aspire A314-31 only):
500 GB / 1 TB 2.5-inch 5400 RPM
Solid state drive (Aspire A314-31 only):
128 / 256 GB, SATA 6 Gb/s
Embedded MultiMedia Card (eMMC):
32 / 64 GB, NAND flash memory, data rate up to 400MB/s

Webcam 0

Video Conferencing:
Acer webcam with:
640 x 480 resolution

Wireless and Networking 0

WLAN:
®
Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC, 802.11 ac/a/b/g/n wireless LAN with Acer Nplify™,
featuring 2x2 MIMO technology
WPAN:
®
Bluetooth 4.0
®
Bluetooth 2.1+EDR
LAN:
Gigabit Ethernet
Wake-on-LAN ready

Security 0

BIOS user, supervisor, HDD passwords


Kensington lock slot

1-6 Hardware Specifications and Configurations


Dimension and Weight 0

Dimensions (Aspire A314-31):


343 (W) x 245 (D) x 20.15 (H) mm (13.5 x 9.65 x 0.79 inches)
Dimensions (Aspire A114-31):
343 (W) x 245 (D) x 17.95 (H) mm (13.5 x 9.65 x 0.71 inches)
Weight (Aspire A314-31):
1.8 kg (3.97 lbs.) with 2-cell battery pack
Weight (Aspire A114-31):
1.65 kg (3.64 lbs.) with 2-cell battery pack

Power Adapter and Battery 0

Power adapter
3-pin 45 W AC adapter:
95 (W) x 38 (D) x 25.4 (H) mm (3.74 x 1.50 x 1.00 inches)
150 g with 150 cm DC cable
Battery
2-cell Li-ion battery pack:
37 Wh, 4810 mAh, 7.7 V (for models with HD Panel)
Up to 7 hours (based on MobileMark® 2014 test results) (Aspire A314-31 only)
Up to 9 hours (based on MobileMark® 2014 test results) (Aspire A114-31 only)

Input and Control 0

Keyboard
87-/88-/91-keyFineTip keyboard with Home, End, Pg Up, Pg Dn keys, international
language support, power button
Touchpad
Multi-gesture touchpad, supporting two-finger scroll and pinch; gestures to open
Cortana, Action Center, multitasking; application commands
Microsoft Precision Touchpad certification

Input and Output (I/O) Ports 0

SD™ Card reader


HDMI® port with HDCP support
3.5mm headphone/speaker jack, supporting headsets with built-in microphone
Ethernet (RJ-45) port
DC-in jack for AC adapter
One USB 3.0 port
Two USB 2.0 ports

Hardware Specifications and Configurations 1-7


Environment 0

Temperature:

Operating: 5 °C to 35 °C
Non-operating: -20 °C to 65 °C
Humidity (non-condensing):
Operating: 20% to 80%
Non-operating: 20% to 80%

Windows Desktop Apps 0

Content
Kindle

Music Maker Jam


Netflix

Pubu

Sohu Video
Games
WildTangent

Lifestyle
Agoda

Booking.com

Hao123

Shopping
Amazon

Content
BaiduME

In-House
Acer Care Center
Acer Collection
Acer Configuration Manager
Acer Hover Access
Acer Portal
abFiles

abPhoto

Quick Access
Lifestyle
Priceline.com

Others
®
Cyberlink PowerDVD™

1-8 Hardware Specifications and Configurations


RealSense web link
RealSense™ Weblink R200
Software Value Pack
Productivity
itSeez3D Scanner
Kingsoft Office Suite
Microsoft Office 2016 PIPC Premium Home & Business
Microsoft Office 2016 PIPC Premium Personal
Office 2016
Search
Firefox

Internet Explorer
QQ Browser
Yandex Browser
Tools
App Explorer
Dashlane

Options and Accessories 0

3-pin 45 W AC adapter

Warranty 0

One-year International Travelers Warranty (ITW)

Hardware Specifications and Configurations 1-9


Notebook Tour 0

1 6

Figure 1-1. Opened Front View

Table 1-1. Opened Front View

# Icon Item Description


1 Integrated webcam Web camera for video communication.
Also called Liquid-Crystal Display (LCD), displays
computer output (configuration may vary by
2 Display screen
model), and supports multi-touch functionality
(for touchscreen model only).
Turns the computer on and off, and lights to
3 Power button
show computer functions and states.
4 Keyboard For entering data into your computer.
Touch-sensitive pointing device which functions
5 Touchpad
like a computer mouse.
6 Microphone Internal microphone for sound recording.

1-10 Hardware Specifications and Configurations


1

Figure 1-2. Rear View

Table 1-2. Rear View

# Icon Item Description


Enable the computer to stay cool, even
after prolonged use.
1 Ventilation slot
Note: Do not cover or obstruct the
opening of the ventilation slot

Hardware Specifications and Configurations 1-11


1 2 3 4 5

Figure 1-3. Left View

Table 1-3. Left View

# Icon Item Description


Kensington lock slot Connects to a Kensington-compatible
computer security lock.
Note: Wrap the computer security lock
cable around an immovable object such as
1
a table or handle of a locked drawer.
Insert the lock into the notch and turn the
key to secure the lock. Some keyless
models are also available.
Connects to an Ethernet 10/100/1000
2 Ethernet (RJ-45) port
based network.
Supports high-definition digital video
3 HDMI port
connections.
Connects to USB 3.0 devices (e.g., USB
4 USB 3.0 port
mouse, USB camera)
Accepts SD cards.
5 Card Reader Note: Push to remove/install the card. Only
one card can operate at any given time.

1-12 Hardware Specifications and Configurations


1 2 3 4

Figure 1-4. Right View

Table 1-4. Right View

# Icon Item Description


Connects to audio line-out devices and accepts
Headphone/
1 input from external microphone (3.5 mm
Microphone jack Standard TRRS / OMTP TRRS Type)
Connects to USB 2.0 devices (e.g., USB mouse,
2 USB 2.0 port
USB camera)
The indicators show the current computer
3 LED Indicators
status in different colors as described below.
Connects to an AC adapter.
4 DC-in jack

Indicators 0

The system has several easy-to-read status indicators.

Icon Function Description & Behavior


Power Indicates the computer’s power status.
 Blue On: The power is on or the system is entering
the hibernation mode.
 Breeze Orange (1 sec on / 3 sec off): The system is in
the stand-by mode.
 N/A: The power is off or the system is in the
hibernation mode.

Hardware Specifications and Configurations 1-13


Icon Function Description & Behavior
Battery Indicates the computer's battery status.
 Blue On: The battery is fully charged (with AC power
connected).
 Orange On: The battery is charging.

 Breeze Orange (1 sec on / 3 sec off): The battery is at a


low level.
 Blinking Orange (1 sec on / 1 sec off): The battery is at
a critical level (less than 3%) or in an abnormal
situation.
 N/A: Normal condition, the system is running on a
battery.
ODD activity ODD active: Green or Orange (depending on ODD
module)
Communication state Wifi On: no LED indicator
Bluetooth: no LED indicator

Audio Connector Plug Configuration 0

NOTE: NOTE:
When plugging a microphone or combined headset into the audio combo jack,
check the below table to make sure the required connector type is correct or the
microphone will not work.

TRS Type (Headphone only) Standard TRRS Type OMTP TRRS Type
(Headphone/Mic Combo) (Headphone/Mic Combo)

Support audio/headphone Support audio/headphone Support audio/headphone


output only output and microphone output and microphone
input input

1-14 Hardware Specifications and Configurations


Figure 1-5. Top View

Hardware Specifications and Configurations 1-15


3
1

Figure 1-6. Base View (Aspire A314-31)

Table 1-5. Base View

# Icon Item Description


Enable the computer to stay cool, even after
prolonged use.
1 Ventilation slot
Note: Do not cover or obstruct the opening of the
ventilation slot
2 Speakers Emits audio from your computer.
Emergency reset Insert a clip into the reset button hole to force
button the computer to turn off and re-start.
3
+ IMPORTANT:
Remove AC power before performing an
emergency reset.

1-16 Hardware Specifications and Configurations


1

Figure 1-7. Base View (Aspire 114-31)

Table 1-6. Base View


# Icon Item Description
Emergency reset Insert a clip into the reset button hole to force
button the computer to turn off and re-start.
1
+ IMPORTANT:
Remove AC power before performing an
emergency reset.
2 Speakers Emits audio from your computer.

Hardware Specifications and Configurations 1-17


Touchpad Basics 0

2 3

Figure 1-8. Touchpad

Move your finger across the touchpad (1) to move the cursor.
Press the left (2) and right (3) buttons located beneath the touchpad to perform
selection and execution functions. These two buttons are the equivalent of the
left and right buttons on a mouse.

Function Main Touchpad (1) Left Button (2) Right Button (3)
Execute Tap twice (at the same speed Quickly click twice.
as double-clicking a mouse
button).
Select Tap once. Click once.
Drag Tap twice (at the same speed Click and hold,
as double-clicking a mouse then use finger on
button); rest your finger on the touchpad to
the touchpad on the second drag the cursor.
tap and drag the cursor.
Access Click once.
context menu

NOTE: NOTE:
When using the touchpad, keep it - and fingers - dry and clean. The touchpad is
sensitive to finger movement; hence, the lighter the touch, the better the
response. Tapping too hard will not increase the touchpad’s responsiveness.

1-18 Hardware Specifications and Configurations


Using the Keyboard 0

The computer has a close-to-full-sized keyboard and an embedded numeric keypad,


separate cursor, windows key, lock, function and special keys.

Figure 1-9. Keyboard Lock Keys

Lock Keys 0

The keyboard has three lock keys which can be toggled on and off.

Lock key Description


Caps Lock When Caps Lock is on, all alphabetic characters typed are in uppercase.
Num Lock When Num Lock is on, the embedded keypad is in numeric mode. The
<Fn> + <F11> keys function as a calculator (complete with the arithmetic operators +, -,
*, and /). Use this mode when doing a lot of numeric data entry.
If an external keyboard/keypad is present:
 When On, the system boots with external keyboard/keypad Num Lock
status ON. The internal keyboard overlay numeric keys are disabled.
 The key can be turned on/off via the internal keyboard <Fn>+<F11>, or
the external keyboard/keypad. Num Lock affects the external
keyboard/keypad only.
 Shift state is not used for the cursor movement by the numeric keys.

 The state of the Num Lock is not changed by the attachment/removal


(hot plug) of the external keyboard/keypad.
Scroll Lock When Scroll Lock is on, the screen moves one line up or down when the
<Fn> + <F12> up or down arrow keys are pressed respectively. Scroll Lock does not work
with some applications.

Hardware Specifications and Configurations 1-19


Embedded Numeric Keypad
The embedded numeric keypad functions like a desktop numeric keypad. It is indicated
by small characters located on the upper right corner of the key caps. To simplify the
keyboard legend, cursor-control key symbols are not printed on the keys.

Desired access Num Lock on Num Lock off


Number keys on Type numbers in a normal
embedded keypad manner.
Cursor-control keys on Hold <Shift> while using Hold <Fn> while using
embedded keypad cursor-control keys. cursor-control keys.
Main keyboard keys Hold <Fn> while typing letters Type the letters in a normal
on embedded keypad. manner.

1-20 Hardware Specifications and Configurations


Windows Keys 0

The keyboard has two keys that perform Windows-specific functions.

 Windows Logo key

 Application key: This key has the same effect as clicking the right mouse
button; it opens the application's context menu

Key Description
Windows Pressed alone, this key has the same effect as clicking on the Windows Start
Logo key button; it launches the Start menu. It can also be used with other keys to
provide a variety of functions.
Functions supported by Windows XP, Windows Vista, Windows 7:
< >: Open or close the Start menu
< > + <R>: Open the Run dialog box
< > + <M>: Minimizes all windows
<SHIFT> + < > + M: Undo minimize all windows
< > + <F1>: Show the help window
< > + <E>: Open Windows Explorer
< > + <F>: Search for a file or folder
<CTRL> + < > + <F>: Search for computers (if you are on a network)
< > + <D>: Show the desktop
< > + <L>: Lock your computer (if you are connected to a network
domain), or switch users (if you're not connected to a network domain)
< > + <TAB>: Cycle through programs on the taskbar
<CTRL> + < > + <TAB>: Moves focus from Start menu, to the Quick
Launch toolbar, to the system tray (use RIGHT ARROW or LEFT ARROW to
move focus to items on the Quick Launch toolbar and the system tray)
< > + <BREAK>: Display the System Properties dialog box
Functions supported by Windows 8 only:
< > + <TAB>: Open Switch List
< > + <Enter>: Open Windows Narrator
< > + <Q>: Open Global Search
< > + <I>: Open Settings Menu
< > + <Z>: Show or Hide an app bar
< > + <C>: Show or Hide an the charms menu

Hardware Specifications and Configurations 1-21


Hotkeys 0

The computer employs hotkeys or key combinations to access most of the computer's
controls like screen brightness and volume output.

Figure 1-10. Keyboard Hotkeys

To activate hotkeys, press and hold the <Fn> key before pressing the other key in the
hotkey combination.

Hot key Icon Function Description


<Fn> + <F3> Communication Enables/disables the computer’s
communication devices (WIFI and
Bluetooth).
<Fn> + <F4> Sleep Puts the computer in Sleep mode.

<Fn> + <F5> Display toggle Switches display output between the


display screen, external monitor (if
connected) and both.
<Fn> + <F6> Screen blank Turns the display screen backlight off
to save power. Press any key to return.
<Fn> + <F7> Touchpad toggle Turns the internal touchpad on and
off.
<Fn> + <F8> Speaker toggle Turns the speakers on and off.

<Fn> + <left Brightness up Increases the screen brightness.


arrow>

<Fn> + <right Brightness down Decreases the screen brightness.


arrow>

1-22 Hardware Specifications and Configurations


Hot key Icon Function Description
<Fn> + <up Volume up Increases the sound volume.
arrow>

<Fn> + <down Volume down Decreases the sound volume.


arrow>

<Fn> + <Home> Play/pause Plays or pauses a selected media file.

<Fn> + <Pg Up> Stop Stop playing the selected media file.

<Fn> + <Pg Dn> Previous Return to the previous media file.

<Fn> + <End> Next Jump to the next media file.

Hardware Specifications and Configurations 1-23


System Block Diagram 0

Figure 1-11. System Block Diagram

NOTE: NOTE:
Supports SATA III (6 Gb/s)

1-24 Hardware Specifications and Configurations


Specification Tables 0

Computer specifications

Item Metric Imperial


Dimensions
Length 245 mm 9.65 in.
Width 343 mm 13.5 in.
Height (front to rear) 20.15 mm 0.79 in.
(Aspire A314-31 only)
Height (front to rear) 17.95 mm 0.71 in.
(Aspire A114-31 only)
Weight (equipped with battery) 1.65 kg (with 2-cell 3.64 lbs (with 2-cell battery)
(Aspire A314-31 only) battery)
Weight (equipped with battery) 1.8 kg (with 2-cell 3.97 lbs (with 2-cell battery)
(Aspire A114-31 only) battery)
Input power
Operating voltage 19V
Operating current 2.37A (45W)
Temperature
Operating 5 °C to 35 °C 41°F to 95°F
Nonoperating -20°C to 65°C -4°F to 149°F
Relative humidity
Operating 20% to 80%
Nonoperating 20%to 80%
Shock
Operating 140 G, 2 ms, half-sine
Nonoperating 220 G, 2 ms, half-sine
Random vibration
Operating 0.6G/5~500HZ/30 min per axis
Nonoperating 1.5G/5~500HZ/30 min per axis
NOTE:
Applicable product safety standards specify thermal limits for plastic surfaces. The
computer operates well within this range of temperatures.

Hardware Specifications and Configurations 1-25


System Board Major Chips

Item Specification
Core logic Intel® Pentium®, Intel® Celeron®
VGA Intel® Iris Graphics 505 for UMA
Intel® HD Graphics 500 for UMA
LAN RTL8411B-CG
USB USB2.0x2, USB3.0x1 (Embedded in PCH port)
Super I/O controller Embedded Controller IT8987CX LQFP
Bluetooth  Bluetooth 4.0 (with full support for BT 2.1+EDR)
 WLAN/Bluetooth Combo Module
Wireless  Intel Wireless-AC 3168 (Sandy Peak M.2) 802.11 a/b/g/n/ac
 Qualcomm Atheros QCNFA435A
PCMCIA N/A
Audio codec Realtek ALC255
Card reader Realtek RTL8411B-CG
eSata N/A

Processor

Item Specification
CPU type Intel® Apollo Lake (Broxton-P) Integrated PCH
CPU package FCBGA1296 (31mm x 24mm x 1.32mm)
Core Logic Four execution cores:
 A 64-KB (32-KB instruction and 32-KB data) first-level cache (L1) for each
core
 A 256-KB shared instruction/data second-level cache (L2) for each core

 Up to 3-MB shared instruction/data second-level cache (L2), shared


among all cores
Chipset  Intel® Iris Graphics 505 for UMA
 Intel® HD Graphics 500 for UMA

1-26 Hardware Specifications and Configurations


Processor Specifications

Item CPU Cores/ DMI2 Mfg Tech Cache Package TDP


Speed Threads (GT/s) (nm) Size (Watt)
(GHz)
Intel Pentium
2.5 4/4 TBD 14 2MB L2 FBGA1296 6
N4200
Intel Celeron
2.2 4/4 TBD 14 2MB L2 BGA1356 6
N3450
Intel Celeron
2.4 2/4 TBD 14 2MB L2 BGA1356 6
N3350

System Memory

Item Specification
Memory controller Built-in at CPU
Memory size Onboard DDR3L 1866 4 GB (256 MB x 16)
DIMM socket number N/A
Supports memory size per socket N/A
Supports maximum memory size 4 GB
Supports DIMM type  SDRAM memory interface design
Supports DIMM Speed 1866 soDIMM
Support DIMM voltage 1.35 V and 1.5V
Supports DIMM package Onboard Standard JEDEC 78-ball and
96-ball

BIOS

Item Specification
BIOS vendor Insyde
BIOS Version 1.00
BIOS ROM type W25Q64FWSSIQ
BIOS ROM size 8MB Flash Memory
Features  Insyde code base
 boot block
 non-shadow RAM support
 uEFI

Keyboard

Item Specification
Type  DARFON NSK-RD2SQ

Hardware Specifications and Configurations 1-27


Item Specification
Total number of keypads 87/88/91 keys
Windows logo key Win10
Internal & external Plug USB keyboard to the USB port directly: Yes
keyboard work
simultaneously
Features  Phantom key auto detect
 Overlay numeric keypad
 Support cursor keys
 Factory configurable different languages by OEM customer

USB Port

Item Specification
USB compliance level USB 2.0-compliant USB 2.0-compliant USB 3.0-compliant
EHCI 2
Number of USB port(s) 1 1 1
Location Right side Right side Left side
Output Current 1.05A 1.05A 2.0A

HDMI Port

Item Specification
Compliance level HDMI 1.4b
Data throughput (Gbits/sec) 18
Number of HDMI port(s) 1
Location Left side

1-28 Hardware Specifications and Configurations


Video Interface

Item Specification
Chipset Intel HD Graphics 505 Intel HD Graphics 500

Package UMA UMA


Interface UMA UMA
Compatibility Fully compliant with the Fully compliant with the electrical
electrical specifications of specifications of ANSI/TIA/EIA-644
ANSI/TIA/EIA-644
Sampling rate 300/200 MHz 300/200 MHz

Battery

Item Specification
Vendor & LGC Panasonic
Model AC14B18J AP16M5J

Panasonic
AC14B13J
Battery Type Lithium-Ion
Pack capacity 4660mAh min. 4660mAh min.
4810mAh typ. 4810mAh typ.
Number of
3 cell 2 cell
battery cell
Package
3S1P 2S1P
configuration

Hardware Specifications and Configurations 1-29


45W AC Adapter

Item Specification
Vendor & DELTA Chicony Power LITE-ON
Model ADP-45HE DA A045R021L PA-1450-26AA
DELTA
ADP-45HE BD
Normal 100-240 Vac, 50-60 Hz
Input (the adapter should operate from 90-264 Vac with an input frequency from
voltage 47-63 Hz)
Input 1.2 Amps max. at 90
N/A 1.2 Amps max. at 90 Vac
current Vac
Inrush No damage at 264 Vac; No damage at 264 Vac  Shall be no damage
current meet fuse and bridge (Cold/Hot start); meet and less than the
diode I2t de-rating. fuse and bridge diode ratings of its critical
I2t de-rating. components for all
conditions of line
voltage.
 Shall meet 22% fuse
and 100% bridge
diodeI2t.
Efficiency  More than 87.73% of  Meet DOE  Meet EPS requirement.
average efficiency requirement. The  No Load Power Loss
load tested at 115 adapter efficiency shall be less than 0.1 W
Vac. shall be more than at 115VAC and 230VAC.
 More than 87.73% of 87.73%, that is the  More than 87.8%
average efficiency average value of (average value of 25%,
load tested at 230 25%, 50%, 75% and 50%, 75% and 100%
Vac. 100% load with load condition with
115Vac/60Hz input both 115Vac and
voltage condition. 230Vac).
 Meet Erp lot 7
requirement. The
adapter efficiency
shall be more than
86.2%, that is the
average value of
25%, 50%, 75% and
100% load with
230Vac/60Hz input
voltage condition.

Card Reader

Item Specification
Chipset Realtek RTL8411B-CG
Package QFN 48

1-30 Hardware Specifications and Configurations


Item Specification
Maximum supported size 32GB maximum capacity (for SDHC only) / 2TB maximum
capacity (for SDXC & MSXC only)
Features Secure Digital™ (SD) Card:
 Support SD specification v1.0 / v1.1 / v2.0 / SDHC (up to
32 GB)
 Support SD specification v3.0 UHS-I: SDR25/SDR50/DDR50

 Support 1.8V / 3.3V switch signal pads

 Support SDXC (up to 2TB)

Hard Disk Drive (AVL components)

Item Specification
Vendor & Model Seagate Seagate
Name ST500LT012 ST1000LM035

TOSHIBA
MQ01ABF050
MQ01ABF032
MQ01ABF025

WD
WD5000LPCX
WD3200LPCX
WD2500LPCX
Capacity (GB) 500 1000
Bytes per sector 512 (logical) / 4096 (physical)
Data heads 2 2
Drive Format
Disks 1 1
Spindle speed (RPM) 5400
Performance Specifications
Buffer size (Mbytes) 32, 8, 16 128
Interface SATA
Fast data transfer
rate (Gbits / sec, 6.0
max)
Media data transfer
rate (Mbytes/sec 100, 638, 147 100
max)
DC Power Requirements
Voltage tolerance 5V ±5%

Hardware Specifications and Configurations 1-31


Solid State Drive (SSD) (for Aspire A314-31 only)

Item Specification
Vendor & Model Seagate Seagate
Name ST500LT012 ST1000LM035

TOSHIBA
MQ01ABF050
MQ01ABF032
MQ01ABF025

WD
WD5000LPCX
WD3200LPCX
WD2500LPCX
Capacity (GB) 500 1000
Features  e-NAND system specification, compliant with V5.0
 Dual data rate: up to 400Mbytes/s @ 200MHz

Embedded MultiMedia Card (eMMC)

Item Specification
Vendor & Hynix Hynix
Model Name H26M64208EMR H26M78208CMR
Capacity 32GB 64GB
(GB)
Features  Packaged NAND flash memory with EMMC™ 5.1 interface
 EMMC™ 5.1 compatible (backward compatible to eMMC™ 5.0 & 4.5)
 High capacity memory access
 Data transfer rate: up to 400Mbyte/s @ 200MHz
 ROHS compliant

1-32 Hardware Specifications and Configurations


DVD Super-Multi Drive (not available in this model)

Item Specification
Vendor &
Model name
Performance
Specification
Transfer rate
(Sustained max)
Buffer Memory
Interface
Applicable disc
format
Loading
mechanism
Power Requirements
Input Voltage

Hardware Specifications and Configurations 1-33


LCD 14.0” FHD (non-touch)

Item Specification
Vendor & AUO B140HTN01.E InnoLux N140HGE-EAA
Model name
Screen Diagonal
354.69 (14.0 in.)
(mm)
Active Area (mm) 309.14 (H) x 173.89 (V) 308.85 (H) x 173.72 (V)
Display resolution
1920 x3 (RGB) x 1080
(pixels)
Pixel Pitch (mm) 0.161 x 0.161
Typical White
Luminance 220 typ. 220 typ. / 187 min.
(cd/m2) also called (5 points average) (5 points average)
Brightness
Contrast Ratio 400 typ. 350 min. / 500 typ.
Response Time
(Optical Rise
8 typ. / 16 max. 12 typ.
Time/Fall Time)
msec
Typical Power
3.7 Max. (Include Logic and BLU
Consumption 3.3 typ., 3.6 Max.
Power)
(Watt)
Weight (Without
270 max. 260 typ. / 270 max.
inverter)
Physical Size (mm) 320.4 (H) x 205.1 (V) x 3.0 (D) 320.4 (H) x 205.6 (V) x 3.0 (D)
Electrical
2 Lanes eDP 30 pins eDP
Interface
Viewing Angle
(degree) 40 min. / 45 typ. 40 min. / 45 typ.
Horizontal (Right) 40 min. / 45 typ. 40 min. / 45 typ.
CR = 10 (Left) 10 min. / 15typ. 15 min. / 20 typ.
Vertical (Upper) 30 min. / 35 typ. 40 min. / 45 typ.
CR = 10 (Lower)

1-34 Hardware Specifications and Configurations


LCD 14.0” HD (non-touch)

Item Specification

Vendor & AUO B140XTN02.E BOE NT140WHM-N31 InnoLux N140BGA-EA3


Model name BOE NT140WHM-N41 InnoLux N140BGA-EB3
Screen
354.95 (14.0 in.)
Diagonal (mm)
Active Area
309.4 (H) x 173.95 (V)
(mm)
Display
resolution 1366 x3 (RGB) x 768
(pixels)
Pixel Pitch
0.2265 x 0.2265
(mm)
Typical White
Luminance 220 typ.
(cd/m2) also
called (5 points average)
Brightness
Contrast Ratio 400 typ. 600 / 500 typ. 350 min. / 500 typ.
Response Time
(Optical Rise
8 typ. / 16 max. 12 typ. 12 typ.
Time/Fall
Time) msec
Typical Power
2.9 Max. (Include 3.6 Max. (Include Logic
Consumption 3.3 typ., 3.6W Max.
Logic and BLU Power) and BLU Power)
(Watt)
Weight
(Without 270 max. 275 max. 255 typ. / 270 max.
inverter)
Physical Size 320.4 (H) x 205.1 (V) x 320.9 (H) x 205.6 (V) x 320.4 (H) x 187.1 (V) x
(mm) 3.0 (D) 3.0 (D) 3.0 (D)
Electrical
1 Lane eDP 1 Lane eDP 30 pins eDP
Interface
Viewing Angle
(degree) 40 min. / 45 typ. 40 min. / 45 typ. 40 min. / 45 typ.
Horizontal 40 min. / 45 typ. 40 min. / 45 typ. 40 min. / 45 typ.
(Right) 10 min. / 15 typ. 15 min. / 20 typ. 15 min. / 20 typ.
CR = 10 (Left) 30 min. / 35 typ. 30 min. / 40 typ. 40 min. / 45 typ.
Vertical
(Upper)
CR = 10
(Lower)

Hardware Specifications and Configurations 1-35


LCD Inverter (N/A)

Item Specification
Vendor & Model name
Brightness conditions
Input voltage (v)
Input current (mA)
Output voltage (V, RMS)
Output current (mA, RMS)
Output voltage frequency
(KHz)

Graphics Controller (UMA)

Item Specification
VGA Chip Intel® HD Graphics 505 / Intel HD Graphics 500
Package Built-in to the CPU
Feature  The Processor Graphics contains a refresh of the seventh generation
graphics core enabling substantial gains in performance and lower
power consumption.
 Net Generation Intel Clear Video Technology HD Support is a
collection of video playback and enhancement features that
improve the end user’s viewing experience
 Encode/transcode HD content
 Superior image quality with sharper, more colorful images
 Playback of Blu-ray disc S3D content using HDMI (V.1.4 with 3D)
 Full AVC/VC1/MPEG2 HW Decode
 Advanced Schedule 2.0, 1.0, XPDM Support
 Windows® 10, Windows® 8.1, Windows® 8, Windows® 7, OSX,
Linux® OS, Chrome® OS Support
 Microsoft DirectX® 12, DirectX® 11.1, DirectX® 11, DirectX® 10.1,
DirectX® 10, DirectX® 9 support
 OpenCL 2.0 support
 OpenGL 4.4 support

1-36 Hardware Specifications and Configurations


Graphics Controller (Discrete) (Not available in this model)

Item Specification
VGA Chip
Package
Feature 

Display Supported Resolution (LCD Supported Resolution)

Resolution 32 bits Intel


1024 X 768p / 60Hz 16:9 Yes Yes
1280 X 768p / 60Hz 16:9 Yes Yes
1360 X 768p / 60Hz 16:9 Yes Yes
1366 X 768p / 60Hz 16:9 Yes Yes
1920 X 1080p / 60Hz 16:9 Yes Yes

Display Supported Resolution (GPU Supported Resolution)

Resolution 32 bits Intel


1024 X 768p / 60Hz 16:9 Yes Yes
1280 X 768p / 60Hz 16:9 Yes Yes
1360 X 768p / 60Hz 16:9 Yes Yes
1366 X 768p / 60Hz 16:9 Yes Yes
1920 X 1080p / 60Hz 16:9 Yes Yes

Hardware Specifications and Configurations 1-37


LAN Interface

Item Specification
LAN chipset Realtek RTL8411B-CG
LAN connector type RJ45
LAN connector location RJ45 port on the left side
Features  Support 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet Controller
 Support Microsoft WPD (Wake Packet Detection)
 Fully compliant with IEEE 802.3, IEEE 802.3u and IEEE
802.3ab
 32-pin QFN Green package

Wireless + Bluetooth Module (ac/a/b/g/n)

Item Specifications
Vendor & Model Intel Wireless
3168 1x1 WLAN + BT 4.1LE

Lite-on NFA335
WCBN806A-AA
Chipset Intel Wireless-AC 3168 Sandy Peak,
Qualcomm Atheros QCNFA435A
Form factor M.2 (NGFF)
Frequency band 2.4 GHz, 5 GHz
Protocols and data rates BT:
supported  1 Mbps, 2 Mbps, 3 Mbps for EDR

Wi-Fi:
 802.11a - 25-54 Mbps

 802.11b - 1-11 Mbps

 802.11g - 6-54 Mbps

 802.11n - MCS 0 to 7 for HT20 MHz and HT40 MHz

 802.11ac - 433-867 Mbps

Antennae Yes. Both AUX and MAIN are routed in the display assembly.
Feature  Support for BT & WLAN Co-existence
 RoHS Compliance
 Low Halogen Compliance

Audio Interface

Item Specification
Audio Controller Realtek ALC255
Audio onboard or optional On board
Mono or Stereo Stereo

1-38 Hardware Specifications and Configurations


Item Specification
Resolution Support 16/20/24-bit PCM
Compatibility HD audio Interface
Sampling rate Sample rate up to 192Khz resolution VSR (Variable
Sampling Rate)
Internal microphone Yes
Internal speaker/quantity Yes/2 channel speakers with 2W per channel output

Hardware Specifications and Configurations 1-39


Audio Codec and Amplifier

Item Specification
Audio Realtek ALC255 High Definition Audio Codec
Controller
Features  Meets Microsoft® WLP (Windows Logo Program) and Lync™ audio
requirements for Windows system
 95 dB Signal-to-Noise Ratio (A-weighting) for DAC output
 88 dB Signal-to-Noise Ratio (A-weighting) for ADC output
 4-channel DAC supports 16/20/24-bit PCM format for independent two
stereo channel or 2.1 audio playback
 4-channel ADC supports 16/20/24-bit PCM format for independent two
stereo channel audio inputs
 All DACs and ADCs support 44.1/48/96/192 kHz sample rate
 S/PDIF-OUT support 16/20/24-bit format and 44.1/48/88.2/192 kHz rate
 Support MONO line level output, stereo digital microphone input, and
programmable boost gain and volume control
 Analog port-E (LINE 2) support input and output re-tasking
 Port-C (LINE 1) and port-F (MIC 2) are dedicated input with boost gain
 Support external PCBEEP input and built-in digital BEEP generator
 Software selectable 2.5/3.2/4.0 V VREFOUT as bias voltage for analog
microphone input
 Programmable +12/+24/+36 dB boost gain for analog microphone input
 Built-in headphone amplifiers for port-E (LINE 2) and port-I (HP-OUT)
(Port-I does not require DC blocking capacitors)
 Two jack detection pins each designed to detect up to 4 jacks, and
S/PDIF-OUT jack detection is supported
 Support combo jack with stereo headphone output and mono
microphone input on a 4-pole jack
 3 GPIOs for customized applications (pin shared with digital microphone
interface and S/PDIF-OUT)
 Support Anti-pop mode when analog power AVDD1 is on and DVDD,
AVDD2 are off
 Support PCBEEP pass-through to Class D output (port D)
 Support Line-In pass-through to speaker out (Sleep & Music mode)
 Volume synchronization for PCBEEP in D0/D3 mode change
 PCBEEP input signal level detection
 Enhanced power management features for normal operation and
standby mode
 Stereo Bridge-Tied Load Class-D amplifier at port-D has 2 Watt (rms)/4
channel output
 Intel low power ECN compliant, supports power status control, jack
detection, and wake-up event in D3 mode
 AGC (Auto Gain Control) function for Class D amplifier to get rid of
sound broken when output high volume sound
 Class D amplifier has 7 bands hardware equalizers and high pass filter to
compensate frequency response and protect speaker
 Short circuit and thermal overload protection for Class-D amplifier
 Class D amplifier output with slew rate control to improve EMI
performance
 Built in a linear regulator with 60 dB PSRR to power analog circuitry
 48-pin MQFN “Green” package (6x6 mm dimension)

1-40 Hardware Specifications and Configurations


HD Camera

Item Specification
Vendor Chicony LITEON TECH-FRONT
Model CNFG023 6SF009N2A YHJH
Sensor Type Hynix 708 Hynix 708 OV 7676
Feature  Automatic Exposure Control (AE), Automatic While Balance (AWB)
and Automatic Gain Control (AGC)
 Image Quality Control: Color saturation, hue, gamma, sharpness,
brightness, contrast, and backlight compensation
 Pixel Resolution: 640 x 480 (VGA)
 Fix-Focusing (focusing distance: 50 cm)

3G Card (not available in this model)

Item Specification
Vendor
Features

VRAM

Item Specification
Vendor & Model name SAMSUNG
K4B4G1646E-BYK0

MICRON
MT41K256M16HA
MT41K256M16TW

HYNIX
H5TC4G63EFR

Memory size 4GB


Package size JEDEC standard 78ball FBGA(x8), 96ball FBGA (x16)
(256Mx16 Package)

Hardware Specifications and Configurations 1-41


System Power Management

Item Specification
Mech. Off (G3) All devices in the system are turned off completely.
Soft Off (G2/S5) OS initiated shutdown. All devices in the system are turned
off completely.
Working (S0/S1) Individual devices such as the CPU and hard disc may be
power managed in this state.
Suspend to RAM (S3)  CPU set power down
 VGA Suspend
 Audio Power Down
 Hard Disk Power Down
 Super I/O Low Power mode
Save to Disk (S4) Also called Hibernation Mode. System saves all system
states and data onto the disc prior to power off the whole
system.

System LED Indicator

Item Specification
System power state  System on = Blue
 Stand-by = Breeze mode Orange (1 sec on, 3 sec off)
 Entering Hibernation = Blue
 Hibernation Mode/System off = Blue and orange color off
Battery state  Fully charged = Blue
 Battery charging = Orange
 Battery low = Breeze mode Orange (1 sec on, 3 sec off)
 Battery critical low = Blinking mode Orange (1 sec on, 1 sec
off)
 Abnormal situation = Blinking mode Orange
 Using battery or not connected to AC power: N/A
Power button backlight  Blue color solid on: System on
 Blue color off: System off
ODD activity state ODD active = Green or Orange (depends on ODD module)
Communication state  Wi-Fi on: Blue or Orange
 Bluetooth has no LED

System Interrupt Specification

Hardware IRQ System Function


ISA00 System timer
ISA01 Standard PS/2 Keyboard
ISA08 High precision event timer

1-42 Hardware Specifications and Configurations


Hardware IRQ System Function
ISA14 Intel(R) Serial IO GPIO Host Controller - INT3452
ISA54 - ISA116 Microsoft ACPI-Compliant System
ISA117 12C HID Device
ISA117 - ISA511 Microsoft ACPI-Compliant System
PCI 24 Intel(R) Dynamic Platform and Thermal Framework Processor
Participant
PCI 31 Intel(R) Serial IO I2C Host Controller - 5AB4
PCI -12 Intel (R)USB 3.0 eXtensible Host Controller - 1.0(Microsoft)
PCI -11 Qualcomm Atheros QCA9377 Wireless Network Adapter
PCI -10 Realtek PCIe GBE Family Controller
PCI -9 Realtek PCIe CardReader
PIC -8 Intel (R) Trusted Execution Engine Interface
PCI -7 Intel (R) Smart Sound Technology (Intel (R) SST) Audio Controller
PCI -6 Intel (R) HD Graphics
PCI -5 Standard SATA AHCI Controller
PCI -4 Intel(R) Celeron(R)/Pentium(R) Processor PCI Express Root Port -
5AD8
PCI -3 Intel(R) Celeron(R)/Pentium(R) Processor PCI Express Root Port -
5ADB
PCI -2 Intel(R) Celeron(R)/Pentium(R) Processor PCI Express Root Port -
5ADA

Memory Address Map

Memory address (hex) System Function (shipping configuration)


7B800001 - 7BFFFFFF PCI Express Root Complex
7C000001 - 7FFFFFFF PCI Express Root Complex
80000000 - CFFFFFFF PCI Express Root Complex
D0C00000 - D0C00653 Intel(R) Serial IO GPIO Host Controller - INT3452
D0C40000 - D0C40763 Intel(R) Serial IO GPIO Host Controller - INT3452
D0C50000 - D0C5076B Intel(R) Serial IO GPIO Host Controller - INT3452
D0C70000 - D0C70673 Intel(R) Serial IO GPIO Host Controller - INT3452
E0000000 - EFFFFFFF PCI Express Root Complex
FEA00000 - FEAFFFFF Motherboard resources
FED00000 - FED003FF High Precision event timer
FED01000 - FED01FFF Motherboard resources

Hardware Specifications and Configurations 1-43


Memory address (hex) System Function (shipping configuration)
FED03000 - FED03FFF Motherboard resources
FED06000 - FED06FFF Motherboard resources
FED08000 - FED09FFF Motherboard resources
FED1C000 - FED1CFFF Motherboard resources
FED40000 - FED44FFF Trusted Platform Module 2.0
FED80000 - FEDBFFFF Motherboard resources
FEE00000 - FEEFFFFF Motherboard resources

1-44 Hardware Specifications and Configurations


Aspire A314-32/A114-32 0

Features 0

Below is a summary of the computer’s features:

Operating System 0

Windows 10 Home 64-bit

CPU and Chipset 0

Intel® Pentium® Silver N5000 Processor (4 MB L2 cache, 1.10 GHz up to 2.70 GHz
with Intel® Burst Technology, DDR4 or LPDDR4, 15W)
Intel® Celeron® N4100 quad-core processor (4 MB L2 cache, 1.10 GHz up to 2.40
GHz with Intel® Burst Technology, DDR4 or LPDDR4, 6W)
Intel® Celeron® N4000 dual-core processor (4 MB L2 cache, 1.10 GHz up to 2.60
GHz with Intel® Burst Technology, DDR4 or LPDDR4, 6W)

System Memory 0

DDR4 SDRAM support:


4 GB of single-channel and on-board DDR4 system memory
Up to 8 GB of dual-channel DDR4 system memory (for Aspire 314-32 only)

Display 0

14.0” FHD 1920 x 1080 resolution, high-brightness Acer ComfyView™ LED-backlit


TFT LCD
16:9 aspect ratio
Ultra-slim design
Mercury-free, environment-friendly
14.0” HD 1366 x 768 resolution, high-brightness Acer CineCrystal™ LED-backlit TFT
LCD
16:9 aspect ratio
Ultra-slim design
Mercury-free, environment-friendly
14.0" HD 1366 x 768 resolution, Acer ComfyView™ LED-backlit TFT LCD
16:9 aspect ratio
Ultra-slim design
Mercury-free, environment-friendly

Hardware Specifications and Configurations 1-45


Audio 0

Two built-in stereo speakers


Built-in digital microphone

Graphics 0

Intel® UHD Graphics 605, supporting OpenGL® 4.4, OpenCL™ 1.2, Vulkan,
Microsoft® DirectX® 12
Intel® UHD Graphics 600, supporting OpenGL® 4.4, OpenCL™ 1.2, Vulkan,
Microsoft® DirectX® 12

Storage 0

Card reader:
Supports card types and their corresponding capacity:
SD: 128MB min. / 4GB max.
SDHC: 4GB min. / 32GB max.
SDXC: 64GB
Mini SD: 2GB
Mini SDHC: 4GB
Micro SD: 4GB
Micro SDHC: 4GB min. / 32GB max.
Micro SDXC: 64GB min. / 128GB max.
Hard disk drive (Aspire A314-32 only):
500 GB / 1 TB 2.5” 5400 RPM
Solid state drive (Aspire A314-32 only):
128 / 256 GB, SATA 6 Gb/s
Embedded MultiMedia Card (eMMC) (Aspire 114-32 only):
32 / 64 GB

Webcam 0

Video Conferencing:
Acer webcam with 640 x 480 resolution

Wireless and Networking 0

WLAN:
802.11 ac/a/b/g/n wireless LAN that operates at 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz
WPAN:
®
Bluetooth 4.1
®
Bluetooth 2.1+EDR

1-46 Hardware Specifications and Configurations


LAN:
Gigabit Ethernet
Wake-on-LAN ready

Security 0

BIOS user, supervisor, HDD passwords


Kensington lock slot

Dimension and Weight 0

Dimensions:

Aspire A314-32: 343 (W) x 245 (D) x 19.95 (H) mm (13.5 x 9.65 x 0.79 inches)
Aspire A114-32: 343 (W) x 245 (D) x 17.95 (H) mm (13.5 x 9.65 x 0.71 inches)
Weight:

1.65 kg (3.64 lbs.) with 2-cell battery pack

Power Adapter and Battery 0

Power adapter
3-pin 45 W AC adapter:
95 (W) x 38 (D) x 25.4 (H) mm (3.74 x 1.50 x 1.00 inches)
150 g with 150 cm DC cable
Battery
2-cell Li-ion battery pack:
37 Wh, 4810 mAh, 7.7 V (for models with HD Panel)
Battery life up to 6.5 hours
Power Management
ACPI 5.0 CPU power management standard:
Supports Standby and Hibernation power-saving modes

Input and Control 0

Keyboard
86-/87-/91-key Acer FineTip keyboard with international language support
Touchpad
Multi-gesture touchpad, supporting two-finger scroll and pinch; gestures to open
Cortana, Action Center, multitasking; application commands
Microsoft Precision Touchpad certification
Moisture resistant

Hardware Specifications and Configurations 1-47


Input and Output (I/O) Ports 0

SD™ Card reader


®
HDMI 2.0 port with HDCP support
3.5mm headphone/speaker jack, supporting headsets with built-in microphone
Ethernet (RJ-45) port
DC-in jack for AC adapter
One USB 3.0 port
Two USB 2.0 ports

Environment 0

Temperature:

Operating: 5 °C to 35 °C (41 °F to 95 °F)


Non-operating: -20 °C to 65 °C (-4 °F to 149 °F)
Humidity (non-condensing):
Operating: 20% to 80%
Non-operating: 20% to 80%

Windows Store Apps 0

Content
LiTV

Music Maker Jam


Netflix

Pubu

Sohu Video
Games
Simple Mahjong
Spades

WildTangent Games
In-House
Acer Portal
abFiles

abPhoto

Lifestyle
Agoda

Ctrip

Hao123

Productivity
Cyberlink PhotoDirector 8

1-48 Hardware Specifications and Configurations


Cyberlink PowerDirector 14
Evernote

Search
Baidu

Shopping
Amazon

eBay Worldwide

Windows Desktop Apps 0

Content
Stagelight

Games
Simple Solitaire
In-House
Acer Care Center
Acer Collection
Acer Configuration Manager
Quick Access
Others
PowerDVD

Productivity
Kingsoft Office Suite
Microsoft Office 2016 PIPC Premium Home & Business
Microsoft Office 2016 PIPC Premium Personal
Office 2016
Search
Firefox

QQ Browser
Yandex Browser
Security
Norton Internet Security
PC Manager
Shopping
Booking.com

Gomaji

Lazada

Tools
App Explorer

Hardware Specifications and Configurations 1-49


Dashlane

Options and Accessories 0

3-pin 45 W AC adapter

Warranty 0

One-year International Travelers Warranty (ITW)

1-50 Hardware Specifications and Configurations


Notebook Tour 0

1 6

Figure 1-12. Opened Front View

Table 1-7. Opened Front View

# Icon Item Description


1 Integrated webcam Web camera for video communication.
Displays computer output (configuration may
2 Screen vary by model), and supports multi-touch
functionality (for touchscreen model only).
3 Power button Turns the computer on and off.
4 Keyboard Enters data into your computer.
Touch-sensitive pointing device which functions
5 Touchpad
like a computer mouse.
6 Microphone Internal microphone for sound recording.

Hardware Specifications and Configurations 1-51


1

Figure 1-13. Rear View

Table 1-8. Rear View

# Icon Item Description


Enables the computer to stay cool, even
after prolonged use.
1 Ventilation slot
Note: Do not cover or obstruct the
opening of the ventilation slot.

1-52 Hardware Specifications and Configurations


1 2 3 4 5

Figure 1-14. Left View

Table 1-9. Left View

# Icon Item Description


Kensington lock slot Connects to a Kensington-compatible
computer security lock.
Note: Wrap the computer security lock
1 cable around an immovable object such as
a table or handle of a locked drawer.
Insert the lock into the notch and turn the
key to secure the lock. Some keyless
models are also available.
Connects to an Ethernet 10/100/1000
2 Ethernet (RJ-45) port
based network.
Supports high-definition digital video
3 HDMI port
connections.
Connects to USB 3.0 devices (e.g., USB
4 USB 3.0 port
mouse, USB camera)
Accepts SD cards.
5 Card Reader Note: Push to remove/install the card. Only
one card can operate at any given time.

Hardware Specifications and Configurations 1-53


1 2 3 4 5

Figure 1-15. Right View

Table 1-10. Right View

# Icon Item Description


Connects to audio line-out devices and accepts
Headphone/
1 input from external microphone (3.5 mm
Microphone jack Standard TRRS / OMTP TRRS Type)
Connects to USB 2.0 devices (e.g., USB mouse,
2 USB 2.0 port
USB camera)
Indicates the computer’s power status.
 Blue On: The power is on or the system is
entering the hibernation mode.
3 Power LED indicator  Breeze Orange (1 sec on / 3 sec off): The
system is in the stand-by mode.
 N/A: The power is off or the system is in the
hibernation mode.
Indicates the computer's battery status.
 Blue On: The battery is fully charged (with AC
power connected).
 Orange On: The battery is charging.

 Breeze Orange (1 sec on / 3 sec off): The


4 Battery LED indicator battery is at a low level.
 Blinking Orange (1 sec on / 1 sec off): The
battery is at a critical level (less than 3%) or
in an abnormal situation.
 N/A: Normal condition, the system is running
on a battery.

5 DC-in jack Connects to an AC adapter.

1-54 Hardware Specifications and Configurations


Audio Connector Plug Configurations 0

NOTE: NOTE:
When plugging a microphone or combined headset into the audio combo jack,
check the below table to make sure the required connector type is correct or the
microphone will not work.

TRS Type (Headphone only) Standard TRRS Type OMTP TRRS Type
(Headphone/Mic Combo) (Headphone/Mic Combo)

Support audio/headphone Support audio/headphone Support audio/headphone


output only output and microphone output and microphone
input input

Figure 1-16. Top View

Hardware Specifications and Configurations 1-55


1 3

Figure 1-17. Base View (Aspire 314-32)

Table 1-11. Base View

# Icon Item Description


Enables the computer to stay cool, even after
prolonged use.
1 Ventilation slot
Note: Do not cover or obstruct the opening of the
ventilation slot.
2 Speakers Emits audio from your computer.
Emergency reset Insert a clip into the reset button hole to force
button the computer to turn off and re-start.
3
+ IMPORTANT:
Remove AC power before performing an
emergency reset.

1-56 Hardware Specifications and Configurations


1

Figure 1-18. Base View (Aspire 114-32)

Table 1-12. Base View

# Icon Item Description


Emergency reset Insert a clip into the reset button hole to force
button the computer to turn off and re-start.
1
+ IMPORTANT:
Remove AC power before performing an
emergency reset.
2 Speakers Emits audio from your computer.

Hardware Specifications and Configurations 1-57


Touchpad Basics 0

2 3

Figure 1-19. Touchpad

Move your finger across the touchpad (1) to move the cursor.
Press the left (2) and right (3) buttons located beneath the touchpad to perform
selection and execution functions. These two buttons are the equivalent of the
left and right buttons on a mouse.

Function Main Touchpad (1) Left Button (2) Right Button (3)
Execute Tap twice (at the same speed Quickly click twice.
as double-clicking a mouse
button).
Select Tap once. Click once.
Drag Tap twice (at the same speed Click and hold,
as double-clicking a mouse then use finger on
button); rest your finger on the touchpad to
the touchpad on the second drag the cursor.
tap and drag the cursor.
Access Click once.
context menu

NOTE: NOTE:
When using the touchpad, keep it - and fingers - dry and clean. The touchpad is
sensitive to finger movement; hence, the lighter the touch, the better the
response. Tapping too hard will not increase the touchpad’s responsiveness.

1-58 Hardware Specifications and Configurations


Using the Keyboard 0

The computer has a close-to-full-sized keyboard and an embedded numeric keypad,


separate cursor, windows key, lock, function and special keys.

Figure 1-20. Keyboard Lock Keys

Lock Keys 0

The keyboard has three lock keys which can be toggled on and off.

Lock key Description


Caps Lock When Caps Lock is on, all alphabetic characters typed are in uppercase.
Num Lock When Num Lock is on, the embedded keypad is in numeric mode. The
<Fn> + <F11> keys function as a calculator (complete with the arithmetic operators +, -,
*, and /). Use this mode when doing a lot of numeric data entry.
If an external keyboard/keypad is present:
 When On, the system boots with external keyboard/keypad Num Lock
status ON. The internal keyboard overlay numeric keys are disabled.
 The key can be turned on/off via the internal keyboard <Fn>+<F11>, or
the external keyboard/keypad. Num Lock affects the external
keyboard/keypad only.
 Shift state is not used for the cursor movement by the numeric keys.

 The state of the Num Lock is not changed by the attachment/removal


(hot plug) of the external keyboard/keypad.
Scroll Lock When Scroll Lock is on, the screen moves one line up or down when the
<Fn> + <F12> up or down arrow keys are pressed respectively. Scroll Lock does not work
with some applications.

Hardware Specifications and Configurations 1-59


Embedded Numeric Keypad
The embedded numeric keypad functions like a desktop numeric keypad. It is indicated
by small characters located on the upper right corner of the key caps. To simplify the
keyboard legend, cursor-control key symbols are not printed on the keys.

Desired access Num Lock on Num Lock off


Number keys on Type numbers in a normal
embedded keypad manner.
Cursor-control keys on Hold <Shift> while using Hold <Fn> while using
embedded keypad cursor-control keys. cursor-control keys.
Main keyboard keys Hold <Fn> while typing letters Type the letters in a normal
on embedded keypad. manner.

1-60 Hardware Specifications and Configurations


Windows Keys 0

The keyboard has two keys that perform Windows-specific functions.

 Windows Logo key

 Application key: This key has the same effect as clicking the right mouse
button; it opens the application's context menu

Key Description
Windows Pressed alone, this key has the same effect as clicking on the Windows Start
Logo key button; it launches the Start menu. It can also be used with other keys to
provide a variety of functions.
Functions supported by Windows XP, Windows Vista, Windows 7:
< >: Open or close the Start menu
< > + <R>: Open the Run dialog box
< > + <M>: Minimizes all windows
<SHIFT> + < > + M: Undo minimize all windows
< > + <F1>: Show the help window
< > + <E>: Open Windows Explorer
< > + <F>: Search for a file or folder
<CTRL> + < > + <F>: Search for computers (if you are on a network)
< > + <D>: Show the desktop
< > + <L>: Lock your computer (if you are connected to a network
domain), or switch users (if you're not connected to a network domain)
< > + <TAB>: Cycle through programs on the taskbar
<CTRL> + < > + <TAB>: Moves focus from Start menu, to the Quick
Launch toolbar, to the system tray (use RIGHT ARROW or LEFT ARROW to
move focus to items on the Quick Launch toolbar and the system tray)
< > + <BREAK>: Display the System Properties dialog box
Functions supported by Windows 8 only:
< > + <TAB>: Open Switch List
< > + <Enter>: Open Windows Narrator
< > + <Q>: Open Global Search
< > + <I>: Open Settings Menu
< > + <Z>: Show or Hide an app bar
< > + <C>: Show or Hide an the charms menu

Hardware Specifications and Configurations 1-61


Hotkeys 0

The computer employs hotkeys or key combinations to access most of the computer's
controls like screen brightness and volume output.

Figure 1-21. Keyboard Hotkeys

To activate hotkeys, press and hold the <Fn> key before pressing the other key in the
hotkey combination.

Hot key Icon Function Description


<Fn> + <F3> Communication Enables/disables the computer’s
communication devices (WIFI and
Bluetooth).
<Fn> + <F4> Sleep Puts the computer in Sleep mode.

<Fn> + <F5> Display toggle Switches display output between the


display screen, external monitor (if
connected) and both.
<Fn> + <F6> Screen blank Turns the display screen backlight off
to save power. Press any key to return.
<Fn> + <F7> Touchpad toggle Turns the internal touchpad on and
off.
<Fn> + <F8> Speaker toggle Turns the speakers on and off.

<Fn> + <left Brightness up Increases the screen brightness.


arrow>

<Fn> + <right Brightness down Decreases the screen brightness.


arrow>

1-62 Hardware Specifications and Configurations


Hot key Icon Function Description
<Fn> + <up Volume up Increases the sound volume.
arrow>

<Fn> + <down Volume down Decreases the sound volume.


arrow>

<Fn> + <Home> Play/pause Plays or pauses a selected media file.

<Fn> + <Pg Up> Stop Stop playing the selected media file.

<Fn> + <Pg Dn> Previous Return to the previous media file.

<Fn> + <End> Next Jump to the next media file.

Hardware Specifications and Configurations 1-63


System Block Diagram 0

Figure 1-22. System Block Diagram

NOTE: NOTE:
Supports SATA III (6 Gb/s)

1-64 Hardware Specifications and Configurations


Specification Tables 0

Computer Specifications

Item Metric Imperial


Dimensions
Depth 245 mm 9.65 in.
Width 343 mm 13.5 in.
Height (front to rear) 19.95 mm 0.79 in.
(Aspire A314-32)
Height (front to rear) 17.95 mm 0.71 in.
(Aspire A114-32)
Weight (Aspire A314-32) 1.65 kg (with 2-cell 3.64 lbs (with 2-cell battery)
battery)
Weight (Aspire A114-32) 1.65 kg (with 2-cell 3.64 lbs (with 2-cell battery)
battery)
Input power
Operating voltage 19V
Operating current 2.37A (45W)
Temperature
Operating 5 °C to 35 °C 41°F to 95°F
Nonoperating -20°C to 65°C -4°F to 149°F
Relative humidity
Operating 20% to 80%
Nonoperating 20% to 80%
Shock
Operating 140 G, 2 ms, half-sine
Nonoperating 220 G, 2 ms, half-sine
Random vibration
Operating 0.6G/5~500HZ/30 min per axis
Nonoperating 1.5G/5~500HZ/30 min per axis
NOTE:
Applicable product safety standards specify thermal limits for plastic surfaces. The
computer operates well within this range of temperatures.

Hardware Specifications and Configurations 1-65


System Board Major Chips

Item Specification
Core logic Intel® Pentium® Silver N5000, Intel® Celeron® N4100/N4000
VGA Intel® HD Graphics 605/600
LAN RTL8411B-CG
USB Integrated in PCH (two USB 2.0 ports, one USB 3.0 port)
Super I/O controller IT8987E 1731-BXS
Bluetooth Bluetooth 4.1 with full support for Bluetooth 2.1+EDR
Wireless Liteon WLAN/BT combo module 802.11 a/b/g/n/ac
PCMCIA N/A
Audio codec Realtek ALC255
Card reader Realtek RTL8411B-CG
eSata N/A

Processor Specifications

Item Specification
Architecture Intel® Gemini Lake 6W (Broxton-P) Integrated PCH
CPU package FCBGA1090 (25mm x 24mm)
Core logic  1 Module
 Up to 4 Cores grouped per Module
 One-die, 32KiB 8-way, L1 instruction cache and 24KiB 6-way
L1 data cache per core
 One-die, 4MiB 16-way, L2 unified cache per module
Chipset Intel® Pentium® Intel® Celeron® Intel® Celeron®
Silver N5000 N4100 N4000
Mfg tech (nm) 14 14 14
Cores / Threads 4/4 4/4 2/2
Cache size 4 MB L2 4 MB L2 4 MB L2
Base frequency (GHz) 1.1 1.1 1.1
Burst frequency (GHz) 2.7 2.4 2.6
TDP (Watt) 6 6 6
Memory types DDR4 / LPDDR4 DDR4 / LPDDR4 DDR4 / LPDDR4
(up to 2400 MT/s) (up to 2400 MT/s) (up to 2400 MT/s)
Processor graphics Intel® UHD Intel® UHD Intel® UHD
Graphics 605 Graphics 600 Graphics 600
Graphics base frequency 200 200 200
(MHz)

1-66 Hardware Specifications and Configurations


Item Specification
Graphics max. dynamic 750 700 650
frequency (MHz)
Graphics execution units 18 12 12

System Memory

Item Specification
Memory controller Built-in at CPU
Memory size  On-board DDR4 4GB SDRAM
 Up to 8GB of dual-channel DDR4 system memory
(Aspire 314-32 only)
DIMM socket number 0 or 1 (depending on model configuration)
Supported memory size per socket 2GB / 4GB / 8GB (depending on model
configuration)
Supported maximum memory size 8GB (depending on model configuration)
Supported DIMM type SDRAM memory interface design
Supported DIMM Speed Up to 2400 MT/s
Supported DIMM voltage JEDEC standard 1.2V
Supported DIMM package Onboard Standard JEDEC 78-ball and 96-ball

BIOS

Item Specification
BIOS vendor Insyde
BIOS Version 1.00
BIOS ROM type W25Q64FWSSIQ
BIOS ROM size 8MB Flash Memory
Features  Insyde code base
 boot block
 non-shadow RAM support
 uEFI

Hardware Specifications and Configurations 1-67


CPU Fan True Value Table

Temperature (°C) Fan Speed (RPM) SPL Spec (dBA)


Fan on = 40°C; Fan Off = 35°C 2300 25
Fan on = 45°C; Fan Off = 42°C 2450 28
Fan on = 55°C; Fan Off = 47°C 2700 31
Fan on = 60C; Fan Off = 57°C 3100 34
Fan on = 80°C; Fan Off = 70°C 3450 37
Fan on = 90°C; Fan Off = 85°C 4700 40
 Fan full speed: On = 90°C (5V); Off = 85°C
 CPU TCC offset: 99°C
 Hardware throttling on: 100°C
 OS shutdown: 104°C
 Hardware shutdown: 105°C

Keyboard

Item Specification
Type Darfon/Chicony/Sunrex LV5T-A80B
Total number of keypads 103/104/107 keys
Windows logo key Win8
Internal & external Plug USB keyboard to the USB port directly: Yes
keyboard work
simultaneously
Features  Phantom key auto detect
 Overlay numeric keypad
 Support cursor keys
 Factory configurable different languages by OEM customer

USB Port

Item Specification
USB compliance level USB 2.0-compliant USB 3.0-compliant
Type EHCI XHCI
Number of USB port(s) 2 1
Location Right side Left side
Output Current 1.05A 2.0A

1-68 Hardware Specifications and Configurations


HDMI Port

Item Specification
Compliance level HDMI 1.4b
Data throughput (Gbits/sec) 18
Number of HDMI port(s) 1
Location Left side

Video Interface

Item Specification
Chipset Intel UHD Graphics 605 Intel UHD Graphics 600
Package UMA UMA
Interface UMA UMA

Battery

Item Specification
Vendor & Model Panasonic LGC
AP16M5J AC14B18J
Battery Type Lithium-Ion
Pack capacity 4660 mAh min. 3115mAh min.
4810 mAh typ. 3246mAh typ.
Number of battery cell 2 cell 3 cell
Package configuration 2S1P 3S1P

Hardware Specifications and Configurations 1-69


45W AC Adapter

Item Specification
Vendor & DELTA Chicony Power LITE-ON
Model ADP-45HE DA A045R021L PA-1450-26AA

Normal 100-240 Vac, 50-60 Hz


Input (the adapter should operate from 90-264 Vac with an input frequency from
voltage 47-63 Hz)
Input 1.2 Amps max. at 90
N/A 1.2 Amps max. at 90 Vac
current Vac
Inrush No damage at 264 Vac; No damage at 264 Vac  Shall be no damage
current meet fuse and bridge (Cold/Hot start); meet and less than the
diode I2t de-rating. fuse and bridge diode ratings of its critical
I2t de-rating. components for all
conditions of line
voltage.
 Shall meet 22% fuse
and 100% bridge
diodeI2t.
Efficiency  More than 87.73% of  Meet DOE  Meet EPS requirement.
average efficiency requirement. The  No Load Power Loss
load tested at 115 adapter efficiency shall be less than 0.1 W
Vac. shall be more than at 115VAC and 230VAC.
 More than 87.73% of 87.73%, that is the  More than 87.8%
average efficiency average value of (average value of 25%,
load tested at 230 25%, 50%, 75% and 50%, 75% and 100%
Vac. 100% load with load condition with
115Vac/60Hz input both 115Vac and
voltage condition. 230Vac).
 Meet Erp lot 7
requirement. The
adapter efficiency
shall be more than
86.2%, that is the
average value of
25%, 50%, 75% and
100% load with
230Vac/60Hz input
voltage condition.

1-70 Hardware Specifications and Configurations


Card Reader

Item Specification
Chipset Realtek RTL8411B-CG
Package QFN 48
Supported card type and  SD: 128MB min. / 4GB max.
capacity  SDHC: 4GB min. / 32GB max.
 SDXC: 64GB
 Mini SD: 2GB
 Mini SDHC: 4GB
 Micro SD: 4GB
 Micro SDHC: 4GB min. / 32GB max.
 Micro SDXC: 64GB min. / 128GB max.

Hard Disk Drive (Toshiba)

Item Specification
Vendor & Model Name TOSHIBA TOSHIBA
MQ01ABF050 MQ04ABF100
Capacity (GB) 500 1000
Bytes per sector 512 (logical) / 4096 (physical)
Number of data heads 2
Number of data disks 1
Spindle speed (RPM) 5400
Buffer size 8192 Kbytes 128 MiB
*1 MiB = 1,048,576 B
Interface supported ATA8 / SATA3.3 ATA8 / ACS3 / SATA3.3
Internal transfer speed (Mbit/s) 638.9 to 1288.6 typ. 819.7 to 1733.6 typ.
Host transfer speed (Gbit/s) 1.5 / 3.0 / 6.0
DC Power Requirements
Voltage tolerance 5V ±5%

Hardware Specifications and Configurations 1-71


Hard Disk Drive (WD)

Item Specification
Vendor & Model Name WD WD
WD5000LPCX WD10SPZX
Capacity (GB) 500 1000
Bytes per sector 512 (logical) / 4096 (physical)
Number of data heads 2
Drive Format
Number of data disks 1
Spindle speed (RPM) 5400
Performance Specifications
Buffer size 16 MB 128 MB
Interface SATA 6 Gb/s
Data transfer rate (max.)
6 Gb/s 6 Gb/s
Buffer to Host
147 MB/s average 130 MB/s average
Host to/from drive
DC Power Requirements
Voltage tolerance 5V ±5%

Solid State Drive (SSD) (for Aspire A314-32 only)

Item Specification
Vendor & Model Name Hynix Micron
HFS128G39TND 1100
Capacity (GB) 128 256
Form factor M.2 2280
Interface SATA SATA 6 Gb/s
Sequential Performance Read: Up to 540 MB/s Read: Up to 530 MB/s
Write: Up to 460 MB/s Write: Up to 500 MB/s
Random Performance Read: Up to 95K IOPS Read: Up to 92K IOPS
Write: Up to 85K IOPS Write: Up to 83K IOPS

1-72 Hardware Specifications and Configurations


Embedded MultiMedia Card (eMMC)

Item Specification
Vendor & Hynix Hynix
Model Name H26M64208EMR H26M78208CMR

SanDisk SanDisk
SDINADF4-32G-1220 SDINADF4-64G-1220
Capacity 32GB 64GB
(GB)
Features  Packaged NAND flash memory with EMMC™ 5.1 interface
 EMMC™ 5.1 compatible (backward compatible to eMMC™ 5.0 & 4.5)
 High capacity memory access
 Data transfer rate: up to 400Mbyte/s @ 200MHz
 ROHS compliant

DVD Super-Multi Drive (not available in this model)

Item Specification
Vendor &
Model name
Performance
Specification
Transfer rate
(Sustained max)
Buffer Memory
Interface
Applicable disc
format
Loading
mechanism
Power Requirements
Input Voltage

Hardware Specifications and Configurations 1-73


LCD 14.0” FHD (non-glare)

Item Specification
Vendor & AUO B140HTN01.E InnoLux N140HGE-EAA
Model name
Screen Diagonal (mm) 354.69 (14.0 in.)
Active Area (mm) 309.14 (H) x 173.89 (V) 308.85 (H) x 173.72 (V)
Display resolution (pixels) 1920 x3 (RGB) x 1080
Pixel Pitch (mm) 0.161 x 0.161
Typical White Luminance 220 typ. 220 typ. / 187 min.
(cd/m2) also called
Brightness (5 points average) (5 points average)

Contrast Ratio 400 typ. 350 min. / 500 typ.


Response Time (Optical
8 typ. / 16 max. 12 typ.
Rise Time/Fall Time) msec
Typical Power 3.7 Max. (Include Logic and
3.3 typ., 3.6 Max.
Consumption (Watt) BLU Power)
Weight (Without inverter) 270 max. 260 typ. / 270 max.
Physical Size (mm) 320.4 (H) x 205.1 (V) x 3.0 (D) 320.4 (H) x 205.6 (V) x 3.0 (D)
Electrical Interface 2 Lanes eDP 30 pins eDP
Viewing Angle (degree)
Horizontal (Right) 40 min. / 45 typ. 40 min. / 45 typ.
CR = 10 (Left) 40 min. / 45 typ. 40 min. / 45 typ.
Vertical (Upper) 10 min. / 15typ. 15 min. / 20 typ.
CR = 10 (Lower) 30 min. / 35 typ. 40 min. / 45 typ.

1-74 Hardware Specifications and Configurations


LCD 14.0” HD (non-glare)

Item Specification
Vendor & AUO B140XTN02.E BOE NT140WHM-N41 InnoLux N140BGA-EA3
Model name
Screen
354.95 (14.0 in.)
Diagonal (mm)
Active Area
309.4 (H) x 173.95 (V)
(mm)
Display
resolution 1366 x3 (RGB) x 768
(pixels)
Pixel Pitch
0.2265 x 0.2265
(mm)
Typical White
Luminance 220 typ.
(cd/m2) also
called (5 points average)
Brightness
Contrast Ratio 400 typ. 500 typ. 500 typ.
Response Time
(Optical Rise
8 typ. / 16 max. 12 typ. 12 typ.
Time/Fall
Time) msec
Typical Power
2.9 Max. (Include 3.6 Max. (Include Logic
Consumption 3.3 typ., 3.6W Max.
Logic and BLU Power) and BLU Power)
(Watt)
Weight
(Without 270 max. 275 max. 255 typ. / 270 max.
inverter)
Physical Size 320.4 (H) x 205.1 (V) x 320.9 (H) x 205.6 (V) x 320.4 (H) x 187.1 (V) x
(mm) 3.0 (D) 3.0 (D) 3.0 (D)
Electrical
1 Lane eDP 1 Lane eDP 30 pins eDP
Interface
Viewing Angle
(degree) 40 min. / 45 typ. 40 min. / 45 typ. 40 min. / 45 typ.
Horizontal 40 min. / 45 typ. 40 min. / 45 typ. 40 min. / 45 typ.
(Right) 10 min. / 15 typ. 15 min. / 20 typ. 15 min. / 20 typ.
CR = 10 (Left) 30 min. / 35 typ. 30 min. / 40 typ. 40 min. / 45 typ.
Vertical
(Upper)
CR = 10
(Lower)

Hardware Specifications and Configurations 1-75


LCD 14.0” HD (glare)

Item Specification
Vendor & AUO B140XTN02.D BOE NT140WHM-N31 InnoLux N140BGA-EB3
Model name
Screen
354.95 (14.0 in.)
Diagonal (mm)
Active Area
309.4 (H) x 173.95 (V)
(mm)
Display
resolution 1366 x3 (RGB) x 768
(pixels)
Pixel Pitch
0.2265 x 0.2265
(mm)
Typical White
Luminance 220 typ.
(cd/m2) also
called (5 points average)
Brightness
Contrast Ratio 500 typ. 600 typ. 600 typ.
Response Time
(Optical Rise
8 typ. / 16 max. 12 typ. 12 typ.
Time/Fall
Time) msec
Typical Power
2.9 Max. (Include 3.6 Max. (Include Logic
Consumption 3.3 typ., 3.6W Max.
Logic and BLU Power) and BLU Power)
(Watt)
Weight
(Without 270 max. 275 max. 255 typ. / 270 max.
inverter)
Physical Size 320.4 (H) x 205.1 (V) x 320.9 (H) x 205.6 (V) x 320.4 (H) x 187.1 (V) x
(mm) 3.0 (D) 3.0 (D) 3.0 (D)
Electrical
1 Lane eDP 1 Lane eDP 30 pins eDP
Interface
Viewing Angle
(degree) 40 min. / 45 typ. 40 min. / 45 typ. 40 min. / 45 typ.
Horizontal 40 min. / 45 typ. 40 min. / 45 typ. 40 min. / 45 typ.
(Right) 10 min. / 15 typ. 15 min. / 20 typ. 15 min. / 20 typ.
CR = 10 (Left) 30 min. / 35 typ. 30 min. / 40 typ. 40 min. / 45 typ.
Vertical
(Upper)
CR = 10
(Lower)

1-76 Hardware Specifications and Configurations


Graphics Controller (UMA)

Item Specification
VGA Chip Intel UHD Graphics 605 / Intel UHD Graphics 600
Package Built-in to the CPU
Feature  Intel 9th generation (Gen 9) LP (Low Power) graphics and media
encode/decode engine.
 Three (3) slices of 6 EUs each (3x6); each slice supports 6 threads
resulting in a total of 108 available threads.
 Supports 3-D rendering, media compositing, and video encoding.
 Supports DX (9.3, 10, 11.1, 12), OpenGL 4.3, OGL ES 3.0, OpenCL 1.2.
 4x anti-aliasing.
 Decode codec format supported:
 H.264 (CBP, MP, HP; Level: L5.2 up to 1080p240, 4k2kp60; Bit
rate: up to 250Mbps)
 MPEG2 (HD, MP, HL, 1080p60)
 MVC (CBP, MP, HP, L5.2 up to 4k2kp60)
 VC-1 (AP L4, 1080p60)
 WMV9 (MP, HL, 1080p30)
 HEVC (MP L5.1 8b/10b, up to 4k2kp60; MP L5 8b/10b, up to
4Kx2Kp30)
 VP8: Up to 4k2kp60
 VP9: Up to 4k2kp60
 JPEG/MJPEG: 1067MP/s (420), 800MP/s (422), 533MP/s (444)

 Encode codec format supported:


 H.264 (CBP, MP, HP; Level: L5.2 up to 1080p240, 4k2kp60; Bit
rate: up to 250Mbps)
 MPEG2 (HD, MP, HL, 1080p60)
 MVC (CBP, MP, HP; Level: L5.1 up to 4k2kp60)
 HEVC (L5 8b/10b, up to 4k2kp30; Bit rate: up to 100Mbps)
 VP8: Up to 4k2kp30
 VP9: Up to 4k2kp30
 JPEG/MJPEG: 850MP/s (420), 640MP/s (422), 428MP/s (444)

Graphics Controller (Discrete) (Not available in this model)

Item Specification
VGA Chip
Package
Feature

Hardware Specifications and Configurations 1-77


LAN Interface

Item Specification
LAN chipset Realtek RTL8411B-CG
LAN connector type RJ45
LAN connector location RJ45 port on the left side
Features  Support 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet Controller
 Support Microsoft WPD (Wake Packet Detection)
 Fully compliant with IEEE 802.3, IEEE 802.3u and IEEE
802.3ab
 32-pin QFN green package

Wireless + Bluetooth Module (ac/a/b/g/n)

Item Specifications
Vendor & Model Lite-on NFA435
WCBN806A-AA
Chipset Qualcomm Atheros QCNFA435A
Form factor M.2 (NGFF)
Frequency band 2.4 GHz, 5 GHz
Protocols and data rates BT:
supported  1 Mbps, 2 Mbps, 3 Mbps for EDR

Wi-Fi:
 802.11a - 25-54 Mbps

 802.11b - 1-11 Mbps

 802.11g - 6-54 Mbps

 802.11n - MCS 0 to 7 for HT20 MHz and HT40 MHz

 802.11ac - 433-867 Mbps

Antennae Yes. Both AUX and MAIN are routed in the display assembly.
Feature  Support for BT & WLAN Co-existence
 RoHS Compliance
 Low Halogen Compliance

Audio Interface

Item Specification
Audio Controller Realtek ALC255
Audio onboard or optional On board
Mono or Stereo Stereo
Resolution Support 16/20/24-bit PCM
Compatibility HD audio Interface

1-78 Hardware Specifications and Configurations


Item Specification
Sampling rate Sample rate up to 192Khz resolution VSR (Variable
Sampling Rate)
Internal microphone Yes
Internal speaker/quantity Yes/2 channel speakers with 2W per channel output

HD Camera

Item Specification
Vendor Chicony LITEON TECH-FRONT
Model CNFG023 6SF009N2A YHJH
Sensor Type Hynix 708 Hynix 708 OV 7676
Feature  Automatic Exposure Control (AE), Automatic While Balance (AWB)
and Automatic Gain Control (AGC)
 Image Quality Control: Color saturation, hue, gamma, sharpness,
brightness, contrast, and backlight compensation
 Pixel Resolution: 640 x 480 (VGA)
 Fix-Focusing (focusing distance: 50 cm)

3G Card (N/A in this model)

Item Specification
Vendor
Features

VRAM (N/A in this model)

Item Specification
Vendor & Model name
Memory size
Package size

Hardware Specifications and Configurations 1-79


Audio Codec and Amplifier

Item Specification
Audio Realtek ALC255 High Definition Audio Codec
Controller
Features  Meets Microsoft® WLP (Windows Logo Program) and Lync™ audio
requirements for Windows system
 95 dB Signal-to-Noise Ratio (A-weighting) for DAC output
 88 dB Signal-to-Noise Ratio (A-weighting) for ADC output
 4-channel DAC supports 16/20/24-bit PCM format for independent two
stereo channel or 2.1 audio playback
 4-channel ADC supports 16/20/24-bit PCM format for independent two
stereo channel audio inputs
 All DACs and ADCs support 44.1/48/96/192 kHz sample rate
 S/PDIF-OUT support 16/20/24-bit format and 44.1/48/88.2/192 kHz rate
 Support MONO line level output, stereo digital microphone input, and
programmable boost gain and volume control
 Analog port-E (LINE 2) support input and output re-tasking
 Port-C (LINE 1) and port-F (MIC 2) are dedicated input with boost gain
 Support external PCBEEP input and built-in digital BEEP generator
 Software selectable 2.5/3.2/4.0 V VREFOUT as bias voltage for analog
microphone input
 Programmable +12/+24/+36 dB boost gain for analog microphone input
 Built-in headphone amplifiers for port-E (LINE 2) and port-I (HP-OUT)
(Port-I does not require DC blocking capacitors)
 Two jack detection pins each designed to detect up to 4 jacks, and
S/PDIF-OUT jack detection is supported
 Support combo jack with stereo headphone output and mono
microphone input on a 4-pole jack
 3 GPIOs for customized applications (pin shared with digital microphone
interface and S/PDIF-OUT)
 Support Anti-pop mode when analog power AVDD1 is on and DVDD,
AVDD2 are off
 Support PCBEEP pass-through to Class D output (port D)
 Support Line-In pass-through to speaker out (Sleep & Music mode)
 Volume synchronization for PCBEEP in D0/D3 mode change
 PCBEEP input signal level detection
 Enhanced power management features for normal operation and
standby mode
 Stereo Bridge-Tied Load Class-D amplifier at port-D has 2 Watt (rms)/4
channel output
 Intel low power ECN compliant, supports power status control, jack
detection, and wake-up event in D3 mode
 AGC (Auto Gain Control) function for Class D amplifier to get rid of
sound broken when output high volume sound
 Class D amplifier has 7 bands hardware equalizers and high pass filter to
compensate frequency response and protect speaker
 Short circuit and thermal overload protection for Class-D amplifier
 Class D amplifier output with slew rate control to improve EMI
performance
 Built in a linear regulator with 60 dB PSRR to power analog circuitry
 48-pin MQFN “Green” package (6x6 mm dimension)

1-80 Hardware Specifications and Configurations


System Power Management

Item Specification
Mech. Off (G3) All devices in the system are turned off completely.
Soft Off (G2/S5) OS initiated shutdown. All devices in the system are turned
off completely.
Working (S0/S1) Individual devices such as the CPU and hard disc may be
power managed in this state.
Suspend to RAM (S3)  CPU set power down
 VGA Suspend
 Audio Power Down
 Hard Disk Power Down
 Super I/O Low Power mode
Save to Disk (S4) Also called Hibernation Mode. System saves all system
states and data onto the disc prior to power off the whole
system.

System LED Indicator

Item Specification
System power state  System on: Blue
 Standby: Breathing mode orange (1 sec on, 3 sec off)
 Entering Hibernation: Blue
 Hibernation mode/System off: Blue and orange color off
Battery state  Fully charged: Blue
 Battery charging: Orange
 Battery low: Breathing mode orange (1 sec on, 3 sec off)
 Battery critical low: Blinking mode orange (1 sec on, 1 sec
off)
 Abnormal situation: Blinking mode orange
 Using battery or not connected to AC power: N/A
Power button backlight Power button has no LED.
ODD activity state Either Aspire A314-32 or A114-32 has no ODD.
Communication state  Wi-Fi has no LED.
 Bluetooth has no LED.

System I/O Address Map

I/O address (hex) System Function (shipping configuration)


0000 - 006F PCI Express Root Complex
0020 - 0021 Programmable interrupt controller
0024 - 0025 Programmable interrupt controller
0028 - 0029 Programmable interrupt controller

Hardware Specifications and Configurations 1-81


I/O address (hex) System Function (shipping configuration)
002C - 002D Programmable interrupt controller
002E - 002F Motherboard resources
0030 - 0031 Programmable interrupt controller
0034 - 0035 Programmable interrupt controller
0038 - 0039 Programmable interrupt controller
003C - 003D Programmable interrupt controller
0040 - 0043 System Timer
004E - 004F Motherboard resources
0050 - 0053 System Timer
0060 - 0060 Standard PS/2 Keyboard
0061 - 0061 Motherboard resources
0062 - 0062 Microsoft ACPI-Compliant Embedded Controller
0063 - 0063 Motherboard resources
0064 - 0064 Standard PS/2 Keyboard
0065 - 0065 Motherboard resources
0066 - 0066 Microsoft ACPI-Compliant Embedded Controller
0067 - 0067 Motherboard resources
0070 - 0070 Motherboard resources
0070 - 0077 System CMOS/real time clock
0078 - 0CF7 PCI Express Root Complex
0080 - 008F Motherboard resources
0092 - 0092 Motherboard resources
00A0 - 00A1 Programmable interrupt controller
00A4 - 00A5 Programmable interrupt controller
00A8 - 00A9 Programmable interrupt controller
00AC - 00AD Programmable interrupt controller
00B0 - 00B1 Programmable interrupt controller
00B2 - 00B3 Motherboard resources
00B4 - 00B5 Programmable interrupt controller
00B8 - 00B9 Programmable interrupt controller
00BC - 00BD Programmable interrupt controller
0400 - 047F Motherboard resources
04D0 - 04D1 Programmable interrupt controller

1-82 Hardware Specifications and Configurations


I/O address (hex) System Function (shipping configuration)
0500 - 05FE Motherboard resources
06D0 - 061F Motherboard resources
0680 - 069F Motherboard Resources
0D00 - FFFF PCI Express Root Complex
164E - 164F Motherboard resources
2000 - 203F Intel(R) UHD Graphics 605
2040 - 205F Intel(R) Celeron(R)/Pentium(R) Silver Processor Gaussian Mixture
Model - 31D4
2060 - 207F Standard SATA AHCI Controller
2080 - 2087 Standard SATA AHCI Controller
2088 - 208B Standard SATA AHCI Controller
F000 - FFFF Intel(R) Celeron(R)/Pentium(R) Silver Processor PCI Express Root
Port- 31DA
FF00 - FFFF Realtek PCIe GBE Family Controller

System Interrupt Specification

Hardware IRQ System Function


ISA00 System timer
ISA01 Standard PS/2 Keyboard
ISA08 High precision event timer
ISA14 - ISA15 Intel(R) Serial IO GPIO Host Controller - INT 3453
ISA54 - ISA511 Microsoft ACPI-Compliant System
ISA1024 I2C HID Device
PCI 23 Intel(R) Celeron(R)/Pentium(R) Silver Processor Gaussian Mixture
Model - 3190
PCI 31 Intel(R) Serial IO I2C Host Controller - 31B4
PCI -12 Qualcomm Atheros QCA9377 Wireless Network Adapter
PCI -11 Realtek PCIe GBE Family Controller
PCI -10 Realtek PCIE CardReader
PCI -9 Intel(R) Trusted Execution Engine Interface
PCI -8 Intel(R) Smart Sound Technology (Intel(R) SST) Audio Controller
PCI -7 Intel(R) UHD Graphics 605
PCI -6 Intel(R) USB 2.0 3.0 eXtensible Host Controller - 1.0 (Microsoft)
PCI -5 Standard SATA AHCI Controller

Hardware Specifications and Configurations 1-83


Hardware IRQ System Function
PCI -4 Intel(R) Celeron(R)/Pentium(R) Silver Processor PCI Express Root Port
- 31DB
PCI -3 Intel(R) Celeron(R)/Pentium(R) Silver Processor PCI Express Root Port
- 31DB
PCI -2 Intel(R) Celeron(R)/Pentium(R) Silver Processor PCI Express Root Port
- 31DA

Memory Address Map

Memory address (hex) System Function (shipping configuration)


000A0000 - 000BFFFF PCI Express Root Complex
000C0000 - 000DFFFF PCI Express Root Complex
000E0000 - 000FFFFF PCI Express Root Complex
7C000001 - 7FFFFFFF PCI Express Root Complex
80000000 - BFFFFFFF PCI Express Root Complex
90000000 - 9FFFFFFF Intel(R) UHD Graphics 605
A0000000 - A0FFFFFF Intel(R) UHD Graphics 605
A1000000 - A11FFFFF Intel(R) Celeron(R)/Pentium(R) Silver Processor PCI Express Root
Port -31DB
A1000000 - A11FFFFF Qualcomm Atheros QCA9377 Wireless Network Adaptor
A1200000 - A12FFFFF Intel(R) Smart Sound Technology (Intel(r) SST) Audio Controller
A1300000 - A1303FFF Realtek PCIe GBE Family Controller
A1300000 - A13FFFFF Intel(R) Celeron(R)/Pentium(R) Silver Processor PCI Express Root
Port -31DA
A1304000 - A1304FFF Realtek PCIe GBE Family Controller
A1305000 - A1305FFF Realtek PCIe CardReader
A1400000 - A140FFFF Intel(R) USB 3.0 eXtensible Host Controller - 1.0 Microsoft
A1410000 - A1413FFF Intel(R) Smart Sound Technology (Intel(r) SST) Audio Controller
A1414000 - A1415FFF Standard SATA AHCI Controller
A1416000 - A1416FFF Intel(R) Celeron(R)/Pentium(R) Silver Processor Gaussian
Mixture Model - 3190
A1417000 - A1417FFF Intel(R) Trusted Execution Engine Interface
A1418000 - A1418FFF Intel(R) Serial IO 12C Host Controller - 31B4
A1419000 - A1419FFF Intel(R) Serial IO 12C Host Controller - 31B4
A141A000 - A141A7FF Standard SATA AHCI Controller
A141B000 - A141B0FF Intel(R) Celeron(R)/Pentium(R) Silver Processor Gaussian
Mixture Model - 31D4

1-84 Hardware Specifications and Configurations


Memory address (hex) System Function (shipping configuration)
A141C000 - A141C0FF Standard SATA AHCI Controller
D0C40000 - D0C40CEE Intel(R) Serial IO GPIO Host Controller - INT3453
D0C50000 - D0C50AFE Intel(R) Serial IO GPIO Host Controller - INT3453
D0C80000 - D0C8082E Intel(R) Serial IO GPIO Host Controller - INT3453
D0C90000 - D0C907BE Intel(R) Serial IO GPIO Host Controller - INT3453
E0000000 - EFFFFFFF Motherboard Resources
E0000000 - EFFFFFFF PCI Express Root Complex
FEA00000 - FEAFFFFF Motherboard Resources
FEA00000 - FEAFFFFF PCI Express Root Complex
A1416000 - A1416FFF Intel(R) Celeron(R)/Pentium(R) Silver Processor Gaussian
Mixture Model - 3190
A1417000 - A1417FFF Intel(R) Trusted Execution Engine Interface
A1418000 - A1418FFF Intel(R) Serial IO 12C Host Controller - 31B4
A1419000 - A1419FFF Intel(R) Serial IO 12C Host Controller - 31B4
A141A000 - A141A7FF Standard SATA AHCI Controller
A141B000 - A141B0FF Intel(R) Celeron(R)/Pentium(R) Silver Processor Gaussian
Mixture Model - 31D4
A141C000 - A141C0FF Standard SATA AHCI Controller
D0C40000 - D0C40CEE Intel(R) Serial IO GPIO Host Controller - INT3453
D0C50000 - D0C50AFE Intel(R) Serial IO GPIO Host Controller - INT3453
D0C80000 - D0C8082E Intel(R) Serial IO GPIO Host Controller - INT3453
D0C90000 - D0C907BE Intel(R) Serial IO GPIO Host Controller - INT3453
E0000000 - EFFFFFFF Motherboard Resources
E0000000 - EFFFFFFF PCI Express Root Complex
FEA00000 - FEAFFFFF Motherboard Resources
FEA00000 - FEAFFFFF PCI Express Root Complex
FED00000 - FED003FF High precision event timer
FED00000 - FED003FF PCI Express Root Complex
FED01000 - FED01FFF Motherboard Resources
FED01000 - FED01FFF PCI Express Root Complex
FED03000 - FED03FFF Motherboard Resources
FED03000 - FED03FFF PCI Express Root Complex
FED06000 - FED06FFF Motherboard Resources
FED06000 - FED06FFF PCI Express Root Complex

Hardware Specifications and Configurations 1-85


Memory address (hex) System Function (shipping configuration)
FED08000 - FED09FFF Motherboard Resources
FED08000 - FED09FFF PCI Express Root Complex
FED1C000 - FED1CFFF Motherboard Resources
FED1C000 - FED1CFFF PCI Express Root Complex
FED40000 - FED44FFF Trusted Platform Module 2.0
FED80000 - FEDBFFFF Motherboard Resources
FED80000 - FEDBFFFF PCI Express Root Complex
FEE00000 - FEEFFFFF Motherboard Resources
FEE00000 - FEEFFFFF PCI Express Root Complex

1-86 Hardware Specifications and Configurations


CHAPTER 2
System Utilities
BIOS Setup Utility. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Navigating the BIOS Utility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-3
Aspire A314-31/A114-31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-4
Main . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-6
Advanced . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-8
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-9
Boot. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14
Exit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-15
BIOS Flash Utilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
WinFlash Utility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-17
Miscellaneous Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20
Using DMI Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-20
Aspire A314-32/A114-32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36
Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-36
Main . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-39
Advanced . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-41
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-42
Boot. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-47
Exit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-48
BIOS Flash Utilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-49
BIOS Flash in Windows Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-50
BIOS Flash in Shell Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-54
Miscellaneous Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-56
Using DMI Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-56
Crisis Disk Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-72

2-2
System Utilities

BIOS Setup Utility 0

This utility is a hardware configuration program built into a computer’s BIOS (Basic
Input/Output System).
The utility is pre-configured and optimized so most users do not need to run it. If
configuration problems occur, the setup utility may need to be run. Refer to Chapter 4,
Troubleshooting when a problem arises.
To activate the utility, press F2 during POST (power-on self-test) when prompted at the
bottom of screen.
The default parameter of F12 Boot Menu is set to Disabled. To change the boot
device without entering BIOS Setup Utility, set the parameter to Enabled.
To change the boot device without entering the BIOS SETUP, press F12 during POST to
enter the multi-boot menu.

Navigating the BIOS Utility 0

Five menu options are:


Information

Main

Security

Boot

Exit

To navigate through the following:


Menu - use the left and right arrow keys
Item - use the up and down arrow keys
Change parameter value - press F5 or F6.
Exit - Press Esc
Load default settings - press F9. Press F10 to save changes and exit BIOS Setup
Utility
NOTE: NOTE:
Parameter values can be changed if enclosed in square brackets [ ]. Navigation keys
appear at the bottom of the screen. Read parameter help carefully when making
changes to parameter values. Parameter help is found in the Item Specific Help
area of the screen.

+ IMPORTANT:
Be careful when changing any settings in the BIOS. Incorrect settings can
cause your PC to malfunction or crash. Please make sure all important
data is backed up before changing anything in the BIOS.
NOTE: NOTE:
System information is subject to specific models.

System Utilities 2-3


Aspire A314-31/A114-31 0

The following is a description of the tabs found on the InsydeH20 BIOS Setup Utility
screen:
NOTE: NOTE:
The screens provided are for reference only. Actual values may differ by model.

Information 0

The Information tab shows a summary of computer hardware information.

5.0

CPU Type: Intel(R) Pentium(R) CPU N4200 @ 1.10 GHz


System BIOS Version: v1.00
GOP Version: Intel(R) GOP Driver [10.0. 1036]

eMMC Model Name: HCG4a264G


eMMC Serial Number: 9581
HDD1 Model Name: ST1000LM035-1RK172
HDD1 Serial Number: WDE251VB
HDD2 Model Name: LITEON CV3-8D256
HDD2 Serial Number: KN2560L0216520007EHC
SATA Mode: AHCI

Total Memory: 4096 MB

Serial Number: N8GNSWW0057072BE7E7600


Asset Tag Number:
Product Name: Aspire A114-31
Manufacturer Name: ACER
UUID: FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF

Figure 2-1. BIOS Information

Table 2-1 describes the parameters shown in Figure 2-1.

Table 2-1. BIOS Information

Parameter Description
CPU Type CPU (central processing unit) type and speed of system
System BIOS Version System BIOS Version
GOP Version Graphics Output Protocol BIOS version
eMMC Model Name Model name of eMMC (Electronic MultiMedia Card) installed on
primary IDE master

2-4 System Utilities


Table 2-1. BIOS Information (Continued)

Parameter Description
eMMC Serial Number Serial number of eMMC (Electronic MultiMedia Card) installed
on primary IDE master
HDD1 Model Name Model name of HDD (hard disk drive) installed on primary IDE
master
HDD1 Serial Number Serial number of HDD installed on primary IDE master
HDD2 Model Name Model name of HDD (hard disk drive) installed on secondary IDE
master
HDD2 Serial Number Serial number of HDD installed on secondary IDE master
SATA Mode Sets the communication method of the SATA drive with the
computer
Total Memory Total memory available
Serial Number Serial number of unit
Asset Tag Number Asset tag number of system
Product Name Product name of the system
Manufacturer Name Manufacturer of system
UUID Universally Unique Identifier

System Utilities 2-5


Main 0

The Main tab allows the user to set system time and date, enable or disable boot option
and enable or disable recovery.

5.0

Item Specific Help


System Time [09:51:31]
System Date [03/10/2017] Hour Valid range is from 0 to
23. Minute Valid range is from 0
Network Boot: [Disabled] to 59. Second Valid range is
F12 Boot Menu: [Enabled] from 0 to 59. REDUCE/IN-
CREASE: F5/F6.
Wake on LAN: [Disabled]
Touchpad: [Advanced]
Lid Open Resume: [Enabled]
Wake on USB while lid closed [Disabled]
D2D Recovery: [Enabled]
GPT Partition Recovery: [None]
Clear GPT Partition: [None]
GPT Partition Record: No Record

Figure 2-2. BIOS Advanced

Table 2-2 describes the parameters shown in Figure 2-2.

Table 2-2. BIOS Main

Parameter Description Format/Option


System Time BIOS system time in 24-hour format Format: HH:MM:SS
(hour:minute:second)
System Date BIOS system date Format MM/DD/YYYY
(month/day/year)
Network Boot Option to boot system from LAN (local Option: Enabled or Disabled
area network)
F12 Boot Menu Option to use boot menu during POST Option: Enabled or Disabled
Wake on LAN Option to use Wake-on-LAN feature Option: Enabled or Disabled

2-6 System Utilities


Table 2-2. BIOS Main (Continued)

Parameter Description Format/Option


Touchpad Option to choose whether to use Option: Advanced or Basic
advanced or basic touchpad
gestures/actions:
NOTE:
You must ensure that the IC2 driver is
installed before setting this item to
advanced, otherwise the touchpad
will not function.
Lid Open Option to resume the system when the Option: Enabled or Disabled
Resume notebook PC is opened
Wake on USB Option to use feature Wake-on-USB Option: Enabled or Disabled
while lid closed when the notebook PC is closed
D2D Recovery Option to use D2D Recovery feature Option: Enabled or Disabled
GPT Partition • None: do nothing Option:
Recovery • Save: Choose to save current GPT [None]/[Save]/[Restore]
partition
• Restore: Restore the GPT partition
previously saved
• When end user chooses to save/restore
GPT partition, pop up the confirm
message again, then take action
immediately
• This option is automatically hidden if
there is no GPT partition

Clear GPT Option to erase GUID Partition Default Option: None


Partition
GPT Partition • Record of the saved GPT partition data. Option:
Record Show the date and time for the saved [None]/[Save]/[Restore]
record
• This option is automatically hidden if
there is no GPT partition

System Utilities 2-7


Advanced 0

The Advanced tab allows the user to set advanced settings.

5.0

Item Specific Help


Intel VTX: [Enabled]
Intel VTD: [Enabled] This is Intel VTX function switch
SATA Configuration

Figure 2-3. BIOS Advanced

Table 2-3 describes the parameters shown in Figure 2-3.

Table 2-3. BIOS Advanced

Parameter Description Format/Option


Intel VTX Enable or disable Intel VT-x Option: Enabled or Disabled
Intel VTD Enable or disable Intel VTD Option: Enabled or Disabled
SATA
Configuration

2-8 System Utilities


Security 0

The Security tab shows parameters that safeguard and protect the computer from
unauthorized use.

5.0

Supervisor Password Is : Clear


Item Specific Help
User Password Is : Clear
HDD1 Password Is : Clear
HDD2 Password Is : Clear Supervisor Password controls
access to the whole setup
[Enter] utility. It can be used to bootup
Set Supervisor Password: when Password on boot is
Set User Password: [Enter]
[Enter] enabled.
Set HDD1 Password:
Set HDD1 Password: [Enter]

Password on Boot : [Disabled]

Secure Boot Mode: Standard


Erase all Secure Boot Setting: [Enter]
Restore Secure Boot to [Enter]
Factory Default:

Current TPM (TCM) State: Enabled


Change TPM (TCM) State: [Enabled]
Clear TPM (TCM): [Clear]

Figure 2-4. Security Tab

Table 2-3 describes the parameters shown in Figure 2-4.

Table 2-4. BIOS Security

Parameter Description Option


Supervisor Password Is Supervisor password setting Clear or Set
User Password Is User password setting Clear or Set
HDD1 Password Is Password setting of HDD installed on primary Clear or Set
IDE master
HDD2 Password Is Password setting of HDD installed on secondary Clear or Set
IDE master
Set Supervisor Password Option to set supervisor password N/A
Set User Password Option to set user password N/A
Set HDD1 Password Option to set password of HDD installed on N/A
primary IDE master

System Utilities 2-9


Table 2-4. BIOS Security (Continued)

Parameter Description Option


Set HDD2 Password Option to set password of HDD installed on N/A
secondary IDE master
Password on Boot Shows if password is required during system Disabled or
boot Enabled

! CAUTION:
If Password-on-Boot authentication is
enabled, the BIOS password can only be
cleared by initiating the Crisis Disk Recovery
procedure.
Secure Boot Mode Prevents unauthorized boot media and Default
malicious software from loading during boot option:
Standard
Erase all Secure Boot Erase current Secure Boot settings N/A
setting
Restore Secure Boot to Restore settings to factory defaults N/A
Factory Default:
Current TPM (TCM) This field indicates current TPM State. Current Disabled or
State TPM or TCM State description is according Enabled
current TPM or TCM is connected. Current TPM
State is displayed on BIOS Setup Utility no
matter Supervisor / User Password is set or not
and is grayed out item that can’t be modified
manually.
Change TPM (TCM) Change TPM State is displayed on BIOS Setup Disabled or
State Utility no matter Supervisor / User Password is Enabled
set or not. If Supervisor Password is not set, it
should be a grayed out item.
Default TPM state for UEFI Mode is set to
[Enabled] and requires Supervisor Password to
change the state.
[Disabled]: BIOS don't initial TPM 2.0 device and
hide the TPM 2.0 device in ACPI table, it makes
no TPM device in Windows device manager.
Change TPM state will support the items list in
left.
Clear TPM (TCM) Change TPM State is displayed on BIOS Setup Clear or Set
Utility no matter Supervisor / User Password is
set or not. If Supervisor Password is not set, it
should be a grayed out item.

NOTE: NOTE:
When prompted to enter password, three attempts are allowed before system
halts. Resetting BIOS password may require computer be returned to dealer.

2-10 System Utilities


Setting a Password 0

Perform the following to set user or supervisor passwords:


1. Use the  and keys to highlight the Set Supervisor Password parameter and
press Enter. The Set Supervisor Password dialog box appears.
NOTE: NOTE:
To change an existing password, refer to Changing a Password.

Figure 2-5. Set Supervisor Password

2. Type a new password in the Enter New Password field. Passwords are not case
sensitive and the length must not exceed 12 alphanumeric characters (A-Z, a-z, 0-9).
Retype the password in the Confirm New Password field.

+ IMPORTANT:
Use care when typing a password. Characters do not appear on the
screen.
3. Press Enter. After setting the password, the computer sets the User Password
parameter to Set.
NOTE: NOTE:
Password on Boot must be set to Enabled to activate password feature.
4. Press F10 to save changes and exit BIOS Setup Utility.

Removing a Password 0

Perform the following:


1. Use the  and  keys to highlight Set Supervisor Password and press Enter. The
Set Supervisor Password dialog box appears:

Figure 2-6. Set Supervisor Password

2. Type current password in Enter Current Password field and press Enter.
3. Press Enter twice without typing anything in Enter New Password and Confirm
New Password fields. Computer will set Supervisor Password parameter to
Clear.
4. Press F10 to save changes and exit the BIOS Setup Utility.

System Utilities 2-11


Changing a Password 0

1. Use the  and keys to highlight Set Supervisor Password and press Enter. The
Set Supervisor Password dialog box appears.

Figure 2-7. Set Supervisor Password

2. Type current password in Enter Current Password field and press Enter.
3. Type new password in Enter New Password field. Retype new password in
Confirm New Password field.
4. Press Enter. Computer sets Supervisor Password parameter to Set.
NOTE: NOTE:
Password on Boot must be set to Enabled to activate the password feature.
5. Press F10 to save changes and exit BIOS Setup Utility.

If the verification is OK, the screen will show as follows.

Figure 2-8. Setup Notice

The password setting is complete after the user presses Enter.

If the password entered does not match the current password, the screen shows the
Setup Warning dialog. (Figure 2-9)

Figure 2-9. Setup Warning: Invalid Password

2-12 System Utilities


If new password and confirm new password strings do not match, the Setup Warning
dialog appears (Figure 2-10).

Figure 2-10. Setup Warning: Passwords Do Not Match

System Utilities 2-13


Boot 0

The Boot tab allows changes to the order of boot devices used to load the operating
system. Bootable devices include the:
Windows Boot Manager
Use  and  keys to select a device and press F5 or F6 to change the value.

5.0

Item Specific Help

Secure Boot: [Enabled]


Select system Boot Mode
Boot priority order :
1. Windows Boot Manager (LITEON CV3-80256)

Figure 2-11. BIOS Boot

2-14 System Utilities


Exit 0

The Exit tab allows users to save or discard changes and quit the BIOS Setup Utility.

5.0

Item Specific Help


Exit Saving Changes
Exit Discarding Changes Exit System Setup and save
Load Setup Defaults your changes.

Figure 2-12. BIOS Exit

Table 2-4 describes the parameters in Figure 2-12.

Table 2-5. Exit Parameters

Parameter Description
Exit Saving Changes Exit BIOS utility and save setup item changes to system.
Exit Discarding Changes Exit BIOS utility without saving setup item changes to system.
Load Setup Defaults Load setup default values for all setup items.

System Utilities 2-15


BIOS Flash Utilities 0

BIOS Flash memory updates are required for the following conditions:
New versions of system programs
New features or options
Restore a BIOS when it becomes corrupted.
Use the Flash utility to update the system BIOS Flash ROM.
NOTE: NOTE:
If a Crisis Recovery Disc is not available, create one before Flash utility is used.
NOTE: NOTE:
Do not install memory related drivers (XMS, EMS, DPMI) when Flash is used.
NOTE: NOTE:
The AC power adapter must be connected to the system and the system battery
charge must be above 30% when running Flash utility. If battery pack does not
contain power to finish loading BIOS Flash, do not boot system.
Perform the following to run Flash.
1. Prepare a bootable USB HDD.
2. Copy Flash Utility to a bootable USB HDD.
3. Boot system from the bootable USB HDD.
NOTE: NOTE:
Flash utility has auto execution function.

2-16 System Utilities


WinFlash Utility 0

Perform the following to run the Flash Utility in Windows mode to flash the BIOS:
1. Copy the WinFlash executable Z8P_100.EXE to desktop.
2. Plug in the AC power.

Figure 2-13. Connecting AC Power

! CAUTION:
The AC power adapter must be connected to the system and the system
battery charge must be above 30% when using WinFlash utility. If battery
capacity is insufficient to finish loading BIOS Flash, do not boot system.
3. Right-click the Z8P_100.EXE and select Run as administrator.

Figure 2-14. Run as Admin

4. The User Account Control dialog box appears. Click Yes to continue.

Figure 2-15. User Account Control

System Utilities 2-17


5. System will restart automatically and display the Flash BIOS Process as shown in
Figure 2-16.

Please do not remove the AC power!

Insyde H2OFFT (Flash Firmware Tool) Version 1.00.51.00


Copyright (c) 2016, Insyde Software Corp. All Rights Reserved.

Loading New BIOS Image File: Done


Loading ED Image: Done
Current BIOS Model Name: Z8P
New BIOS Model Name: Z8P
Current System BIOS Version: V1.00
New BIOS Image Version: V1.00

Figure 2-16. Flash Process

6. System will restart automatically when the Flash Process is finished.


7. When the Acer logo appears on the screen, press F2 during the POST to enter the
BIOS Setup Menu.

F2

Figure 2-17. F2 Key Location

8. Ensure the System BIOS Version has been updated.

Figure 2-18. System BIOS Version

2-18 System Utilities


NOTE: NOTE:
The system battery charge must be above 30% and the AC adapter connected, in
order to flash the BIOS. If AC adapter is not connected, the following dialogs are
shown. (Figure 2-19 and Figure 2-20)

Figure 2-19. No AC Power Detected (1 or 2)

Figure 2-20. No AC Power Detected (2 of 2)

System Utilities 2-19


Miscellaneous Tools 0

Using DMI Tools 0

The DMI (Desktop Management Interface) Tool copies BIOS information to EEPROM
(Electrically Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory). Used in the DMI pool for
hardware management.
When the BIOS shows Verifying DMI pool data, it is checking that the table
correlates with the hardware before sending information to the operating system
(Windows, etc.).
There is one method to update the DMI Pool Data as follows:

2-20 System Utilities


Method 1: WINPE DMI Tools 0

To update the DMI Pool under Windows mode, perform the following:
1. Prepare a bootable WINPE x64 USB Flash Disk.
2. Copy WQDMIx64.EXE to the WINPE x64 USB Flash Disk. Rename the filename from
WQDMIx64.EXE to WQDMI.EXE.
3. Insert the WINPE x64 USB Flash Disk and press Power button to turn on the system.

Figure 2-21. Power Key Location

4. Press F2 during the POST screen to enter the BIOS Setup Menu.

F2

Figure 2-22. F2 Key Location

System Utilities 2-21


5. Under Main menu option, select ”F12 Boot Menu” item and then press Enter to
change the setting from Disabled to Enabled.

Figure 2-23. F12 Boot Menu Option

6. Press F10 and confirm your selection to save the settings and exit the BIOS Menu
(Figure 2-24). The system will restart automatically.

Figure 2-24. Save Configuration Changes and Exit

2-22 System Utilities


7. Press F12 during the POST (power-on self-test) screen to enter the Boot Option
Menu.

F12

Figure 2-25. F12 Key Location

8. Select ”USB HDD” and press Enter to enter WINPE x64 mode.

Figure 2-26. Boot Option Menu Option

9. Execute the following commands to switch to disk D.

Figure 2-27. WINPE Mode

System Utilities 2-23


10. Type wqdmi and press Enter (Figure 2-27). To execute a specific function, input the
command and the associated parameter as shown in Figure 2-28.

Figure 2-28. DMI Tools Main Menu Screen

2-24 System Utilities


Read/Write Product Name 0

Execute WQDMI /Rp to read the product name.

D:\>wqdmi /Rp
====================================================
WQDMI - Quanta NB4 DMI tool for Windows
Version: 0.04 2015/01/21
Based on EEPROM V2.11 spec.
If you want to use SPACE character in your string,
just type the characters in “ ”.
for example “ABC 123”.
type “WQDMI /h” or “WQDMI” for help
====================================================

EEPROM data is :
Aspire A314-31

Figure 2-29. Read Product Name

Execute WQDMI /Wp [string] (the max string length is 24 characters) to modify the
product name.

D:\>wqdmi /Wp “Aspire ES1-132”


====================================================
WQDMI - Quanta NB4 DMI tool for Windows
Version: 0.04 2015/01/21
Based on EEPROM V2.11 spec.
If you want to use SPACE character in your string,
just type the characters in “ ”.
for example “ABC 123”.
type “WQDMI /h” or “WQDMI” for help
====================================================
Input data is :
Aspire A314-31

EEPROM data is :
Aspire A314-31

Figure 2-30. Write Product Name

System Utilities 2-25


Enable/Disable SLIC (Software Licensing Internal Code) 0

Execute WQDMI /Rslic to read the SLIC.

D:\>wqdmi /RSLIC
====================================================
WQDMI - Quanta NB4 DMI tool for Windows
Version: 0.04 2015/01/21
Based on EEPROM V2.11 spec.
If you want to use SPACE character in your string,
just type the characters in “ ”.
for example “ABC 123”.
type “WQDMI /h” or “WQDMI” for help
====================================================

EEPROM data is :
SLIC Remove

Figure 2-31. Read SLIC

Table 2-5 describes the enable/disable SLIC mapping parameters.

Table 2-6. SLIC Mapping Parameters

OS SKU OA2.1 (SLIC)


Windows 7 / Windows XP Enable
Windows 8 Standard Disable
Windows 8 Professional Enable
Non-Windows OS (Linpus) Disable
Windows 10 Standard Disable
Windows 10 Pro Enable
Windows 10 with Family Disable

2-26 System Utilities


Execute WQDMI /Wslic 0 to disable or remove the SLIC (for Win 8 Standard and
non-Windows OS).

D:\>wqdmi /WSLIC 0
====================================================
WQDMI - Quanta NB4 DMI tool for Windows
Version: 0.04 2015/01/21
Based on EEPROM V2.11 spec.
If you want to use SPACE character in your string,
just type the characters in “ ”.
for example “ABC 123”.
type “WQDMI /h” or “WQDMI” for help
====================================================

Input data is :
0 - Remove SLIC

EEPROM data is :
SLIC Remove

Figure 2-32. Disable SLIC

Execute WQDMI /Wslic 1 to enable or restore the SLIC (for Win 7/XP and Win 8 Pro
OS).

D:\>wqdmi /WSLIC 1
====================================================
WQDMI - Quanta NB4 DMI tool for Windows
Version: 0.04 2015/01/21
Based on EEPROM V2.11 spec.
If you want to use SPACE character in your string,
just type the characters in “ ”.
for example “ABC 123”.
type “WQDMI /h” or “WQDMI” for help
====================================================

Input data is :
1 - Restore SLIC

EEPROM data is :
SLIC Exist

Figure 2-33. Enable SLIC

System Utilities 2-27


Read/Write LAN MAC Address 0

Execute WQDMI /Rmac to read the LAN MAC address.

D:\>WQDMI /RMAC
====================================================
WQDMI - Quanta NB4 DMI tool for Windows
Version: 0.04 2015/01/21
Based on EEPROM V2.11 spec.
If you want to use SPACE character in your string,
just type the characters in “ ”.
for example “ABC 123”.
type “WQDMI /h” or “WQDMI” for help
====================================================

EEPROM data is :
2C600C373F71

Figure 2-34. Read LAN MAC Address

Execute
WQDMI /Wmac [string] (the max string length is 6 characters) to write the
LAN MAC address.

D:\>WQDMI /WMAC 2C600C373F71


====================================================
WQDMI - Quanta NB4 DMI tool for Windows
Version: 0.04 2015/01/21
Based on EEPROM V2.11 spec.
If you want to use SPACE character in your string,
just type the characters in “ ”.
for example “ABC 123”.
type “WQDMI /h” or “WQDMI” for help
====================================================

Input data is :
2C600C373F71

EEPROM data is :
2C600C373F71

Figure 2-35. Read LAN MAC Address

2-28 System Utilities


Read/Write Mainboard Serial Number 0

Execute WQDMI /Rmbsn to read the mainboard serial number.

D:\>WQDMI /RMBSN
====================================================
WQDMI - Quanta NB4 DMI tool for Windows
Version: 0.04 2015/01/21
Based on EEPROM V2.11 spec.
If you want to use SPACE character in your string,
just type the characters in “ ”.
for example “ABC 123”.
type “WQDMI /h” or “WQDMI” for help
====================================================

EEPROM data is :
NBMVH11001452136D87600

Figure 2-36. Read Mainboard Serial Number

Execute WQDMI /Wmbsn [string] to write the mainboard serial number.

D:\>WQDMI /WMBSN NBMVH11001452136D87600


====================================================
WQDMI - Quanta NB4 DMI tool for Windows
Version: 0.04 2015/01/21
Based on EEPROM V2.11 spec.
If you want to use SPACE character in your string,
just type the characters in “ ”.
for example “ABC 123”.
type “WQDMI /h” or “WQDMI” for help
====================================================

Input data is :
NBMVH11001452136D87600

EEPROM data is :
NBMVH11001452136D87600

Figure 2-37. Write Mainboard Serial Number

System Utilities 2-29


Read/Write F/G Serial Number 0

Execute WQDMI /Rfgsn to read the F/G serial number.

D:\>WQDMI /RFGSN
====================================================
WQDMI - Quanta NB4 DMI tool for Windows
Version: 0.04 2015/01/21
Based on EEPROM V2.11 spec.
If you want to use SPACE character in your string,
just type the characters in “ ”.
for example “ABC 123”.
type “WQDMI /h” or “WQDMI” for help
====================================================

EEPROM data is :
NBMVH11001452136D87600

Figure 2-38. Read F/G Serial Number

Execute WQDMI /Wfgsn [string] to write the F/G serial number.

D:\>WQDMI /WFGSN NBMVH11001452136D87600


====================================================
WQDMI - Quanta NB4 DMI tool for Windows
Version: 0.04 2015/01/21
Based on EEPROM V2.11 spec.
If you want to use SPACE character in your string,
just type the characters in “ ”.
for example “ABC 123”.
type “WQDMI /h” or “WQDMI” for help
====================================================

Input data is :
NBMVH11001452136D87600

EEPROM data is :
NBMVH11001452136D87600

Figure 2-39. Write F/G Serial Number

2-30 System Utilities


Read/Write Asset Tag 0

Execute WQDMI /Rasset to read the asset tag.

D:\>WQDMI /RASSET
====================================================
WQDMI - Quanta NB4 DMI tool for Windows
Version: 0.04 2015/01/21
Based on EEPROM V2.11 spec.
If you want to use SPACE character in your string,
just type the characters in “ ”.
for example “ABC 123”.
type “WQDMI /h” or “WQDMI” for help
====================================================

EEPROM data is :
12345678901234567890123456789012

Figure 2-40. Read Asset Tag

Execute WQDMI /Wasset [string] to write the asset tag.

D:\>WQDMI /WASSET 12345678901234567890123456789012


====================================================
WQDMI - Quanta NB4 DMI tool for Windows
Version: 0.04 2015/01/21
Based on EEPROM V2.11 spec.
If you want to use SPACE character in your string,
just type the characters in “ ”.
for example “ABC 123”.
type “WQDMI /h” or “WQDMI” for help
====================================================

Input data is :
12345678901234567890123456789012

EEPROM data is :
12345678901234567890123456789012

Figure 2-41. Write Asset Tag

System Utilities 2-31


Read/Write Manufacture Name 0

Execute WQDMI /Rm to read the manufacture name.

D:\>WQDMI /RM
====================================================
WQDMI - Quanta NB4 DMI tool for Windows
Version: 0.04 2015/01/21
Based on EEPROM V2.11 spec.
If you want to use SPACE character in your string,
just type the characters in “ ”.
for example “ABC 123”.
type “WQDMI /h” or “WQDMI” for help
====================================================

EEPROM data is :
Acer

Figure 2-42. Read Manufacture Name

Execute WQDMI /Wm [string] to modify the manufacture name.

D:\>WQDMI /WM ACER


====================================================
WQDMI - Quanta NB4 DMI tool for Windows
Version: 0.04 2015/01/21
Based on EEPROM V2.11 spec.
If you want to use SPACE character in your string,
just type the characters in “ ”.
for example “ABC 123”.
type “WQDMI /h” or “WQDMI” for help
====================================================

Input data is :
ACER

EEPROM data is :
ACER

Figure 2-43. Write Manufacture Name

2-32 System Utilities


Read/Write UUID 0

Execute WQDMI /Ruuid to read the UUID.

D:\>WQDMI /RUUID
====================================================
WQDMI - Quanta NB4 DMI tool for Windows
Version: 0.04 2015/01/21
Based on EEPROM V2.11 spec.
If you want to use SPACE character in your string,
just type the characters in “ ”.
for example “ABC 123”.
type “WQDMI /h” or “WQDMI” for help
====================================================

EEPROM data is :
5D6A9C40BF11409D947E2C600C373F71

Figure 2-44. Read UUID

Execute WQDMI /Wuuid [string] to write the UUID.

D:\>WQDMI /WUUID 12345678901234567890


====================================================
WQDMI - Quanta NB4 DMI tool for Windows
Version: 0.04 2015/01/21
Based on EEPROM V2.11 spec.
If you want to use SPACE character in your string,
just type the characters in “ ”.
for example “ABC 123”.
type “WQDMI /h” or “WQDMI” for help
====================================================

Input data is :
12345678901234567890

EEPROM data is :
12345678901234567890000000000000

Figure 2-45. Write UUID

System Utilities 2-33


Execute WQDMI /GWuuid to write the UUID by auto generate.

D:\>WQDMI /GWUUID 12345678901234567890


====================================================
WQDMI - Quanta NB4 DMI tool for Windows
Version: 0.04 2015/01/21
Based on EEPROM V2.11 spec.
If you want to use SPACE character in your string,
just type the characters in “ ”.
for example “ABC 123”.
type “WQDMI /h” or “WQDMI” for help
====================================================

EEPROM data is :
EC0182B0469428E08E76969A930839E7

EEPROM data is :
EC0182B0469428E08E76969A930839E7

Figure 2-46. Write UUID by Auto-generate

11. At the command prompt, type wpeutil shutdown to sync memory map data into
EEPROM (System will shutdown).

D:\> wpeutil shutdown

Figure 2-47. WQDMI Command Prompt

Alternatively, turn off the system by pressing and holding the Power button for 4
seconds or by holding the shift key and clicking “Shut down” in Windows.

Figure 2-48. WQDMI Command Prompt

NOTE: NOTE:
When using any of the write options, restart the system to make the new DMI data
effective.

2-34 System Utilities


! CAUTION:
Do not remove the AC power directly while updating the data (during
shutdown process), it may cause the EEPROM data corrupted or the loss of
new EEPROM data.

System Utilities 2-35


Aspire A314-32/A114-32 0

The following is a description of the tabs found on the InsydeH20 BIOS Setup Utility
screen:
NOTE: NOTE:
The screens provided are for reference only. Actual values may differ by model.

Information 0

The Information tab shows a summary of computer hardware information.

5.0

CPU Info: Intel(R) Pentium(R) Silver N5000 CPU @ 1.10 GHz

System BIOS Version: V1.00


GOP Version: Intel(R) GOP Driver [13.0.1011]

HDD0 Model Name: TOSHIBA MQ04ABF100


HDD0 Serial Number: X7GUC15PT
HDD1 Model Name: Micron_1100_MTFDDAV256TBN
HDD1 Serial Number: 171816F1AEA4
SATA Mode: AHCI

Total Memory: 8192 MB

Serial Number: N8WJYWW002745219AC7600


Asset Tag Number:
Product Name: Aspire A314-32
Manufacturer Name: ACER
UUID: 29FC310F-A84B-0F4C-87BD-D8C4971235C9

Figure 2-49. Aspire 314-32 BIOS Information

2-36 System Utilities


5.0

CPU Info: Intel(R) Celeron(R) N4100 CPU @ 1.10 GHz

System BIOS Version: V1.00


GOP Version: Intel(R) GOP Driver [13.0.1011]

EMMC Model Name: DF406464G


EMMC Serial Number: 3A8C
HDD1 Model Name: None
HDD1 Serial Number: None
SATA Mode: AHCI

Total Memory: 4096 MB

Serial Number: N8WJYWW004745219DC7600


Asset Tag Number:
Product Name: Aspire A114-32
Manufacturer Name: ACER
UUID: 3BB3B940-40B1-D349-97C9-D8C49712361D

Figure 2-50. Aspire 114-32 BIOS Information

Table 2-7 describes the parameters shown in Figure 2-49 and Figure 2-50.

Table 2-7. BIOS Information

Parameter Description
CPU Info CPU (central processing unit) type and CPU frequency
System BIOS Version System BIOS Version
GOP Version Graphics Output Protocol Version
eMMC Model Name Model name of eMMC (Electronic MultiMedia Card) installed on
primary IDE master
eMMC Serial Number Serial number of eMMC installed on primary IDE master
HDD0 Model Name Model name of HDD (hard disk drive) installed on primary IDE
master
HDD0 Serial Number Serial number of HDD installed on primary IDE master
HDD1 Model Name Model name of HDD installed on secondary IDE master
HDD1 Serial Number Serial number of HDD installed on secondary IDE master
SATA Mode Sets the communication method of the SATA drive with the
computer
Total Memory Total memory available

System Utilities 2-37


Table 2-7. BIOS Information (Continued)

Parameter Description
Serial Number Serial number of unit
Asset Tag Number Asset tag number of system
Product Name Product name of the system
Manufacturer Name Manufacturer of system
UUID Universally Unique Identifier

2-38 System Utilities


Main 0

The Main tab allows the user to set system time and date, enable or disable boot option
and enable or disable recovery.

5.0

Item Specific Help


System Time [14:00:14]
System Date [11/28/2017] Hour Valid range is from 0 to 23.
Minute Valid range is from 0 to 59.
Network Boot : [Disabled] Second Valid range is from 0 to 59.
F12 Boot Menu : [Disabled] REDUCE/INCREASE: F5/F6.

Wake on LAN : [Disabled]


Touchpad : [Advanced]
Function key behavior : [Media Key]
Lid Open Resume : [Enabled]
Wake on USB while lid closed [Disabled]
D2D Recovery : [Enabled]

Figure 2-51. Main Tab

Table 2-8 describes the parameters shown in Figure 2-51.

Table 2-8. BIOS Main

Parameter Description Format/Option


System Time BIOS system time in 24-hour format Format: HH:MM:SS
(hour:minute:second)
System Date BIOS system date Format: MM/DD/YYYY
(month/day/year)
Network Boot Option to boot system from LAN (local Option: Enabled or Disabled
area network)
F12 Boot Menu Option to use boot menu during POST Option: Enabled or Disabled
Wake on LAN Option to use Wake-on-LAN feature Option: Enabled or Disabled

System Utilities 2-39


Table 2-8. BIOS Main (Continued)

Parameter Description Format/Option


Touchpad Option to choose whether to use Option: Advanced or Basic
advanced or basic touchpad
gestures/actions:
NOTE:
You must ensure that the IC2 driver is
installed before setting this item to
advanced, otherwise the touchpad
will not function.
Function Key Option to set either the Function Key or Option: Function Key or
Behavior the Media Key as the system default. Media Key
Hold the <Fn> to activate F1 to F12.
NOTE:
Media functions are only active under
Windows. F1 to F12 act as normal
function keys during device boot or
while in BIOS.
Lid Open Option to resume the system when the Option: Enabled or Disabled
Resume notebook PC is opened
Wake on USB Option to use Wake-on-USB feature Option: Enabled or Disabled
while lid closed when the notebook PC is closed
D2D Recovery Option to use D2D Recovery feature Option: Enabled or Disabled

2-40 System Utilities


Advanced 0

The Advanced tab allows the user to set advanced settings.

5.0

Item Specific Help


Intel VTX : [Enabled]
Intel VTD : [Enabled] This is Intel VTX function switch.
SATA Configuration

Figure 2-52. Advanced Tab

Table 2-9 describes the parameters shown in Figure 2-52.

Table 2-9. BIOS Advanced

Parameter Description Format/Option


Intel VTX Enable or disable Intel VT-x Option: Enabled or Disabled
Intel VTD Enable or disable Intel VTD Option: Enabled or Disabled
SATA
Configuration

System Utilities 2-41


Security 0

The Security tab shows parameters that safeguard and protect the computer from
unauthorized use.

5.0

Supervisor Password Is : Clear Item Specific Help


User Password Is : Clear
HDD0 Password Is : Clear
Supervisor Password controls
HDD1 Password Is : Clear
access to the whole setup utility.
Set Supervisor Password : [Enter] It can be used to boot up when
Set User Password : [Enter] Password on boot is enabled.
Set HDD0 Password : [Enter]
Set HDD1 Password : [Enter]

Password on Boot : [Disabled]


Secure Boot Mode : Standard
Erase all Secure Boot Setting : [Enter]
Select an UEFI file as trusted [Enter]
for executing :
Restore Secure Boot to [Enter]
Factory Default :

Current TPM (TCM) State: Installed


Change TPM (TCM) State: [Enabled]
Clear TPM (TCM): [Clear]

Figure 2-53. Security Tab of Aspire 314-32

Table 2-10 describes the parameters shown in Figure 2-53.

Table 2-10. BIOS Security

Parameter Description Option


Supervisor Password Is Supervisor password setting Clear or Set
User Password Is User password setting Clear or Set
HDD0 Password Is (For Password setting of HDD installed on primary Clear or Set
Aspire 314-32 only) IDE master
HDD1 Password Is (For Password setting of HDD installed on secondary Clear or Set
Aspire 314-32 only) IDE master
Set Supervisor Password Option to set supervisor password N/A
Set User Password Option to set user password N/A
Set HDD0 Password (For Option to set password of HDD installed on N/A
Aspire 314-32 only) primary IDE master

2-42 System Utilities


Table 2-10. BIOS Security (Continued)

Parameter Description Option


Set HDD1 Password (For Option to set password of HDD installed on N/A
Aspire 314-32 only) secondary IDE master
Password on Boot Shows if password is required during system Disabled or
boot Enabled

! CAUTION:
If Password-on-Boot authentication is
enabled, the BIOS password can only be
cleared by initiating the Crisis Disk Recovery
procedure.
Secure Boot Mode Prevents unauthorized boot media and Default
malicious software from loading during boot option:
Standard
Erase all Secure Boot Erase current Secure Boot settings N/A
setting
Select an UEFI file as Allows users to select an UEFI file for executing. N/A
trusted for executing
Restore Secure Boot to Restore settings to factory defaults N/A
Factory Default:
Current TPM (TCM) This field indicates current TPM State. Current Default
State TPM or TCM State description is according option:
current TPM or TCM is connected. Current TPM Installed
State is displayed on BIOS Setup Utility no
matter Supervisor / User Password is set or not
and is grayed out item that can’t be modified
manually.
Change TPM (TCM) Change TPM State is displayed on BIOS Setup Disabled or
State Utility no matter Supervisor / User Password is Enabled
set or not. If Supervisor Password is not set, it
should be a grayed out item.
Default TPM state for UEFI Mode is set to
[Enabled] and requires Supervisor Password to
change the state.
[Disabled]: BIOS don't initial TPM 2.0 device and
hide the TPM 2.0 device in ACPI table, it makes
no TPM device in Windows device manager.
Change TPM state will support the items list in
left.
Clear TPM (TCM) Change TPM State is displayed on BIOS Setup Clear or Set
Utility no matter Supervisor / User Password is
set or not. If Supervisor Password is not set, it
should be a grayed out item.

NOTE: NOTE:
When prompted to enter password, three attempts are allowed before system
halts. Resetting BIOS password may require computer be returned to dealer.

System Utilities 2-43


Setting a Password 0

Perform the following to set user or supervisor passwords:


1. Use the  and keys to highlight the Set Supervisor Password parameter and
press Enter. The Set Supervisor Password dialog box appears.
NOTE: NOTE:
To change an existing password, refer to Changing a Password.

Figure 2-54. Set Supervisor Password

2. Type a new password in the Enter New Password field. Passwords are not case
sensitive and the length must not exceed 12 alphanumeric characters (A-Z, a-z, 0-9).
Retype the password in the Confirm New Password field.

+ IMPORTANT:
Use care when typing a password. Characters do not appear on the
screen.
3. Press Enter. After setting the password, the computer sets the User Password
parameter to Set.
NOTE: NOTE:
Password on Boot must be set to Enabled to activate password feature.
4. Press F10 to save changes and exit BIOS Setup Utility.

Removing a Password 0

Perform the following:


1. Use the  and  keys to highlight Set Supervisor Password and press Enter. The
Set Supervisor Password dialog box appears:

Figure 2-55. Set Supervisor Password

2. Type current password in Enter Current Password field and press Enter.
3. Press Enter twice without typing anything in Enter New Password and Confirm
New Password fields. Computer will set Supervisor Password parameter to
Clear.
4. Press F10 to save changes and exit the BIOS Setup Utility.

2-44 System Utilities


Changing a Password 0

1. Use the  and keys to highlight Set Supervisor Password and press Enter. The
Set Supervisor Password dialog box appears.

Figure 2-56. Set Supervisor Password

2. Type current password in Enter Current Password field and press Enter.
3. Type new password in Enter New Password field. Retype new password in
Confirm New Password field.
4. Press Enter. Computer sets Supervisor Password parameter to Set.
NOTE: NOTE:
Password on Boot must be set to Enabled to activate the password feature.
5. Press F10 to save changes and exit BIOS Setup Utility.

If the verification is OK, the screen will show as follows.

Figure 2-57. Setup Notice

The password setting is complete after the user presses Enter.

If the password entered does not match the current password, the screen shows the
Setup Warning dialog. (Figure 2-58)

Figure 2-58. Setup Warning: Invalid Password

System Utilities 2-45


If new password and confirm new password strings do not match, the Setup Warning
dialog appears (Figure 2-59).

Figure 2-59. Setup Warning: Passwords Do Not Match

2-46 System Utilities


Boot 0

The Boot tab allows changes to the order of boot devices used to load the operating
system. Bootable devices include the:
Windows Boot Manager
Use  and  keys to select a device and press F5 or F6 to change the value.

5.0

Item Specific Help


Secure Boot : [Enabled]
Boot priority order : Use <> or <> to select a device,
1. Windows Boot Manager (Micron_1100_MTFDDAV256TBN) then press <F6> to move it up the
2. USB HDD : JetFlashTranscend 16GB list, or <F5> to move it down the
list. Press <Esc> to escape the
menu.

Figure 2-60. Boot Tab

System Utilities 2-47


Exit 0

The Exit tab allows users to save or discard changes and quit the BIOS Setup Utility.

5.0

Item Specific Help


Exit Saving Changes
Exit Discarding Changes
Load Setup Defaults Exit System Setup and save your
changes.

Figure 2-61. Exit Tab

Table 2-11 describes the parameters in Figure 2-61.

Table 2-11. Exit Parameters

Parameter Description
Exit Saving Changes Exit BIOS utility and save setup item changes to system.
Exit Discarding Changes Exit BIOS utility without saving setup item changes to system.
Load Setup Defaults Load setup default values for all setup items.

2-48 System Utilities


BIOS Flash Utilities 0

BIOS Flash memory updates are required for the following conditions:
New versions of system programs
New features or options
Restore a BIOS when it becomes corrupted.
Use the Flash utility to update the system BIOS Flash ROM.
NOTE: NOTE:
If a Crisis Recovery Disc is not available, create one before Flash utility is used.
NOTE: NOTE:
Do not install memory related drivers (XMS, EMS, DPMI) when Flash is used.
NOTE: NOTE:
The AC power adapter must be connected to the system and the system battery
charge must be above 30% when running Flash utility. If battery pack does not
contain power to finish loading BIOS Flash, do not boot system.
Perform the following to run Flash.
1. Prepare a bootable USB HDD.
2. Copy Flash Utility to a bootable USB HDD.
3. Boot system from the bootable USB HDD.
NOTE: NOTE:
Flash utility has auto execution function.

System Utilities 2-49


BIOS Flash in Windows Environment 0

Perform the following to run the Flash Utility in Windows mode to flash the BIOS:
1. Copy the WinFlash executable Z8G_100.EXE to desktop.
2. Plug in the AC power.

Figure 2-62. Connecting AC Power

! CAUTION:
The AC power adapter must be connected to the system and the system
battery charge must be above 30% when using WinFlash utility. If battery
capacity is insufficient to finish loading BIOS Flash, do not boot system.
3. Right-click the Z8G_100.EXE and select Run as administrator.

Figure 2-63. Run as Admin

2-50 System Utilities


4. The User Account Control dialog box appears. Click Yes to continue.

Figure 2-64. User Account Control

5. System will restart automatically and display the Flash BIOS Process as shown in
Figure 2-65.

Figure 2-65. Flash Process

6. System will restart automatically when the Flash Process is finished.

System Utilities 2-51


7. When the Acer logo appears on the screen, press F2 during the POST to enter the
BIOS Setup Menu.

F2

Figure 2-66. F2 Key Location

8. Ensure the System BIOS Version has been updated.

Figure 2-67. System BIOS Version

NOTE: NOTE:
The system battery charge must be above 30% and the AC adapter connected, in
order to flash the BIOS. If AC adapter is not connected, the following dialogs are
shown. (Figure 2-68 and Figure 2-69)

Figure 2-68. No AC Power Detected (1 or 2)

2-52 System Utilities


Figure 2-69. No AC Power Detected (2 of 2)

System Utilities 2-53


BIOS Flash in Shell Environment 0

1. Prepare a bootable USB flash disk.


NOTE: NOTE:
The USB flash disk must be in FAT32 or FAT16 format. The USB flash disk in either
NTFS or exFAT format cannot be used.
2. Copy the Z8G_100.efi file to the root directory of the USB flash disk.
3. Power off the system and ensure that the AC adapter is plugged into the system and
that the battery life remains at least 30%.

Figure 2-70. Connecting the AC Power

4. Insert the shell USB flash disk into the system.


5. Boot from the shell USB flash disk.
6. Type Z8G_100.efi and press Enter to start flash the BIOS.

Figure 2-71. Executing the Z8G_100.efi

2-54 System Utilities


7. When the Acer logo appears on the screen, press F2 during the POST (power-on
self-test) screen to enter the BIOS setup menu.

F2

Figure 2-72. Crisis Recovery Process

8. Ensure the System BIOS Version is the same as the crisis BIOS version.

Figure 2-73. System BIOS Version

System Utilities 2-55


Miscellaneous Tools 0

Using DMI Tools 0

The DMI (Desktop Management Interface) Tool copies BIOS information to EEPROM
(Electrically Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory). Used in the DMI pool for
hardware management.
When the BIOS shows Verifying DMI pool data, it is checking that the table
correlates with the hardware before sending information to the operating system
(Windows, etc.).
There is one method to update the DMI Pool Data as follows:

2-56 System Utilities


WINPE DMI Tools 0

To update the DMI Pool under Windows mode, perform the following:
1. Prepare a bootable WINPE x64 (or WINPE x86) USB Flash Disk.
2. Copy WQDMI_004_x64.EXE (or WQDMI_004_x86.EXE) to the WINPE x64 (or WINPE
x86) to the USB Flash Disk.
3. Rename WQDMI_004_x64.EXE (or WQDMI_004_x86.EXE) to WQDMI.EXE.

Figure 2-74. Bootable USB Flash Disk

4. Insert the WINPE x64 (or WINPE x86) USB Flash Disk to the system.
5. Press Power button to turn on the system.

Figure 2-75. Power Button

System Utilities 2-57


6. Press F2 during the POST screen to enter the BIOS setup menu.

F2

Figure 2-76. POST Screen

7. In the BIOS setup menu, under Main menu option, select ”F12 Boot Menu” and
then press Enter to change the setting from Disabled to Enabled.

Figure 2-77. F12 Boot Menu Option

2-58 System Utilities


8. Press F10 and confirm your selection to save the settings and exit the BIOS Menu. The
system will restart automatically.

Figure 2-78. Save Configuration Changes and Exit

9. Press F12 during the POST (power-on self-test) screen to enter the Boot Option
Menu.
10. Select ”USB HDD” and press Enter to enter WINPE x64 mode.

Figure 2-79. Boot Option Menu Option

11. Execute the following commands to switch to disk D.

Figure 2-80. WINPE Mode

System Utilities 2-59


12. Type wqdmi and press Enter. To execute a specific function, input the command and
the associated parameter as shown in Figure 2-81.

======================================================
WQDMI - Quanta NB4 DMI tool for Windows
Version: 0.03 2015/01/21
Based on EEPROM V2.11 spec.

If you want to use SPACE character in your string,


please use ‘~’ to replace it.
======================================================

WQDMI /Rp -> Read Product Name


WQDMI /Wp [string] -> Write Product Name: 24 characters
WQDMI /Rslic -> Read SLIC status
WQDMI /Wslic [number] -> Write SLIC status: 0-Disable, 1-Enable
WQDMI /Rmac -> Read LAN MAC address
WQDMI /Wmac [string] -> Write LAN MAC address: 6 characters
WQDMI /Rmbsn -> Read Mainboard Serial Number
WQDMI /Wmbsn [string] -> Write Mainboard Serial Number: 22 characters
WQDMI /Rfgsn -> Read F/G Serial Number
WQDMI /Wfgsn [string] -> Write F/G Serial Number: 22 characters
WQDMI /Rasset -> Read Asset Tag
WQDMI /Wasset [string] -> Write Asset Tag: 32 characters
WQDMI /Rm -> Read Manufacture Name
WQDMI /Wm [string] -> Write Manufacture Name: 15 characters
WQDMI /Ruuid -> Read UUID
WQDMI /GWuuid -> Write UUID by auto generate
WQDMI /Wuuid [string] -> Write UUID: 16 characters

Figure 2-81. DMI Tools Main Menu Screen

2-60 System Utilities


Read/Write Product Name 0

Execute WQDMI /Rp to read the product name.

D:\>wqdmi /Rp
====================================================
WQDMI - Quanta NB4 DMI tool for Windows
Version: 0.04 2015/01/21
Based on EEPROM V2.11 spec.
If you want to use SPACE character in your string,
just type the characters in “ ”.
for example “ABC 123”.
type “WQDMI /h” or “WQDMI” for help
====================================================

EEPROM data is :
Aspire A314-32

Figure 2-82. Read Product Name

Execute WQDMI /Wp [string] (the max string length is 24 characters) to modify the
product name.

D:\>wqdmi /Wp “Aspire A314-32”

=======================================================
WQDMI - Quanta NB4 DMI tool for Windows
Version: 0.04 2015/01/21
Based on EEPROM V2.11 spec.

If you want to use SPACE character in your string,


just type the characters in “ ”.
for example “ABC 123”.
type “WQDMI /h” or “WQDMI” for help
=======================================================

Input data is :
Aspire A314-32

EEPROM data is :
Aspire A314-32

Figure 2-83. Write Product Name

System Utilities 2-61


Enable/Disable SLIC (Software Licensing Internal Code) 0

Execute WQDMI /Rslic to read the SLIC.

D:\>wqdmi /RSLIC
====================================================
WQDMI - Quanta NB4 DMI tool for Windows
Version: 0.04 2015/01/21
Based on EEPROM V2.11 spec.
If you want to use SPACE character in your string,
just type the characters in “ ”.
for example “ABC 123”.
type “WQDMI /h” or “WQDMI” for help
====================================================

EEPROM data is :
SLIC Remove

Figure 2-84. Read SLIC

Table 2-12 describes the enable/disable SLIC mapping parameters.

Table 2-12. SLIC Mapping Parameters

OS SKU OA2.1 (SLIC)


Windows 7 / Windows XP Enable
Windows 8 Standard Disable
Windows 8 Professional Enable
Non-Windows OS (Linpus) Disable
Windows 10 Standard Disable
Windows 10 Pro Enable
Windows 10 with Family Disable

2-62 System Utilities


Execute WQDMI /Wslic 0 to disable or remove the SLIC (for Win 8 Standard and
non-Windows OS).

D:\>wqdmi /WSLIC 0
====================================================
WQDMI - Quanta NB4 DMI tool for Windows
Version: 0.04 2015/01/21
Based on EEPROM V2.11 spec.
If you want to use SPACE character in your string,
just type the characters in “ ”.
for example “ABC 123”.
type “WQDMI /h” or “WQDMI” for help
====================================================

Input data is :
0 - Remove SLIC

EEPROM data is :
SLIC Remove

Figure 2-85. Disable SLIC

Execute WQDMI /Wslic 1 to enable or restore the SLIC (for Win 7/XP and Win 8 Pro
OS).

D:\>wqdmi /WSLIC 1
====================================================
WQDMI - Quanta NB4 DMI tool for Windows
Version: 0.04 2015/01/21
Based on EEPROM V2.11 spec.
If you want to use SPACE character in your string,
just type the characters in “ ”.
for example “ABC 123”.
type “WQDMI /h” or “WQDMI” for help
====================================================

Input data is :
1 - Restore SLIC

EEPROM data is :
SLIC Exist

Figure 2-86. Enable SLIC

System Utilities 2-63


Read/Write LAN MAC Address 0

Execute WQDMI /Rmac to read the LAN MAC address.

D:\>WQDMI /RMAC
====================================================
WQDMI - Quanta NB4 DMI tool for Windows
Version: 0.04 2015/01/21
Based on EEPROM V2.11 spec.
If you want to use SPACE character in your string,
just type the characters in “ ”.
for example “ABC 123”.
type “WQDMI /h” or “WQDMI” for help
====================================================

EEPROM data is :
2C600C373F71

Figure 2-87. Read LAN MAC Address

Execute
WQDMI /Wmac [string] (the max string length is 6 characters) to write the
LAN MAC address.

D:\>WQDMI /WMAC 2C600C373F71


====================================================
WQDMI - Quanta NB4 DMI tool for Windows
Version: 0.04 2015/01/21
Based on EEPROM V2.11 spec.
If you want to use SPACE character in your string,
just type the characters in “ ”.
for example “ABC 123”.
type “WQDMI /h” or “WQDMI” for help
====================================================

Input data is :
2C600C373F71

EEPROM data is :
2C600C373F71

Figure 2-88. Read LAN MAC Address

2-64 System Utilities


Read/Write Mainboard Serial Number 0

Execute WQDMI /Rmbsn to read the mainboard serial number.

D:\>WQDMI /RMBSN
====================================================
WQDMI - Quanta NB4 DMI tool for Windows
Version: 0.04 2015/01/21
Based on EEPROM V2.11 spec.
If you want to use SPACE character in your string,
just type the characters in “ ”.
for example “ABC 123”.
type “WQDMI /h” or “WQDMI” for help
====================================================

EEPROM data is :
NBMVH11001452136D87600

Figure 2-89. Read Mainboard Serial Number

Execute WQDMI /Wmbsn [string] to write the mainboard serial number.

D:\>WQDMI /WMBSN NBMVH11001452136D87600


====================================================
WQDMI - Quanta NB4 DMI tool for Windows
Version: 0.04 2015/01/21
Based on EEPROM V2.11 spec.
If you want to use SPACE character in your string,
just type the characters in “ ”.
for example “ABC 123”.
type “WQDMI /h” or “WQDMI” for help
====================================================

Input data is :
NBMVH11001452136D87600

EEPROM data is :
NBMVH11001452136D87600

Figure 2-90. Write Mainboard Serial Number

System Utilities 2-65


Read/Write F/G Serial Number 0

Execute WQDMI /Rfgsn to read the F/G serial number.

D:\>WQDMI /RFGSN
====================================================
WQDMI - Quanta NB4 DMI tool for Windows
Version: 0.04 2015/01/21
Based on EEPROM V2.11 spec.
If you want to use SPACE character in your string,
just type the characters in “ ”.
for example “ABC 123”.
type “WQDMI /h” or “WQDMI” for help
====================================================

EEPROM data is :
NBMVH11001452136D87600

Figure 2-91. Read F/G Serial Number

Execute WQDMI /Wfgsn [string] to write the F/G serial number.

D:\>WQDMI /WFGSN NBMVH11001452136D87600


====================================================
WQDMI - Quanta NB4 DMI tool for Windows
Version: 0.04 2015/01/21
Based on EEPROM V2.11 spec.
If you want to use SPACE character in your string,
just type the characters in “ ”.
for example “ABC 123”.
type “WQDMI /h” or “WQDMI” for help
====================================================

Input data is :
NBMVH11001452136D87600

EEPROM data is :
NBMVH11001452136D87600

Figure 2-92. Write F/G Serial Number

2-66 System Utilities


Read/Write Asset Tag 0

Execute WQDMI /Rasset to read the asset tag.

D:\>WQDMI /RASSET
====================================================
WQDMI - Quanta NB4 DMI tool for Windows
Version: 0.04 2015/01/21
Based on EEPROM V2.11 spec.
If you want to use SPACE character in your string,
just type the characters in “ ”.
for example “ABC 123”.
type “WQDMI /h” or “WQDMI” for help
====================================================

EEPROM data is :
12345678901234567890123456789012

Figure 2-93. Read Asset Tag

Execute WQDMI /Wasset [string] to write the asset tag.

D:\>WQDMI /WASSET 12345678901234567890123456789012


====================================================
WQDMI - Quanta NB4 DMI tool for Windows
Version: 0.04 2015/01/21
Based on EEPROM V2.11 spec.
If you want to use SPACE character in your string,
just type the characters in “ ”.
for example “ABC 123”.
type “WQDMI /h” or “WQDMI” for help
====================================================

Input data is :
12345678901234567890123456789012

EEPROM data is :
12345678901234567890123456789012

Figure 2-94. Write Asset Tag

System Utilities 2-67


Read/Write Manufacture Name 0

Execute WQDMI /Rm to read the manufacture name.

D:\>WQDMI /RM
====================================================
WQDMI - Quanta NB4 DMI tool for Windows
Version: 0.04 2015/01/21
Based on EEPROM V2.11 spec.
If you want to use SPACE character in your string,
just type the characters in “ ”.
for example “ABC 123”.
type “WQDMI /h” or “WQDMI” for help
====================================================

EEPROM data is :
Acer

Figure 2-95. Read Manufacture Name

Execute WQDMI /Wm [string] to modify the manufacture name.

D:\>WQDMI /WM ACER


====================================================
WQDMI - Quanta NB4 DMI tool for Windows
Version: 0.04 2015/01/21
Based on EEPROM V2.11 spec.
If you want to use SPACE character in your string,
just type the characters in “ ”.
for example “ABC 123”.
type “WQDMI /h” or “WQDMI” for help
====================================================

Input data is :
ACER

EEPROM data is :
ACER

Figure 2-96. Write Manufacture Name

2-68 System Utilities


Read/Write UUID 0

Execute WQDMI /Ruuid to read the UUID.

D:\>WQDMI /RUUID
====================================================
WQDMI - Quanta NB4 DMI tool for Windows
Version: 0.04 2015/01/21
Based on EEPROM V2.11 spec.
If you want to use SPACE character in your string,
just type the characters in “ ”.
for example “ABC 123”.
type “WQDMI /h” or “WQDMI” for help
====================================================

EEPROM data is :
5D6A9C40BF11409D947E2C600C373F71

Figure 2-97. Read UUID

Execute WQDMI /Wuuid [string] to write the UUID.

D:\>WQDMI /WUUID 12345678901234567890


====================================================
WQDMI - Quanta NB4 DMI tool for Windows
Version: 0.04 2015/01/21
Based on EEPROM V2.11 spec.
If you want to use SPACE character in your string,
just type the characters in “ ”.
for example “ABC 123”.
type “WQDMI /h” or “WQDMI” for help
====================================================

Input data is :
12345678901234567890

EEPROM data is :
12345678901234567890000000000000

Figure 2-98. Write UUID

System Utilities 2-69


Execute WQDMI /GWuuid to write the UUID by auto generate.

D:\>WQDMI /GWUUID 12345678901234567890


====================================================
WQDMI - Quanta NB4 DMI tool for Windows
Version: 0.04 2015/01/21
Based on EEPROM V2.11 spec.
If you want to use SPACE character in your string,
just type the characters in “ ”.
for example “ABC 123”.
type “WQDMI /h” or “WQDMI” for help
====================================================

EEPROM data is :
EC0182B0469428E08E76969A930839E7

EEPROM data is :
EC0182B0469428E08E76969A930839E7

Figure 2-99. Write UUID by Auto-generate

13. At the command prompt, type wpeutil shutdown to sync memory map data into
EEPROM (System will shutdown).

D:\> wpeutil shutdown

Figure 2-100. WQDMI Command Prompt

Alternatively, turn off the system by pressing and holding the Power button for 4
seconds or by holding the shift key and clicking “Shut down” in Windows.

Figure 2-101. WQDMI Command Prompt

2-70 System Utilities


Figure 2-102. WQDMI Command Prompt

NOTE: NOTE:
When using any of the write options, restart the system to make the new DMI data
effective.

! CAUTION:
Do not remove the AC power directly while updating the data (during
shutdown process), it may cause the EEPROM data corrupted or the loss of
new EEPROM data.

System Utilities 2-71


Crisis Disk Recovery 0

1. Prepare a bootable USB flash disk.


NOTE: NOTE:
The USB flash disk must be in FAT32 or FAT16 format. The USB flash disk in either
NTFS or exFAT format cannot be used.
2. Copy the Z8G.FD file to the root directory of the USB flash disk.
3. Power off the system and ensure the AC adapter is plugged into the system.

Figure 2-103. Connecting the AC Power

4. Insert the USB Flash Disk into the system.


5. Press and hold the Fn + Esc keys, and then press the Power button.

1. Press Simultaneously

Figure 2-104. Fn + Esc Key Location

2. Press Power Button

Figure 2-105. Power Key Location

2-72 System Utilities


6. When the Power LED is blinking and LCD panel turns dark, release the Fn + Esc keys
and the Power button.

Figure 2-106. Crisis Recovery is Proceeding

7. The system will enter crisis mode to flash the BIOS (The process takes about from 3 to
5 minutes).
8. The Power LED will be off instead of being blinking when the Crisis Recovery Process
is finished. Press the Power button to turn on the computer.

Figure 2-107. Crisis Recovery Process is done

System Utilities 2-73


9. When the Acer logo appears on the screen, press F2 during the POST (power-on
self-test) screen to enter the BIOS setup menu.

F2

Figure 2-108. Crisis Recovery Process

10. Ensure the System BIOS Version is the same as the crisis BIOS version.

Figure 2-109. System BIOS Version

2-74 System Utilities


CHAPTER 3
Machine Maintenance Procedures
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Recommended Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Pre-disassembly Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Disassembly Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
Main Unit Disassembly Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
Main Unit Disassembly Flowchart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-8
Memory Door Removal (for Aspire A314-31 only) . . . . . . . . .3-10
Hard Drive Door Removal (for Aspire A314-31 only) . . . . . . .3-11
HDD (Hard Disk Drive) Module Removal (for Aspire A314-31 only)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-12
Base Cover Removal (for Aspire A314-31 only) . . . . . . . . . . .3-15
Base Cover Removal (for Aspire A114-31 only) . . . . . . . . . . .3-17
Battery Pack Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-18
WLAN (Wireless Local Area Network) Module Removal . . . .3-20
SSD (Solid State Drive) Module Removal (for Aspire A314-31 only)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-22
DC-in Jack Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-23
IO Board Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-24
Fan Removal (for Aspire A314-31 only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-26
Heatsink Removal (for Aspire A314-31 only) . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-28
Heatsink Removal (for Aspire A114-31 only) . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-29
Touchpad Module Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-30
Speaker Module Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-33
LCD Module Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-34
RTC Battery Removal (for Aspire A314-31 only). . . . . . . . . . .3-36
RTC Battery Removal (for Aspire A114-31 only). . . . . . . . . . .3-37
Mainboard Removal (for Aspire A314-31 only) . . . . . . . . . . .3-38
Mainboard Removal (for Aspire A114-31 only) . . . . . . . . . . .3-41
Top Assembly Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-44
LCD Module Disassembly Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-45
LCD Module Disassembly Flowchart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-45
LCD Bezel Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-46
LCD Panel Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-48
Camera Module Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-50
LCD Hinge Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-51
eDP and Camera Cable Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-53
WLAN Antenna Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-54
LCD Module Reassembly Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-56
Replacing the WLAN Antenna. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-56
Replacing the eDP and Camera Cable. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-59
Replacing the LCD Hinges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-62

3-2
Replacing the LCD Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-64
Replacing the Camera Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-66
Replacing the LCD Bezel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-67
Main Unit Reassembly Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-68
Replacing the Top Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-68
Replacing the Mainboard (for Aspire A114-31 only) . . . . . . .3-69
Replacing the Mainboard (for Aspire A314-31 only) . . . . . . .3-71
Replacing the RTC Battery (for Aspire A114-31 only) . . . . . .3-73
Replacing the RTC Battery (for Aspire A314-31 only) . . . . . .3-74
Replacing the LCD Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-75
Replacing the Speaker Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-77
Replacing the Touchpad Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-78
Replacing the Heatsink (for Aspire A114-31 only) . . . . . . . . .3-81
Replacing the Heatsink (for Aspire A314-31 only) . . . . . . . . .3-82
Replacing the Fan (for Aspire A314-31 only) . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-83
Replacing the IO Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-84
Replacing the DC-in Jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-85
Replacing the SSD (Solid State Drive) Module (for Aspire A314-31
only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-86
Replacing the WLAN (Wireless Local Area Network) Module3-87
Replacing the Battery Pack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-88
Replacing the Base Cover (for Aspire A114-31 only) . . . . . . .3-89
Replacing the Base Cover (for Aspire A314-31 only) . . . . . . .3-91
Replacing the HDD (Hard Disk Drive) Module (for Aspire A314-31
only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-93
Replacing the HDD Door (for Aspire A314-31 only). . . . . . . .3-95
Replacing the Memory Door (for Aspire A314-31 only) . . . .3-96

3-3
3-4
Machine Maintenance Procedures

Introduction 0

This chapter contains general information about the computer, a list of tools needed to
do the required maintenance and step by step procedures on how to remove and install
components from the computer.

General Information 0

The product previews seen in the following procedures may not represent the final
product color or configuration. Cable paths and positioning may also differ from the
actual model. During the removal and installation of components, make sure all
available cable channels and clips are used and that the cables are installed in the same
position.
All prerequisites must be completed prior to starting maintenance.

Recommended Equipment 0

The following equipment are recommended to do the following maintenance


procedures:
Wrist grounding strap and conductive mat
Philips screwdriver
Plastic tweezers
Flat plastic pry

Machine Maintenance Procedures 3-5


Aspire A314-31/A114-31 0

Pre-disassembly Instructions 0

Do the following prior to starting any maintenance procedures:


1. Place the system on a stable work surface.
2. Remove AC adapter (A) from the system and peripherals (Figure 3-1).
3. Disconnect all cables from the system.

Figure 3-1. AC Adapter Outlet

4. Remove the SD card from the SD card slot (B) (Figure 3-2).

Figure 3-2. SD Card Removal

NOTE: NOTE:
Make sure the system is completely powered off.

3-6 Machine Maintenance Procedures


Disassembly Process 0

The disassembly process is divided into the following sections:


Main unit disassembly
LCD module disassembly
The flowcharts provided in the succeeding disassembly sections illustrate the entire
disassembly sequence. Observe the order of the sequence to avoid damage to any of the
hardware components. For example, when removing the mainboard, remove first the
heatsink, the battery and the base cover in that order.

Table 3-1. Main Screw List


Size Quantity Acer Part No.
SCREW M2.5*2.5-I(BNI)(NYLOK)IRON 6 86.SHXN7.003
T=0.6
SCREW M2.0*2.5-I(BUWZN)(NYLON 6 86.SHXN7.002
PATCH)IRON
SCREW 9 86.GDEN7.001
M2.0*3.0-I(BZN)(NYLOK)IRON(5.6)
SCREW M2.5*6-I(BNI)(NYLOK)IRON 21 86.SHXN7.004
SCREW M2.0*2.0- I(BNI)(NYLOK)IRON 2 86.G55N7.001
SCREW M3*0.5+3.5I IRON 4 86.TDY07.003
SCREW M2*2.0-I(NI)(NYIOK)IRON 1 86.GNSN7.002
SCREW NUT M2 L5.95 1 86.SHXN7.001
Z8P(MBZ8P005,3A)STEEL

Machine Maintenance Procedures 3-7


Main Unit Disassembly Process 0

Main Unit Disassembly Flowchart 0

Memory
HDD Door
Door

HDD

Base
Cover

Battery

WLAN SSD DC-In RTC Touchpad


IO Board Fan Heatsink
Module Module Cable Battery Module

Main
Speakers
board

LCD
Assembly

Top
Assembly

3-8 Machine Maintenance Procedures


Table 3-2. Main Unit Screw List
Step Size Quantity Acer Part No.
Memory Door Removal (Aspire A314-31) M2.5 x 6.0 1 86.SHXN7.004
HDD Door Removal (Aspire A314-31) M2.5 x 6.0 1 86.SHXN7.004
Base Cover Removal (Aspire A314-31) M2.5 x 6.0 13 86.SHXN7.004
Base Cover Removal (Aspire A114-31) M2.5 x 6.0 15 86.SHXN7.004
HDD Module Removal (Aspire A314-31) M3.0 x 3.5 4 86.TDY07.003
Battery Removal M2.0 x 3.0 1 86.GDEN7.001
WLAN Module Removal M2.0 x 3.0 1 86.GDEN7.001
SSD Module Removal (Aspire A314-31) M2.0 x 3.0 1 86.GDEN7.001
IO Board Removal M2.0 x 3.0 1 86.GDEN7.001
Fan Module Removal (Aspire A314-31) M2.5 x 6.0 1 86.SHXN7.004
Heatsink Removal M2.0 x 3.0 3 86.GDEN7.001
LCD Module Removal M2.5 x 6.0 4 86.SHXN7.004
Touchpad Board Removal M2.0 x 2.0 2 86.G55N7.001
Mainboard Removal (Aspire A314-31) M2.0 x 3.0 2 86.GDEN7.001
M2.0 x 1.9 1 86.SHXN7.001
Mainboard Removal (Aspire A114-31) M2.0 x 3.0 2 86.GDEN7.001

NOTE: NOTE:
The keyboard is included as part of the top assembly and can not be disassembled.
In the event that the keyboard is damaged, replace the entire top assembly.

Machine Maintenance Procedures 3-9


Memory Door Removal (Aspire A314-31 only) 0

1. Remove the one (1) screw from the memory door (Figure 3-3).

Figure 3-3. Memory Door Removal

2. Lift the left side of the memory door away from the system and remove the memory
door (A) (Figure 3-4).

Figure 3-4. Memory Door Removal

ID Size Torque Quantity Screw Type


Red
M2.5*6.0 2.0-0/+0.2KGF/CM 1
Call out

3-10 Machine Maintenance Procedures


Hard Drive Door Removal (Aspire A314-31 only) 0

1. Remove the one (1) screw from the hard drive door (Figure 3-5).

Figure 3-5. Hard Drive Door Removal

2. Lift the right side of the hard drive door (B) away from the system and remove the
hard drive door (B) (Figure 3-6).

Figure 3-6. Hard Drive Door Removal

ID Size Torque Quantity Screw Type

Red Call Out M2.5*6.0 2.0-0/+0.2KGF/CM 1

Machine Maintenance Procedures 3-11


HDD (Hard Disk Drive) Module Removal (Aspire A314-31
only) 0

Prerequisite:
Hard Drive Door Removal (Aspire A314-31 only)

1. Find the HDD module (C) in the system (Figure 3-7).

Figure 3-7. Component Locations

2. Disconnect the HDD connecter (D) from the mainboard connector (A) (Figure 3-8).

Figure 3-8. HDD Module Removal

3-12 Machine Maintenance Procedures


3. Pull on the tab to remove the HDD module (C) from the system (Figure 3-9).

Figure 3-9. HDD Bracket with Mylar Removal

4. Disconnect and remove the HDD cable (D) from the HDD connector (E) (Figure 3-10).
5. Remove the four (4) screws securing the mylar cover (F) to the HDD module
(Figure 3-10).

F E

Figure 3-10. HDD Bracket with Mylar Removal

Machine Maintenance Procedures 3-13


6. Grasp and remove the HDD brackets with mylar (G) (Figure 3-11).

Figure 3-11. HDD Bracket with Mylar Removal

ID Size Torque Quantity Screw Type

Green
M3.0*3.5 2.0-0/+0.2KGF/CM 4
Callouts

3-14 Machine Maintenance Procedures


Base Cover Removal (Aspire A314-31 only) 0

Prerequisite:
Memory Door Removal (Aspire A314-31 only), HDD (Hard Disk Drive)
Module Removal (Aspire A314-31 only)

1. Remove thirteen (13) screws from the base cover (A) (Figure 3-12).

Figure 3-12. Base Cover Removal

2. Carefully pry up the base cover starting from the left side of the system (Figure 3-13).

Figure 3-13. Base Cover Removal

Machine Maintenance Procedures 3-15


3. Grasp and remove the base cover from the system (Figure 3-14).

Figure 3-14. Base Cover Removal

ID Size Torque Quantity Screw Type


Red
Call out M2.5*6.0 2.0-0/+0.2KGF/CM 13

3-16 Machine Maintenance Procedures


Base Cover Removal (Aspire A114-31 only) 0

1. Remove fifteen (15) screws from the base cover (A) (Figure 3-15).

Figure 3-15. Base Cover Removal

2. Carefully pry up and remove the base cover (A) starting from the left side of the
system (Figure 3-16).

Figure 3-16. Base Cover Removal

ID Size Torque Quantity Screw Type

Red Call Out M2.5*6.0 2.0-0/+0.2KGF/CM 15

Machine Maintenance Procedures 3-17


Battery Pack Removal 0

Prerequisite:
Base Cover Removal (Aspire A314-31 only) or Base Cover Removal (Aspire
A114-31 only)

1. Find the battery pack (A) in the system (Figure 3-17).


2. Disconnect the battery cable from the mainboard connector (B) (Figure 3-17).
3. Remover the one (1) screw from the battery pack (C) (Figure 3-17).

WEEE Annex VII Component: Battery

Figure 3-17. Battery Pack Removal

4. Remove the battery pack (A) from the system (Figure 3-18).

Figure 3-18. Battery Pack Removal

3-18 Machine Maintenance Procedures


+ IMPORTANT:
Follow local regulations for battery disposal.

ID Size Torque Quantity Screw Type

Red Call
M2.0*3.0 2.0-0/+0.2KGF/CM 1
out

Machine Maintenance Procedures 3-19


WLAN (Wireless Local Area Network) Module Removal 0

Prerequisite:
Battery Pack Removal

1. Find the WLAN module (A) on the top assembly (Figure 3-19).

C
E
F

D B
A

H
G

Figure 3-19. Component Locations

2. Disconnect WLAN antennas (B) connected to the WLAN card (Figure 3-20).
3. Remove one (1) screw (C) securing the WLAN module in place (Figure 3-20).

B
C

WEEE Annex VII Component:


WLAN Module

Figure 3-20. WLAN Module Removal

3-20 Machine Maintenance Procedures


4. Remove the WLAN module (A) from the mainboard connector (D) (Figure 3-21).

A
D

Figure 3-21. WLAN Module Removal

ID Size Torque Quantity Screw Type

C M2.0*3.0 2.0±0.2KGF/CM 1

Machine Maintenance Procedures 3-21


SSD (Solid State Drive) Module Removal (Aspire A314-31
only) 0

Prerequisite:
Battery Pack Removal

1. Find the SSD Module (B) on the system (Figure 3-19).


2. Remove the one (1) screw (C) securing the SSD module in place (Figure 3-22).

Figure 3-22. SSD Module Removal

3. Remove the SSD module (B) from the mainboard connector (D) (Figure 3-23).

Figure 3-23. SSD Module Removal

ID Size Torque Quantity Screw Type

C M2.0*3.0 2.0±0.2KGF/CM 1

3-22 Machine Maintenance Procedures


DC-in Jack Removal 0

Prerequisite:
Battery Pack Removal

1. Find the DC-in Jack (C) on the system (Figure 3-19).


2. Disconnect the DC-in cable (A) from the mainboard connector (B) (Figure 3-24).
3. Remove the DC-in cable (A) from the cable guides (Figure 3-24).

Figure 3-24. DC-in Jack Removal

4. Remove the DC-in jack (C) from the top assembly (Figure 3-25).

Figure 3-25. DC-in Jack Removal

Machine Maintenance Procedures 3-23


IO Board Removal 0

Prerequisite:
Battery Pack Removal

1. Find the IO board (D) on the top assembly (Figure 3-19).


2. Disconnect the IO Board FFC (A) from the mainboard connector (B) and the IO board
connector (C) and remove the IO Board FFC (A) (Figure 3-26).
3. Remove the one (1) screw (E) securing the IO board in place (Figure 3-26).

C B

Figure 3-26. IO Board Removal

3-24 Machine Maintenance Procedures


4. Remove the IO board (D) from the top assembly (Figure 3-27).

Figure 3-27. IO Board Removal

ID Size Torque Quantity Screw Type

E M2.0*3.0 2.0±0.2KGF/CM 1

! CAUTION:
IO Board FFCs (Flexible Flat Cable) can be damaged if removed while the
mainboard connector is locked.

Machine Maintenance Procedures 3-25


Fan Removal (Aspire A314-31 only) 0

Prerequisite:
Battery Pack Removal

1. Find the fan (E) on the top assembly (Figure 3-19).


2. Disconnect the fan cable (A) from the mainboard connector (Figure 3-28).
3. Remove the two (2) screws (B) securing the fan in place (Figure 3-28).

Figure 3-28. Fan Removal

3-26 Machine Maintenance Procedures


4. Remove the fan (E) from the top assembly (Figure 3-29).

Figure 3-29. Fan Removal

ID Size Torque Quantity Screw Type

B M2.5*6.0 2.0±0.2KGF/CM 2

Machine Maintenance Procedures 3-27


Heatsink Removal (Aspire A314-31 only) 0

Prerequisite:
Battery Pack Removal

1. Find the heatsink (F) on the mainboard (Figure 3-19).


2. Remove the three (3) screws (A) securing the heatsink in place in reverse numerical
order from three (3) to one (1) (Figure 3-30).

Figure 3-30. Heatsink Removal

3. Remove the heatsink (F) from the mainboard (Figure 3-31).

Figure 3-31. Heatsink Removal

ID Size Torque Quantity Screw Type

A M2.0*3.0 2.0±0.2KGF/CM 3

3-28 Machine Maintenance Procedures


Heatsink Removal (Aspire A114-31 only) 0

Prerequisite:
Battery Pack Removal

1. Find the heatsink (F) on the mainboard (Figure 3-19).


2. Remove the three (3) screws (A) securing the heatsink in place in reverse numerical
order from three (3) to one (1) (Figure 3-32).

Figure 3-32. Heatsink Removal

3. Remove the heatsink (F) from the mainboard (Figure 3-33).

Figure 3-33. Heatsink Removal

ID Size Torque Quantity Screw Type

A M2.0*3.0 2.0±0.2KGF/CM 3

Machine Maintenance Procedures 3-29


Touchpad Module Removal 0

Prerequisite:
Battery Pack Removal

1. Find the touchpad module (G) on the system (Figure 3-19).


2. Remove the clear tape (A) covering the keyboard connector (Figure 3-34).

WEEE Annex VII Component: Touchpad

Figure 3-34. Touchpad Module Removal

3. Disconnect and remove the touchpad FFC (B) from the touchpad module (C) and
from the mainboard (D) (Figure 3-35).
4. Disconnect the keyboard FPC (E) from the mainboard (F) (Figure 3-35).

F D

E B

Figure 3-35. Touchpad Module Removal

3-30 Machine Maintenance Procedures


5. Peel away the touchpad rubber (H) from the top assembly (Figure 3-36).

Figure 3-36. Touchpad Board Removal

6. Peel away the conductive tape (J) from the touchpad module (Figure 3-37).

Figure 3-37. Touchpad Module Removal

Machine Maintenance Procedures 3-31


7. Remove the two (2) screws (K) securing the touchpad module in place (Figure 3-38).

Figure 3-38. Touchpad Module Removal

8. Carefully open the top assembly with one hand, and remove the touchpad module
(G) from the top assembly (Figure 3-39).

Figure 3-39. Touchpad Module Removal

! CAUTION:
Touchpad FFCs (Flexible Flat Cable) can be damaged if removed while the
mainboard connector is locked.

ID Size Torque Quantity Screw Type

K M2.0*2.0 2.0-0/+0.2KGF/CM 2

3-32 Machine Maintenance Procedures


Speaker Module Removal 0

Prerequisite:
Battery Pack Removal, Touchpad Module Removal

1. Find the speaker module (H) on the system (Figure 3-19).


2. Disconnect the speaker cable (A) from mainboard connector (B) (Figure 3-40).
3. Unthread the speaker cable from the cable guides (C) (Figure 3-40).

BC

Figure 3-40. Speaker Module Removal

4. Carefully pry up the speaker module (H) and remove it (Figure 3-41).

Figure 3-41. Speaker Module Removal

Machine Maintenance Procedures 3-33


LCD Module Removal 0

Prerequisite:
Battery Pack Removal, DC-in Jack Removal

1. Disconnect WLAN antennas (B) connected to the WLAN card (Figure 3-42).

Figure 3-42. LCD Module Removal

2. Unthread the WLAN antennas (B) from the cable guides (Figure 3-43).
3. Disconnect the eDP cable from the mainboard connector (C) (Figure 3-43).

Figure 3-43. LCD Module Removal

3-34 Machine Maintenance Procedures


4. Place the system on a flat surface and open the LCD module (D) as shown in
(Figure 3-44).
5. Remove four (4) screws (E) securing the LCD module in place (Figure 3-44).

Figure 3-44. LCD Module Removal

6. Lift the LCD module (D) away from the top assembly (Figure 3-45).

Figure 3-45. LCD Module Removal

! CAUTION:
Make sure all cables and antennas are moved away from the device to avoid
damage during removal.

ID Size Torque Quantity Screw Type

E M2.5*6.0 2.0-0/+0.2KGF/CM 4

Machine Maintenance Procedures 3-35


RTC Battery Removal (Aspire A314-31 only) 0

Prerequisite:
Battery Pack Removal

1. Find the RTC battery (A) on the mainboard (Figure 3-46).


2. Using a plastic tweezer, push the RTC battery through the gap (B) in the mainboard
connector (C) to release the battery (Figure 3-46).
3. Remove the RTC battery (A) from the mainboard (Figure 3-46).

WEEE Annex VII Component:


RTC Battery

Figure 3-46. RTC Battery Removal

+ IMPORTANT:
Follow local regulations for battery disposal.

3-36 Machine Maintenance Procedures


RTC Battery Removal (Aspire A114-31 only) 0

Prerequisite:
Battery Pack Removal

1. Find the RTC battery (A) on the mainboard (Figure 3-46).


2. Disconnect the RTC battery cable (B) from the mainboard connector (C) (Figure 3-47).
3. Remove the RTC battery (A) from the mainboard (Figure 3-47).

WEEE Annex VII Component:


RTC Battery

A
B

Figure 3-47. RTC Battery Removal

+ IMPORTANT:
Follow local regulations for battery disposal.

Machine Maintenance Procedures 3-37


Mainboard Removal (Aspire A314-31 only) 0

Prerequisite:
Battery Pack Removal,
DIMM (Dual In-line Memory Module) Removal (for Aspire A314-31 only),
WLAN (Wireless Local Area Network) Module Removal, SSD (Solid State
Drive) Module Removal (Aspire A314-31 only),
and Heatsink Removal (Aspire A314-31 only)

1. Find the mainboard (A) on the top assembly (Figure 3-48).


2. Remove the keyboard connector tape (B) from the keyboard connector (C)
(Figure 3-48).

WEEE Annex VII Component:


Mainboard

C
B

Figure 3-48. Mainboard Removal

3. Disconnect the DC-in cable from the mainboard connector (D) (refer to Figure 3-49).
4. Disconnect the fan cable from the mainboard connector (E) (refer to Figure 3-49).
5. Disconnect the IO board FFC from the mainboard connector (F) (refer to Figure 3-49).
6. Disconnect the speaker cable from the mainboard connector (G) (refer to
Figure 3-49).
7. Disconnect the keyboard FPC from the mainboard connector (H) (refer to
Figure 3-49).
8. Disconnect the touchpad FFC from the mainboard connector (J) (refer to Figure 3-49).
9. Disconnect the eDP cable from the mainboard connector (K) (refer to Figure 3-49).

3-38 Machine Maintenance Procedures


10. Remove the one (1) hexagonal screw for the SSD module (M) (Figure 3-49).
11. Remove the two (2) screws (L) securing the mainboard in place (Figure 3-49).

D K

E
G H J M
F

Figure 3-49. Mainboard Removal

NOTE:
The hexagonal screw for the SSD module can be placed in one of two
locations on the mainboard depending on the model of the SSD.
12. Remove the mainboard from the top assembly (Figure 3-50).

Figure 3-50. Mainboard Removal

Machine Maintenance Procedures 3-39


! CAUTION:
Touchpad FFC (Flexible Flat Cable) and keyboard FPC (Flexible Printed Circuit)
can be damaged if removed while the mainboard connectors are locked.

Figure 3-51. Mainboard

+ IMPORTANT:
Circuit boards >10 cm² have been highlighted with a yellow rectangle as
shown in Figure 3-51. Remove the circuit board and follow local
regulations for disposal.

ID Size Torque Quantity Screw Type

L M2.0*3.0 2.0±0.2KGF/CM 2

M M2.0*1.9 2.0±0.2KGF/CM 1

3-40 Machine Maintenance Procedures


Mainboard Removal (Aspire A114-31 only) 0

Prerequisite:
Battery Pack Removal,
WLAN (Wireless Local Area Network) Module Removal, Heatsink Removal
(Aspire A314-31 only)

1. Find the mainboard (A) on the top assembly (Figure 3-52).


2. Remove the keyboard connector tape (B) from the keyboard connector (C)
(Figure 3-52).

WEEE Annex VII Component:


Mainboard

C
B

Figure 3-52. Mainboard Removal

3. Disconnect the DC-in cable from the mainboard connector (D) (refer to Figure 3-53).
4. Disconnect the IO board FFC from the mainboard connector (E) (refer to Figure 3-53).
5. Disconnect the speaker cable from the mainboard connector (F) (refer to
Figure 3-53).
6. Disconnect the RTC battery from the mainboard connector (G) (refer to Figure 3-53).
7. Disconnect the keyboard FPC from the mainboard connector (H) (refer to
Figure 3-53).
8. Disconnect the touchpad FFC from the mainboard connector (J) (refer to Figure 3-53).
9. Disconnect the eDP cable from the mainboard connector (K) (refer to Figure 3-53).

Machine Maintenance Procedures 3-41


10. Remove the two (2) screws (L) securing the mainboard in place (Figure 3-53).

K
D

G
F J
H
E

Figure 3-53. Mainboard Removal

11. Remove the mainboard from the top assembly (Figure 3-54).

Figure 3-54. Mainboard Removal

3-42 Machine Maintenance Procedures


! CAUTION:
Touchpad FPC (Flexible Printed Circuit) and keyboard FPC can be damaged if
removed while the mainboard connectors are locked.

Figure 3-55. Mainboard

+ IMPORTANT:
Circuit boards >10 cm² have been highlighted with a yellow rectangle as
shown in Figure 3-55. Remove the circuit board and follow local
regulations for disposal.

ID Size Torque Quantity Screw Type

B M2.0*3.0 2.0±0.2KGF/CM 2

Machine Maintenance Procedures 3-43


Top Assembly Removal 0

Prerequisite:
Touchpad Module Removal, LCD Module Removal, and Mainboard
Removal (Aspire A314-31 only) or Mainboard Removal (Aspire A114-31
only)

NOTE: NOTE:
The keyboard is included as part of the top assembly and can not be disassembled.
In the event that the keyboard can no longer be used, replace the entire top
assembly.

Figure 3-56. Top Assembly

3-44 Machine Maintenance Procedures


LCD Module Disassembly Process 0

LCD Module Disassembly Flowchart 0

LCD
Module

LCD
Bezel

LCD LCD Camera


Panel Hinges Module

eDP &
Camera
Cable

WLAN
Antennas

LCD
Cover

Table 3-3. LCD Module Screw List


Step Size Quantity Acer Part No.
LCD Panel Removal M2.0 x 2.5 4 86.SHXN7.002
LCD Hinge Removal M2.5 x 2.5 6 86.SHXN7.003
M2.0 x 2.5 2 86.SHXN7.002

Machine Maintenance Procedures 3-45


LCD Bezel Removal 0

Prerequisite:
LCD Module Removal

1. Lift up the top edge of the bezel by releasing it from the latches (Figure 3-57).

Figure 3-57. LCD Bezel Removal

2. Continue along the left and right sides of the bezel until all the latches have been
released (Figure 3-58).

Figure 3-58. LCD Bezel Removal

3-46 Machine Maintenance Procedures


3. Lift and remove the bezel from LCD module (Figure 3-59).

Figure 3-59. LCD Bezel Removal

Machine Maintenance Procedures 3-47


LCD Panel Removal 0

Prerequisite:
LCD Bezel Removal

1. Find the LCD panel (B) in the LCD cover (Figure 3-60).
2. Remove four (4) screws (C) securing the LCD panel in place (Figure 3-60).

C C
B

WEEE Annex VII Component:


LCD Panel

Figure 3-60. LCD Panel and Camera Location

3. Carefully turn the LCD panel over so that the display panel is face down on a flat
surface (Figure 3-61).
4. Peel back the clear mylar tape (D) securing the eDP cable to the LCD panel
(Figure 3-61).

Figure 3-61. eDP Mylar Tape

3-48 Machine Maintenance Procedures


5. Disconnect the eDP cable from the LCD panel connector (E) (Figure 3-62).

Figure 3-62. eDP Connector Location

6. Remove the LCD panel.

! CAUTION:
Make sure the eDP and camera cable is moved away from the device to avoid
damage during LCD Panel removal.

ID Size Torque Quantity Screw Type

C M2.0*2.5 2.0±0.2KGF/CM 4

Machine Maintenance Procedures 3-49


Camera Module Removal 0

Prerequisite:
LCD Bezel Removal

1. Find the camera module (A) on the LCD cover. Refer to Figure 3-60.
2. Disconnect the camera cable (B) from the connector (C) (Figure 3-63).
NOTE: NOTE:
Use care not to damage the cable.

B
C

Figure 3-63. Camera Connector Location

3. Lift the camera module (A) from the adhesive and remove it (Figure 3-64).

Figure 3-64. Camera Module Removal

3-50 Machine Maintenance Procedures


LCD Hinge Removal 0

Prerequisite:
LCD Bezel Removal

1. Find the LCD hinges (A) on the LCD cover (Figure 3-65).
2. Remove eight (8) screws securing the LCD hinges in place (Figure 3-65).

Figure 3-65. LCD Hinge Removal

Machine Maintenance Procedures 3-51


3. Remove the LCD hinges from the LCD cover (Figure 3-66).

Figure 3-66. LCD Hinge Removal

ID Size Torque Quantity Screw Type

Red Call out M2.5*2.5 2.0±0.2KGF/CM 6

Green Call out M2.0*2.5 2.0±0.2KGF/CM 2

3-52 Machine Maintenance Procedures


eDP and Camera Cable Removal 0

Prerequisite:
LCD Panel Removal and LCD Hinge Removal

1. Disconnect the camera cable (B) from the connector (A) (Figure 3-67).
NOTE: NOTE:
Use care not to damage the cable.

Figure 3-67. Camera Connector Location

2. Disconnect the eDP and camera cable from the cable guides and remove it from the
LCD cover (Figure 3-68).

Figure 3-68. eDP and Camera Cable Removal

Machine Maintenance Procedures 3-53


WLAN Antenna Removal 0

Prerequisite:
eDP and Camera Cable Removal

1. Locate the antennas cables on the LCD cover (A) (Figure 3-69).

Figure 3-69. WLAN Antenna Removal

2. Gently peel back the grounding foil of the AUX antenna (white-color) and carefully
remove the antenna PCB from the system (Figure 3-70).
3. Remove the AUX antenna (white-color) from its cable guides on the top edge
(Figure 3-70).

AUX

Figure 3-70. WLAN Antenna Removal

3-54 Machine Maintenance Procedures


4. Gently peel back the grounding foil of the MAIN antenna (black-color) and carefully
remove the antenna PCB from the system (Figure 3-71).

MAIN

Figure 3-71. WLAN Antenna Removal

! CAUTION:
Use care not to damage the antenna PCB circuit area when the grounding
foil is removed.
5. Remove the both the WLAN antennas from the cable guides along the side and
bottom (Figure 3-72).
6. Remove the WLAN antennas from the LCD cover (Figure 3-72).

Figure 3-72. WLAN Antenna Removal

Machine Maintenance Procedures 3-55


LCD Module Reassembly Process 0

Replacing the WLAN Antenna 0

1. Place the MAIN antenna (black-color) to the right on the LCD cover (Figure 3-73).

AUX
MAIN

Figure 3-73. Replacing the WLAN Antenna

2. Make sure that the edge of the antenna PCB is properly seated and placed onto its
compartment highlighted by a green rectangle as shown in Figure 3-74.
3. Adhere the MAIN antenna grounding foil in place (Figure 3-74).

MAIN

Figure 3-74. Replacing the WLAN Antenna

3-56 Machine Maintenance Procedures


4. Place the AUX antenna (white-color) to the left on the LCD cover. Make sure that the
edge of the antenna PCB is properly seated and placed onto its compartment
highlighted by a green rectangle as shown in Figure 3-75.
5. Adhere the AUX antenna grounding foil in place (Figure 3-75).

AUX

Figure 3-75. Replacing the WLAN Antenna

6. Route and secure the indicated portions of the MAIN antenna and AUX antenna
(Figure 3-76).

AUX MAIN

Figure 3-76. Replacing the WLAN Antenna

Machine Maintenance Procedures 3-57


7. Route and secure the WLAN antennas carefully to the indicated portion of cable
guides on the bottom left portion of the LCD cover (Figure 3-77).

Figure 3-77. Replacing the WLAN Antenna

8. Route and secure the WLAN antennas carefully to the indicated portion of cable
guides on the upper left portion of the LCD cover (Figure 3-78).

Figure 3-78. Replacing the WLAN Antenna

! CAUTION:
Make sure the WLAN antennas are secured currently along the guides to
avoid damage when replacing the LCD hinges.

3-58 Machine Maintenance Procedures


Replacing the eDP and Camera Cable 0

1. Place and secure the eDP and camera cable to the cable guides on the LCD cover
(Figure 3-79).

Figure 3-79. Replacing the eDP & Camera Cable

Machine Maintenance Procedures 3-59


2. Route and secure the eDP camera cable carefully to the indicated portion of cable
guides on the top right portion of the LCD cover (Figure 3-80).

Figure 3-80. Replacing the eDP & Camera Cable

3. Route and secure the eDP camera cable carefully to the indicated portion of cable
guides on the bottom right portion of the LCD cover (Figure 3-81).

Figure 3-81. Replacing the eDP & Camera Cable

NOTE: NOTE:
Use care not to damage the cable.

3-60 Machine Maintenance Procedures


! CAUTION:
Make sure the eDP and camera cable is secured currently along the guides to
avoid damage when replacing the LCD hinges.
4. Connect the camera cable (B) to the camera connector (A) (Figure 3-82).

Figure 3-82. Camera Connector Location

Machine Maintenance Procedures 3-61


Replacing the LCD Hinges 0

1. Place the left and right LCD hinges on the LCD cover (Figure 3-83).

Figure 3-83. Replacing the LCD Hinges

3-62 Machine Maintenance Procedures


2. Install and secure the eight (8) screws to the LCD hinges (Figure 3-84).

Figure 3-84. Replacing the LCD Hinges

ID Size Torque Quantity Screw Type

Red Call out M2.5*2.5 2.0±0.2KGF/CM 6

Green Call out M2.0*2.5 2.0±0.2KGF/CM 2

Machine Maintenance Procedures 3-63


Replacing the LCD Panel 0

1. Place the LCD panel (A) on a flat surface with the back side facing up and aligned
properly to the bottom of the LCD cover as shown in Figure 3-86.
2. Connect the eDP cable to the LCD panel connector (B) (Figure 3-85).

Figure 3-85. eDP Connector

3. Adhere the clear mylar tape (C) to secure the eDP cable to the LCD panel (A)
(Figure 3-86).

C
A

Figure 3-86. eDP Mylar Tape

3-64 Machine Maintenance Procedures


4. Carefully place the LCD panel (A) on the LCD cover. Make sure that the bottom
corners are properly aligned with the top edge of the LCD hinges (Figure 3-87).
5. Install and secure four (4) screws (D) securing to the LCD panel (Figure 3-87).

D D
A

Figure 3-87. Replacing the LCD Panel

! CAUTION:
Make sure the eDP and camera cable and WLAN antennas are moved away
from the device to avoid damage during installation.

ID Size Torque Quantity Screw Type

D M2.0*2.5 2.0±0.2KGF/CM 4

Machine Maintenance Procedures 3-65


Replacing the Camera Module 0

1. Place the camera module (A) to its compartment on the LCD cover and secure it in
place with adhesives. Make sure that the aperture on the camera module is aligned
with the stud (B) located on the LCD cover (Figure 3-88).
2. Connect the camera cable (C) to the camera connector (D) (Figure 3-88).
NOTE: NOTE:
Use care not to damage the cable.

D A

Figure 3-88. Replacing the Camera Module

3-66 Machine Maintenance Procedures


Replacing the LCD Bezel 0

1. Place and align the LCD bezel with the LCD cover and press along the top edge of the
LCD bezel to secure the latches to the LCD cover (Figure 3-89).

Figure 3-89. Replacing the LCD Bezel

2. Continue pressing downward along the sides of the LCD bezel to engage all the
latches.
3. Press the two LCD hinge caps together to secure the latches to the LCD cover. Make
sure all the latches are fully engaged.

! CAUTION:
Use care not to damage all cables during LCD bezel installation.

Machine Maintenance Procedures 3-67


Main Unit Reassembly Process 0

Replacing the Top Assembly 0

NOTE: NOTE:
1. The keyboard is included as part of the top assembly and can not be
disassembled. In the event that the keyboard can no longer be used, replace the
entire top assembly.

2.Tear the Mylar from the old uppercase then stick it on new uppercase.
A314-31

A114-31

Figure 3-90. Top Assembly

3-68 Machine Maintenance Procedures


Replacing the Mainboard (Aspire A114-31 only) 0

1. Place the mainboard (A) onto the top assembly (Figure 3-92).

! CAUTION:
Make sure all FFCs and FPCs are moved away from the mainboard during
installation.
2. Install and secure the two (2) screws (B) to the mainboard (Figure 3-92).
3. Connect the DC-in cable to the mainboard connector (D) (Figure 3-92).
4. Connect the IO board FFC to the mainboard connector (E) (Figure 3-92).
5. Connect the speaker cable to the mainboard connector (F) (Figure 3-92).
6. Connect the RTC battery cable to the mainboard connector (G) (Figure 3-92).
7. Connect the keyboard FPC to the mainboard connector (H) (Figure 3-92).
8. Connect the touchpad FFC to the mainboard connector (J) (Figure 3-92).
9. Connect the eDP cable to the mainboard connector (K) (Figure 3-92).

K
D
A

G
F J
H
E

Figure 3-91. Replacing the Mainboard

Machine Maintenance Procedures 3-69


10. Attach and secure the keyboard connector tape (B) to the keyboard connector (C)
(Figure 3-92).

C
B

Figure 3-92. Replacing the Mainboard

NOTE: NOTE:
Make sure that the touchpad FFC and the keyboard FPC are firmly secured to the
mainboard connectors.

ID Size Torque Quantity Screw Type

B M2.0*3.0 2.0±0.2KGF/CM 2

3-70 Machine Maintenance Procedures


Replacing the Mainboard (Aspire A314-31 only) 0

1. Place the mainboard (A) onto the top assembly (Figure 3-93).

! CAUTION:
Make sure all FFCs and FPCs are moved away from the mainboard during
installation.
2. Install and secure the two (2) screws (L) to the mainboard (Figure 3-93).
3. Install and secure the one (1) hexagonal screw (M) to the mainboard (Figure 3-93).
4. Connect the DC-In cable to the mainboard connector (D) (Figure 3-93).
5. Connect the fan cable to the mainboard connector (E) (Figure 3-93).
6. Connect the IO board FFC to the mainboard connector (F) (Figure 3-93).
7. Connect the speaker cable to the mainboard connector (G) (Figure 3-93).
8. Connect the keyboard FPC to the mainboard connector (H) (Figure 3-93).
9. Connect the touchpad FFC to the mainboard connector (J) (Figure 3-93).
10. Connect the eDP cable to the mainboard connector (K) (Figure 3-93).

D K
A

E
G H J M
F

Figure 3-93. Replacing the Mainboard

Machine Maintenance Procedures 3-71


11. Attach and secure the keyboard connector tape (B) to the keyboard connector (C)
(Figure 3-94).

C
B

Figure 3-94. Replacing the Mainboard

NOTE: NOTE:
Make sure that the touchpad, and keyboard FPCs, are firmly secured to the
mainboard connectors.

ID Size Torque Quantity Screw Type

L M2.0*3.0 2.0±0.2KGF/CM 2

M M2.0*1.9 2.0±0.2KGF/CM 1

3-72 Machine Maintenance Procedures


Replacing the RTC Battery (Aspire A114-31 only) 0

1. Place and secure the RTC battery (A) to its compartment on the top assembly.
(Figure 3-96).
2. Connect the RTC battery cable (B) to the mainboard connector (C) (Figure 3-96).

Figure 3-95. Replacing the RTC Battery

Machine Maintenance Procedures 3-73


Replacing the RTC Battery (Aspire A314-31 only) 0

1. Place and secure the RTC battery (A) to its compartment on the mainboard. Make
sure that the RTC battery (A) comes into contact with the mainboard connector (B)
(Figure 3-96).

WEEE Annex VII Component:


RTC Battery

Figure 3-96. Replacing the RTC Battery

3-74 Machine Maintenance Procedures


Replacing the LCD Module 0

1. Place the LCD module on the top assembly as shown on Figure 3-97. Make sure the
LCD hinges are at a 90 degree angle to the LCD module and lie flat against the top
assembly.
2. Install and secure the four (4) screws (D) to the LCD module. Refer to Figure 3-97.

! CAUTION:
Make sure all cables and antennas are moved away from the device to avoid
damage during installation.

Figure 3-97. Replacing the LCD Module

Machine Maintenance Procedures 3-75


3. Connect the eDP cable to the mainboard connector (C) (Figure 3-98).
4. Route the WLAN antennas to the cable guides (Figure 3-98).

Figure 3-98. WLAN Antenna & eDP Cable Location

ID Size Torque Quantity Screw Type

D M2.5*6.0 2.0-0/+0.2KGF/CM 4

3-76 Machine Maintenance Procedures


Replacing the Speaker Module 0

1. Place the speaker module (H) to its compartment on the base cover (Figure 3-99).

Figure 3-99. Replacing the Speaker Module

2. Route the speaker cable (C) along the cable guides (Figure 3-100).
3. Connect the speaker cable (A) to its mainboard connector (B) (Figure 3-100).

BC

Figure 3-100. Replacing the Speaker Module

Machine Maintenance Procedures 3-77


Replacing the Touchpad Module 0

1. Carefully open the top assembly with one hand, and place the touchpad module (G)
to its compartment on the top assembly (Figure 3-101).

Figure 3-101. Replacing the Touchpad Module

2. Install and secure two (2) screws (K) securing the touchpad module in place
(Figure 3-102).

Figure 3-102. Replacing the Touchpad Module

3-78 Machine Maintenance Procedures


3. Adhere the conductive tape (J) to the touchpad module (G) (Figure 3-103).

Figure 3-103. Replacing the Touchpad Module

4. Adhere the touchpad rubber (H) to the touchpad module (Figure 3-105).

Figure 3-104. Replacing the Touchpad Module

Machine Maintenance Procedures 3-79


5. Connect the touchpad FFC (B) to the touchpad module (C) and from the mainboard
(D) (Figure 3-106).
6. Connect the keyboard FPC (E) to the mainboard (F) (Figure 3-106).

F D

E B

Figure 3-105. Replacing the Touchpad Module

7. Adhere the clear tape (A) covering the keyboard connector (Figure 3-106).

Figure 3-106. Replacing the Touchpad Module

ID Size Torque Quantity Screw Type

K M2.0*2.0 2.0-0/+0.2KGF/CM 2

3-80 Machine Maintenance Procedures


Replacing the Heatsink (Aspire A114-31 only) 0

+ IMPORTANT:
Apply approved thermal grease and ensure all heat pads are in position
before replacing the module.

! CAUTION:
Use caution when applying thermal grease. Thermal grease may cause
damage to the mainboard.
The following thermal grease types are approved for use:
Silmore GP50
Honeywell
Jet Motor 7762
The following thermal pads are approved for use:
Eapus XR-PE
1. Remove all traces of thermal grease from CPU (or GPU) using a lint-free cloth or
cotton swab and Isopropyl Alcohol, Acetone, or other approved cleaning agent.
2. Apply small amount of thermal grease to center of CPU.
NOTE: NOTE:
Force used during installation of heatsink is sufficient to spread grease evenly over
CPU top.
3. Place the heatsink (F) on the mainboard (Figure 3-108).
4. Install and secure the three (3) screws (A) in numerical order from one (1) to three (3)
to the mainboard (Figure 3-108). Ensure the heatsink is properly aligned and seated.

Figure 3-107. Replacing the Heatsink

ID Size Torque Quantity Screw Type

A M2.0*3.0 2.0±0.2KGF/CM 3

Machine Maintenance Procedures 3-81


Replacing the Heatsink (Aspire A314-31 only) 0

+ IMPORTANT:
Apply approved thermal grease and ensure all heat pads are in position
before replacing the module.

! CAUTION:
Use caution when applying thermal grease. Thermal grease may cause
damage to the mainboard.
The following thermal grease types are approved for use:
Silmore GP50
Honeywell
Jet Motor 7762
The following thermal pads are approved for use:
Eapus XR-PE
1. Remove all traces of thermal grease from CPU (or GPU) using a lint-free cloth or
cotton swab and Isopropyl Alcohol, Acetone, or other approved cleaning agent.
2. Apply small amount of thermal grease to center of CPU.
NOTE: NOTE:
Force used during installation of heatsink is sufficient to spread grease evenly over
CPU top.
3. Place the heatsink (F) on the mainboard (Figure 3-108).
4. Install and secure the three (3) screws (A) in numerical order from one (1) to three (3)
to the mainboard (Figure 3-108). Ensure the heatsink is properly aligned and seated.

Figure 3-108. Replacing the Heatsink

ID Size Torque Quantity Screw Type

A M2.0*3.0 2.0±0.2KGF/CM 3

3-82 Machine Maintenance Procedures


Replacing the Fan (Aspire A314-31 only) 0

1. Place the fan onto the top assembly (A) (Figure 3-109).
2. Install and secure two (2) screws (B) to the fan module (Figure 3-109).
3. Connect the fan cable to its mainboard connector (A) (Figure 3-109).

Figure 3-109. Replacing the Fan

ID Size Torque Quantity Screw Type

B M2.5*6.0 2.0±0.2KGF/CM 2

Machine Maintenance Procedures 3-83


Replacing the IO Board 0

1. Place the IO board onto the top assembly (D) (Figure 3-110).
2. Install and secure the one (1) screw (E) to the IO board (Figure 3-110).
3. Connect the IO Board cable (A) to its mainboard connector (B) and the IO Board
connector (C) (Figure 3-110).

C B

Figure 3-110. Replacing the IO Board

ID Size Torque Quantity Screw Type

E M2.0*3.0 2.0±0.2KGF/CM 1

3-84 Machine Maintenance Procedures


Replacing the DC-in Jack 0

1. Place the DC-in jack to its compartment on the top assembly (C) (Figure 3-111).
2. Route the DC-in cable (A) to the cable guides (Figure 3-111).
3. Connect the DC-in cable (A) to its motherboard connector (B) (Figure 3-111).

Figure 3-111. Replacing the DC-in Jack

Machine Maintenance Procedures 3-85


Replacing the SSD (Solid State Drive) Module (Aspire A314-31
only) 0

1. Place and insert the SSD module (B) into the mainboard connector (D) (Figure 3-112).

Figure 3-112. Replacing the SSD Module

2. Install and secure one (1) screw (C) to the SSD module (Figure 3-113).

Figure 3-113. Replacing the WLAN Module

ID Size Torque Quantity Screw Type

C M2.0*3.0 2.0±0.2KGF/CM 1

3-86 Machine Maintenance Procedures


Replacing the WLAN (Wireless Local Area Network) Module 0

1. Place and insert the WLAN module into the mainboard connector (A) (Figure 3-114).

Figure 3-114. Replacing the WLAN Module

2. Install and secure one (1) screw (B) to the WLAN module (Figure 3-115).
3. Connect the AUX antenna (white-color) to the WLAN AUX pin (Figure 3-115).
4. Connect the MAIN antenna (black-color) to the WLAN MAIN pin (Figure 3-115).

B
C

Figure 3-115. Replacing the WLAN Module

ID Size Torque Quantity Screw Type

C M2.0*3.0 2.0±0.2KGF/CM 1

Machine Maintenance Procedures 3-87


Replacing the Battery Pack 0

1. Place the battery pack (A) to its compartment on the system (Figure 3-116).

Figure 3-116. Replacing the Battery Pack

2. Connect the battery cable to the mainboard connector (B) (Figure 3-117).
3. Insert and secure the one (1) screw to the battery pack (Figure 3-117).

Figure 3-117. Replacing the Battery Pack

ID Size Torque Quantity Screw Type

Red Call
M2.0*3.0 2.0±0.2KGF/CM 1
out

3-88 Machine Maintenance Procedures


Replacing the Base Cover (Aspire A114-31 only) 0

1. Carefully place the base cover onto the top assembly and slide the base cover onto
the top of the system in the indicated direction. Make sure that the edges of the base
cover are aligned properly to those of the top assembly (Figure 3-118).

Figure 3-118. Replacing the Base Cover

2. Press downward on the system to engage the tabs. Make sure all the tabs are fully
engaged (Figure 3-119).

Figure 3-119. Replacing the Base Cover

Machine Maintenance Procedures 3-89


3. Install and secure fifteen (15) screws to the base cover (Figure 3-120).

Figure 3-120. Replacing the Base Cover

ID Size Torque Quantity Screw Type


Red
Call out M2.5*6.0 2.0-0/+0.2KGF/CM 15

3-90 Machine Maintenance Procedures


Replacing the Base Cover (Aspire A314-31 only) 0

1. Carefully place the base cover onto the top assembly and slide the base cover onto
the top of the system in the indicated direction. Make sure that the edges of the base
cover are aligned properly to those of the top assembly (Figure 3-121).

Figure 3-121. Replacing the Base Cover

2. Press downward on the system to engage the tabs. Make sure all the tabs are fully
engaged (Figure 3-122).

Figure 3-122. Replacing the Base Cover

Machine Maintenance Procedures 3-91


3. Install and secure thirteen (13) screws to the base cover (Figure 3-123).

Figure 3-123. Replacing the Base Cover

ID Size Torque Quantity Screw Type


Red
Call out M2.5*6.0 2.0-0/+0.2KGF/CM 13

3-92 Machine Maintenance Procedures


Replacing the HDD (Hard Disk Drive) Module (Aspire A314-31
only) 0

1. Place the HDD brackets with mylar (G) on top of the HDD (Figure 3-124).
2. Install and secure four (4) screws (F) to the HDD brackets (Figure 3-124).
3. Connect the HDD cable (D) to the HDD module connector (E) (Figure 3-124).

F E

Figure 3-124. Replacing the HDD Brackets with Mylar

4. Place the HDD module (C) in to its component on the system as shown in
Figure 3-125.

Figure 3-125. Replacing the HDD Brackets with Mylar

Machine Maintenance Procedures 3-93


5. Connect the HDD cable (C) to its mainboard connector (A) (Figure 3-126).

A
D

Figure 3-126. Replacing the HDD Brackets with Mylar

ID Size Torque Quantity Screw Type


Green
M3.0*3.5 2.0-0/+0.2KGF/CM 4
Callouts

3-94 Machine Maintenance Procedures


Replacing the HDD Door (Aspire A314-31 only) 0

1. Place the HDD door (A) on the system and press downward to engage the tabs. Make
sure all the tabs are fully engaged (Figure 3-127).

Figure 3-127. Replacing the HDD Door

2. Install and secure one (1) screw to the HDD door (Figure 3-128).

Figure 3-128. Replacing the HDD Door

ID Size Torque Quantity Screw Type


Red
Call out M2.5*6.0 2.0-0/+0.2KGF/CM 1

Machine Maintenance Procedures 3-95


Replacing the Memory Door (Aspire A314-31 only) 0

1. Place the memory door (A) on the system and press downward to engage the tabs.
Make sure all the tabs are fully engaged (Figure 3-129).

Figure 3-129. Replacing the Memory Door

2. Install and secure one (1) screw to the memory door (Figure 3-130).

Figure 3-130. Replacing the Memory Door

ID Size Torque Quantity Screw Type


Red
Call out M2.5*6.0 2.0-0/+0.2KGF/CM 1

3-96 Machine Maintenance Procedures


Aspire A314-32/A114-32 0

Pre-disassembly Instructions 0

Do the following prior to starting any maintenance procedures:


1. Place the system on a stable and flat surface.
2. Remove AC adapter (A) from the system and peripherals (Figure 3-131).
3. Disconnect all cables from the system.

Figure 3-131. AC Adapter Outlet

4. Remove the SD card from the SD card slot (B) (Figure 3-132).

Figure 3-132. SD Card Removal

NOTE: NOTE:
Make sure the system is completely powered off.

Machine Maintenance Procedures 3-97


Disassembly Process 0

The disassembly process is divided into the following sections:


Main unit disassembly
LCD module disassembly
The flowcharts provided in the following disassembly sections illustrate the entire
disassembly sequence. Observe the order of the sequence to avoid damage to any of the
hardware components. For example, when removing the mainboard, remove first the
heatsink, the battery and the base cover in that order.

Table 3-4. Screw List


Size Quantity Acer Part No.
SCREW M2.5*2.5-I (BNI) (NYLOK) IRON 6 86.SHXN7.003
SCREW M2.0*2.5-I (BUWZN) (NYLON PATCH) IRON 6 86.SHXN7.002
SCREW M2.0*3.0-I (BZN) (NYLOK) IRON 9 86.GDEN7.001
SCREW M2.5*6-I (BNI) (NYLOK) IRON 21 86.SHXN7.004
SCREW M2.0*2.0- I (BNI) (NYLOK) IRON 2 86.G55N7.001
SCREW M3*0.5+3.5I IRON 4 86.TDY07.003
SCREW M2*2.0-I (NI) (NYIOK) IRON 1 86.GNSN7.002
SCREW NUT M2 L5.95 Z8P (MBZ8P005, 3A) STEEL 1 86.SHXN7.001

3-98 Machine Maintenance Procedures


Main Unit Disassembly Process 0

Main Unit Disassembly Flowchart 0

Memory
HDD Door
Door

Memory HDD

Base
Cover

Battery

WLAN SSD RTC DC-in Touchpad


Heatsink Fan IO Board Speakers
Module Module Battery Cable Module

LCD
Mainboard
Assembly

Top
Assembly

Machine Maintenance Procedures 3-99


Table 3-5. Main Unit Screw List
Step Size Quantity Acer Part No.
Memory Door Removal (Aspire A314-32) M2.5 x 6.0 1 86.SHXN7.004
HDD Door Removal (Aspire A314-32) M2.5 x 6.0 1 86.SHXN7.004
Base Cover Removal (Aspire A314-32) M2.5 x 6.0 13 86.SHXN7.004
Base Cover Removal (Aspire A114-32) M2.5 x 6.0 15 86.SHXN7.004
HDD Module Removal (Aspire A314-32) M3.0 x 3.5 4 86.TDY07.003
Battery Removal M2.0 x 3.0 1 86.GDEN7.001
WLAN Module Removal M2.0 x 3.0 1 86.GDEN7.001
SSD Module Removal (Aspire A314-32) M2.0 x 3.0 1 86.GDEN7.001
IO Board Removal M2.0 x 3.0 1 86.GDEN7.001
Fan Module Removal (Aspire A314-32) M2.5 x 6.0 2 86.SHXN7.004
Heatsink Removal M2.0 x 3.0 2 86.GDEN7.001
LCD Assembly Removal M2.5 x 6.0 4 86.SHXN7.004
Touchpad Board Removal M2.0 x 2.0 2 86.G55N7.001
Mainboard Removal (Aspire A314-32) M2.0 x 3.0 2 86.GDEN7.001
M2.0 x 1.9 1 86.SHXN7.001
Mainboard Removal (Aspire A114-32) M2.0 x 3.0 2 86.GDEN7.001

NOTE: NOTE:
The keyboard is included as part of the top assembly and can not be disassembled.
In the event that the keyboard is damaged, replace the entire top assembly.

3-100 Machine Maintenance Procedures


Memory Door Removal (Aspire A314-32 only) 0

1. Remove the one (1) screw from the memory door (A) (Figure 3-133).

Figure 3-133. Memory Door Removal

2. Pry open the memory door from the left side of the memory door and remove the
memory door (A) (Figure 3-134).

Figure 3-134. Memory Door Removal

ID Size Torque Quantity Screw Type

Red Callout M2.5*6.0 3.0±15% kgf/cm 1

Machine Maintenance Procedures 3-101


Memory Module Removal (Aspire A314-32 only) 0

1. Locate the memory module (B) (Figure 3-135).

Figure 3-135. Memory Module Removal

2. Pry the retention clips away from the memory module (Figure 3-136).

Figure 3-136. Memory Module Removal

3-102 Machine Maintenance Procedures


3. Remove the memory module from the system (Figure 3-137).

Figure 3-137. Memory Module Removal

Machine Maintenance Procedures 3-103


Hard Drive Door Removal (Aspire A314-32 only) 0

1. Remove the one (1) screw from the hard drive door (A) (Figure 3-138).

Figure 3-138. Hard Drive Door Removal

2. Pry open the hard drive door from the right side of the hard drive door and remove
the hard drive door (Figure 3-139).

Figure 3-139. Hard Drive Door Removal

ID Size Torque Quantity Screw Type

Red Callout M2.5*6.0 3.0±15% kgf/cm 1

3-104 Machine Maintenance Procedures


HDD (Hard Disk Drive) Module Removal (Aspire A314-32
only) 0

Prerequisite:
Hard Drive Door Removal (Aspire A314-32 only)

1. Locate the HDD module (A) (Figure 3-140).

Figure 3-140. HDD Module Removal

2. Disconnect the HDD cable (B) from the mainboard connector (C) (Figure 3-141).

Figure 3-141. HDD Module Removal

Machine Maintenance Procedures 3-105


3. Pull the tab to remove the HDD module from the system (Figure 3-142).

Figure 3-142. HDD Module Removal

4. Disconnect and remove the HDD cable (B) from the HDD connector (D) (Figure 3-143).
5. Remove the four (4) screws securing the HDD brackets with mylar (E) to the HDD
module (Figure 3-143).

B
E

Figure 3-143. HDD Brackets with Mylar Removal

3-106 Machine Maintenance Procedures


6. Remove the HDD brackets with mylar (Figure 3-144).

Figure 3-144. HDD Brackets with Mylar Removal

ID Size Torque Quantity Screw Type

Green Callout M3.0*3.5 3.0+15%/-0 kgf/cm 4

Machine Maintenance Procedures 3-107


Base Cover Removal (Aspire A314-32 only) 0

Prerequisite:
Memory Door Removal (Aspire A314-32 only) and HDD (Hard Disk Drive)
Module Removal (Aspire A314-32 only)

1. Remove the thirteen (13) screws from the base cover (A) (Figure 3-145).

Figure 3-145. Base Cover Removal

2. Pry up the base cover starting from the left side of the system (Figure 3-146).

Figure 3-146. Base Cover Removal

3-108 Machine Maintenance Procedures


3. Grasp and remove the base cover from the system (Figure 3-147).

Figure 3-147. Base Cover Removal

ID Size Torque Quantity Screw Type

Red Callout M2.5*6.0 3.0±15% kgf/cm 13

Machine Maintenance Procedures 3-109


Base Cover Removal (Aspire A114-32 only) 0

1. Remove the fifteen (15) screws from the base cover (A) (Figure 3-148).

Figure 3-148. Base Cover Removal

2. Pry up the base cover starting from the left side of the system and remove the base
cover from the system (Figure 3-149).

Figure 3-149. Base Cover Removal

ID Size Torque Quantity Screw Type

Red Callout M2.5*6.0 3.0±15% kgf/cm 15

3-110 Machine Maintenance Procedures


Battery Pack Removal (Aspire A314-32 only) 0

Prerequisite:
Base Cover Removal (Aspire A114-32 only)

1. Locate the battery pack (A) on the top assembly (Figure 3-150).
2. Disconnect the battery cable (C) from the mainboard connector (B) (Figure 3-150).
3. Remove the one (1) screw (D) from the battery pack (Figure 3-150).

WEEE Annex VII Component: Battery

B
D

C
A

Figure 3-150. Battery Pack Removal

4. Remove the battery pack from the top assembly (Figure 3-150).

Figure 3-151. Battery Pack Removal

+ IMPORTANT:
Follow local regulations for battery disposal.

ID Size Torque Quantity Screw Type

D M2.0*3.0 2.0±10% kgf/cm 1

Machine Maintenance Procedures 3-111


Battery Pack Removal (Aspire A114-32 only) 0

Prerequisite:
Base Cover Removal (Aspire A114-32 only)

1. Locate the battery pack (A) on the top assembly (Figure 3-152).
2. Disconnect the battery cable (C) from the mainboard connector (B) (Figure 3-152).
3. Remove the one (1) screw (D) from the battery pack (Figure 3-152).

WEEE Annex VII Component: Battery

B
D

C
A

Figure 3-152. Battery Pack Removal

4. Remove the battery pack (A) from the system (Figure 3-153).

Figure 3-153. Battery Pack Removal

+ IMPORTANT:
Follow local regulations for battery disposal.

ID Size Torque Quantity Screw Type

D M2.0*3.0 2.0±10% kgf/cm 1

3-112 Machine Maintenance Procedures


WLAN (Wireless Local Area Network) Module Removal
(Aspire A314-32 only) 0

Prerequisite:
Battery Pack Removal (Aspire A314-32 only)

1. Locate the WLAN module (A) on the top assembly (Figure 3-154).

B
C
J
H G

E
F F

Figure 3-154. Component Locations

2. Disconnect WLAN antenna cables (B) connected to the WLAN module (Figure 3-155).
3. Remove the one (1) screw (C) from the WLAN module (Figure 3-155).

WEEE Annex VII Component:


WLAN Module

Figure 3-155. WLAN Module Removal

Machine Maintenance Procedures 3-113


4. Remove the WLAN module from the mainboard connector (D) (Figure 3-156).

Figure 3-156. WLAN Module Removal

ID Size Torque Quantity Screw Type

C M2.0*3.0 2.0±10% kgf/cm 1

3-114 Machine Maintenance Procedures


WLAN (Wireless Local Area Network) Module Removal
(Aspire A114-32 only) 0

Prerequisite:
Battery Pack Removal (Aspire A114-32 only)

1. Locate the WLAN module (A) on the top assembly (Figure 3-157).

A
G D

B
C

E
F F

Figure 3-157. Component Locations

2. Disconnect WLAN antenna cables (B) connected to the WLAN module (Figure 3-158).
3. Remove the one (1) screw (C) from the WLAN module (Figure 3-158).

WEEE Annex VII Component:


WLAN Module

Figure 3-158. WLAN Module Removal

Machine Maintenance Procedures 3-115


4. Remove the WLAN module from the mainboard connector (D) (Figure 3-159).

Figure 3-159. WLAN Module Removal

ID Size Torque Quantity Screw Type

C M2.0*3.0 2.0±10% kgf/cm 1

3-116 Machine Maintenance Procedures


SSD (Solid State Drive) Module Removal (Aspire A314-32
only) 0

Prerequisite:
Battery Pack Removal (Aspire A314-32 only)

1. Find the SSD Module (J) on the system (Figure 3-154).


2. Remove the one (1) screw (C) securing the SSD module in place (Figure 3-160).

Figure 3-160. SSD Module Removal

3. Remove the SSD module from the mainboard connector (D) (Figure 3-161).

Figure 3-161. SSD Module Removal

ID Size Torque Quantity Screw Type

C M2.0*3.0 2.0±10% kgf/cm 1

Machine Maintenance Procedures 3-117


DC-in Jack Removal (Aspire A314-32 only) 0

Prerequisite:
Battery Pack Removal (Aspire A314-32 only)

1. Locate the DC-in jack (B) on the top assembly (Figure 3-154).
2. Disconnect the DC-in cable (A) from the mainboard connector (C) (Figure 3-162).
3. Unroute the DC-in cable from the cable guides (Figure 3-162).

C
A

Figure 3-162. DC-in Jack Removal

4. Remove the DC-in jack from the top assembly (Figure 3-163).

Figure 3-163. DC-in Jack Removal

3-118 Machine Maintenance Procedures


DC-in Jack Removal (Aspire A114-32 only) 0

Prerequisite:
Battery Pack Removal (Aspire A114-32 only)

1. Locate the DC-in jack (B) on the top assembly (Figure 3-157).
2. Disconnect the DC-in cable (A) from the mainboard connector (C) (Figure 3-164).
3. Unroute the DC-in cable from the cable guides (Figure 3-164).

C
A

Figure 3-164. DC-in Jack Removal

4. Remove the DC-in jack from the top assembly (Figure 3-165).

Figure 3-165. DC-in Jack Removal

Machine Maintenance Procedures 3-119


IO Board Removal (Aspire 314-32 only) 0

Prerequisite:
Battery Pack Removal (Aspire A314-32 only)

1. Locate the IO board (C) on the top assembly (Figure 3-154).


2. Peel back the adhesive tape covering the IO board FFC (A) (Figure 3-166).

Figure 3-166. IO Board Removal

3. Disconnect the IO board FFC (A) from the mainboard connector (B) and the IO board
connector (D) then remove the IO board FFC (A) (Figure 3-167).
4. Remove the one (1) screw (E) securing the IO board in place (Figure 3-167).

Figure 3-167. IO Board Removal

3-120 Machine Maintenance Procedures


5. Remove the IO board from the top assembly (Figure 3-168).

Figure 3-168. IO Board Removal

ID Size Torque Quantity Screw Type

E M2.0*3.0 2.0±10% kgf/cm 1

! CAUTION:
IO board FFC (Flexible Flat Cable) can be damaged if removed while the
mainboard connector is locked.

Machine Maintenance Procedures 3-121


IO Board Removal (Aspire 114-32 only) 0

Prerequisite:
Battery Pack Removal (Aspire A114-32 only)

1. Locate the IO board (C) on the top assembly (Figure 3-157).


2. Disconnect the IO board FFC (A) from the mainboard connector (B) and the IO board
connector (D) then remove the IO board FFC (Figure 3-169).
3. Remove the one (1) screw (E) securing the IO board in place (Figure 3-169).

D
A

Figure 3-169. IO Board Removal

4. Remove the IO board from the top assembly (Figure 3-170).

Figure 3-170. IO Board Removal

3-122 Machine Maintenance Procedures


ID Size Torque Quantity Screw Type

E M2.0*3.0 2.0±10% kgf/cm 1

! CAUTION:
IO board FFC (Flexible Flat Cable) can be damaged if removed while the
mainboard connector is locked.

Machine Maintenance Procedures 3-123


Fan Removal (Aspire A314-32 only) 0

Prerequisite:
Battery Pack Removal (Aspire A314-32 only)

1. Locate the fan (H) on the top assembly (Figure 3-154).


2. Peel back the adhesive tape marked in the yellow rectangle and disconnect the
WLAN antenna cables (A) from the WLAN module (Figure 3-171).

Figure 3-171. Fan Removal

3. Disconnect the fan cable connector (C) from the mainboard connector (D) and
remove the two (2) screws (B) securing the fan in place (Figure 3-172).

D
C

Figure 3-172. Fan Removal

3-124 Machine Maintenance Procedures


4. Remove the fan from the system (Figure 3-173).

Figure 3-173. Fan Removal

ID Size Torque Quantity Screw Type

B M2.5*6.0 3.0±15% kgf/cm 2

Machine Maintenance Procedures 3-125


Heatsink Removal (Aspire A314-32 only) 0

Prerequisite:
Battery Pack Removal (Aspire A314-32 only)

1. Locate the heatsink (D) on the mainboard (Figure 3-154).


2. Remove the two (2) screws (A) securing the heatsink in place in reverse sequence (2 >
1) (Figure 3-174).

Figure 3-174. Heatsink Removal

3. Remove the heatsink from the mainboard (Figure 3-175).

Figure 3-175. Heatsink Removal

ID Size Torque Quantity Screw Type

A M2.0*3.0 2.0±10% kgf/cm 2

3-126 Machine Maintenance Procedures


Heatsink Removal (Aspire A114-32 only) 0

Prerequisite:
Battery Pack Removal (Aspire A114-32 only)

1. Locate the heatsink (D) on the mainboard (Figure 3-157).


2. Remove the two (2) screws (A) securing the heatsink in place in reverse sequence (2 >
1) (Figure 3-176).

Figure 3-176. Heatsink Removal

3. Remove the heatsink from the mainboard (Figure 3-177).

Figure 3-177. Heatsink Removal

ID Size Torque Quantity Screw Type

A M2.0*3.0 2.0±10% kgf/cm 2

Machine Maintenance Procedures 3-127


Touchpad Module Removal 0

Prerequisite:
Battery Pack Removal (Aspire A314-32 only) or Battery Pack Removal
(Aspire A114-32 only)

1. Locate the touchpad module (E) on the top assembly (Figure 3-154 or Figure 3-157).
2. Peel off the two (2) pieces of adhesive tape marked in the yellow rectangles
(Figure 3-178).

WEEE Annex VII Component: Touchpad

Figure 3-178. Touchpad Module Removal

3. Disconnect the touchpad FFC (A) from the touchpad connector (B) and the
mainboard connector (C) then remove the touchpad FFC (Figure 3-179).
4. Disconnect the keyboard FPC (D) from the mainboard connector (F) (Figure 3-179).

F C

D
A

Figure 3-179. Touchpad Module Removal

3-128 Machine Maintenance Procedures


5. Peel off the rubber (G) from the top assembly (Figure 3-180).

Figure 3-180. Touchpad Module Removal

6. Peel off the conductive tape (H) from the touchpad module (Figure 3-181).

Figure 3-181. Touchpad Module Removal

Machine Maintenance Procedures 3-129


7. Remove the two (2) screws (J) securing the touchpad module in place (Figure 3-182).

Figure 3-182. Touchpad Module Removal

8. Carefully open the top assembly with one hand and remove the touchpad module
from the top assembly (Figure 3-183).

Figure 3-183. Touchpad Module Removal

ID Size Torque Quantity Screw Type

J M2.0*2.0 2.0±10% kgf/cm 2

3-130 Machine Maintenance Procedures


Speaker Module Removal 0

Prerequisite:
Battery Pack Removal (Aspire A314-32 only) or Battery Pack Removal
(Aspire A114-32 only)

1. Locate the speaker module (F) on the top assembly (Figure 3-154 or Figure 3-157).
2. Peel off the adhesive tape covering the touchpad module (Figure 3-184).

Figure 3-184. Speaker Module Removal

3. Disconnect the touchpad FFC (A) from the touchpad connector (C) and the
mainboard connector (B) then remove the touchpad FFC from the top assembly
(Figure 3-185).

Figure 3-185. Speaker Module Removal

Machine Maintenance Procedures 3-131


4. Peel back the conductive tape covering the touchpad module and peel off the
adhesive tape covering the speaker cable (Figure 3-186).

Figure 3-186. Speaker Module Removal

5. Disconnect the speaker cable (E) from the mainboard connector (D) (Figure 3-187).
6. Unthread the speaker cable from the cable guides (Figure 3-187).

Figure 3-187. Speaker Module Removal

3-132 Machine Maintenance Procedures


7. Carefully pry up the speaker module (F) and remove the speaker module from the
top assembly (Figure 3-188).

Figure 3-188. Speaker Module Removal

Machine Maintenance Procedures 3-133


LCD Module Removal (Aspire A314-32 only) 0

Prerequisite:
DC-in Jack Removal (Aspire A314-32 only)

1. Disconnect WLAN antenna cables (A) from the WLAN module (Figure 3-189).

Figure 3-189. LCD Module Removal

2. Unthread the WLAN antenna cables from the cable guides (Figure 3-190).
3. Disconnect the eDP cable from the mainboard connector (B) and unthread the eDP
cable from the cable guides (Figure 3-190).

Figure 3-190. LCD Module Removal

3-134 Machine Maintenance Procedures


4. Place the system on a flat surface and open the LCD module (C) as shown in
Figure 3-191.
5. Remove the four (4) screws (D) securing the LCD module in place (Figure 3-191).

Figure 3-191. LCD Module Removal

6. Lift the LCD module (C) away from the top assembly (Figure 3-192).

Figure 3-192. LCD Module Removal

! CAUTION:
Make sure the eDP and antenna cables are unthreaded from the cable guides
to avoid damage during removal.

ID Size Torque Quantity Screw Type

D M2.5*6.0 3.0±15% kgf/cm 4

Machine Maintenance Procedures 3-135


LCD Module Removal (Aspire A114-32 only) 0

Prerequisite:
DC-in Jack Removal (Aspire A114-32 only)

1. Disconnect WLAN antenna cables (A) from the WLAN module (Figure 3-193).

Figure 3-193. LCD Module Removal

2. Unthread the WLAN antenna cables from the cable guides (Figure 3-194).
3. Disconnect the eDP cable from the mainboard connector (B) and unthread the eDP
cable from the cable guides (Figure 3-194).

Figure 3-194. LCD Module Removal

3-136 Machine Maintenance Procedures


4. Place the system on a flat surface and open the LCD module (C) as shown in
Figure 3-195.
5. Remove the four (4) screws (D) securing the LCD module in place (Figure 3-195).

Figure 3-195. LCD Module Removal

6. Lift the LCD module (C) away from the top assembly (Figure 3-196).

Figure 3-196. LCD Module Removal

! CAUTION:
Make sure the eDP cable and antenna cables are unthreaded from the cable
guides to avoid damage during removal.

ID Size Torque Quantity Screw Type

D M2.5*6.0 3.0±15% kgf/cm 4

Machine Maintenance Procedures 3-137


RTC Battery Removal (Aspire A314-32 only) 0

Prerequisite:
Battery Pack Removal (Aspire A314-32 only)

1. Locate the RTC battery (G) on the mainboard (Figure 3-154).


2. Using a plastic tweezer, push the RTC battery through the gap (A) in the mainboard
connector (B) to release the battery (Figure 3-197).
3. Remove the RTC battery from the mainboard (Figure 3-197).

WEEE Annex VII Component:


RTC Battery

Figure 3-197. RTC Battery Removal

+ IMPORTANT:
Follow local regulations for battery disposal.

3-138 Machine Maintenance Procedures


RTC Battery Removal (Aspire A114-32 only) 0

Prerequisite:
Battery Pack Removal (Aspire A114-32 only)

1. Locate the RTC battery (G) on the mainboard (Figure 3-157).


2. Disconnect the RTC battery cable (A) from the mainboard connector (B)
(Figure 3-198).
3. Remove the RTC battery from the mainboard (Figure 3-198).

WEEE Annex VII Component:


RTC Battery

Figure 3-198. RTC Battery Removal

+ IMPORTANT:
Follow local regulations for battery disposal.

Machine Maintenance Procedures 3-139


Mainboard Removal (Aspire A314-32 only) 0

Prerequisite:
Battery Pack Removal (Aspire A314-32 only), WLAN (Wireless Local Area
Network) Module Removal (Aspire A314-32 only), SSD (Solid State Drive)
Module Removal (Aspire A314-32 only), Memory Module Removal (Aspire
A314-32 only) and Heatsink Removal (Aspire A314-32 only)

1. Locate the mainboard (A) on the top assembly (Figure 3-199).


2. Peel off the adhesive tape marked in the yellow rectangle (Figure 3-199).

WEEE Annex VII Component:


Mainboard

Figure 3-199. Mainboard Removal

3. Disconnect the DC-in cable from the mainboard connector (B) (refer to Figure 3-200).
4. Disconnect the fan cable from the mainboard connector (C) (refer to Figure 3-200).
5. Disconnect the IO board FFC from the mainboard connector (D) (refer to
Figure 3-200).
6. Disconnect the speaker cable from the mainboard connector (E) (refer to
Figure 3-200).
7. Disconnect the keyboard FPC from the mainboard connector (F) (refer to
Figure 3-200).
8. Disconnect the touchpad FFC from the mainboard connector (G) (refer to
Figure 3-200).
9. Disconnect the eDP cable from the mainboard connector (H) (refer to Figure 3-200).
10. Remove the one (1) hexagonal screw (J) (Refer to Figure 3-200).

3-140 Machine Maintenance Procedures


11. Remove the two (2) screws (K) securing the mainboard in place (Figure 3-200).

H
B

C
F G
E
J

D K

Figure 3-200. Mainboard Removal

NOTE:
The hexagonal screw locations may differ depending on the model of the
SSD module.
12. Remove the mainboard from the top assembly (Figure 3-201).

Figure 3-201. Mainboard Removal

Machine Maintenance Procedures 3-141


! CAUTION:
Touchpad FFC (Flexible Flat Cable) and keyboard FPC (Flexible Printed Circuit)
can be damaged if removed while the mainboard connectors are locked.

Figure 3-202. Mainboard

+ IMPORTANT:
Circuit boards >10 cm² have been highlighted with a yellow rectangle as
shown in Figure 3-202. Remove the circuit board and follow local
regulations for disposal.

ID Size Torque Quantity Screw Type

K M2.0*3.0 2.0±10% kgf/cm 2

J M2.0*1.9 3.0+0/-15% kgf/cm 1

3-142 Machine Maintenance Procedures


Mainboard Removal (Aspire A114-32 only) 0

Prerequisite:
Battery Pack Removal (Aspire A114-32 only), WLAN (Wireless Local Area
Network) Module Removal (Aspire A114-32 only) and Heatsink Removal
(Aspire A114-32 only)

1. Locate the mainboard (A) on the top assembly (Figure 3-203).


2. Peel off the adhesive tape marked in the yellow rectangle (Figure 3-203).

WEEE Annex VII Component:


Mainboard

Figure 3-203. Mainboard Removal

3. Disconnect the DC-in cable from the mainboard connector (B) (refer to Figure 3-204).
4. Disconnect the IO board FFC from the mainboard connector (C) (refer to
Figure 3-204).
5. Disconnect the speaker cable from the mainboard connector (D) (refer to
Figure 3-204).
6. Disconnect the keyboard FPC from the mainboard connector (E) (refer to
Figure 3-204).
7. Disconnect the RTC battery from the mainboard connector (F) (refer to Figure 3-204).
8. Disconnect the touchpad FFC from the mainboard connector (G) (refer to
Figure 3-204).
9. Disconnect the eDP cable from the mainboard connector (H) (refer to Figure 3-204).

Machine Maintenance Procedures 3-143


10. Remove the two (2) screws (J) securing the mainboard in place (Figure 3-204).

H
J

F
D G
C E J

Figure 3-204. Mainboard Removal

11. Remove the mainboard from the top assembly (Figure 3-205).

Figure 3-205. Mainboard Removal

3-144 Machine Maintenance Procedures


! CAUTION:
Touchpad FFC (Flexible Flat Cable) and keyboard FPC (Flexible Printed Circuit)
can be damaged if removed while the mainboard connectors are locked.

Figure 3-206. Mainboard

+ IMPORTANT:
Circuit boards >10 cm² have been highlighted with a yellow rectangle as
shown in Figure 3-206. Remove the circuit board and follow local
regulations for disposal.

ID Size Torque Quantity Screw Type

J M2.0*3.0 2.0±10% kgf/cm 2

Machine Maintenance Procedures 3-145


Top Assembly Removal 0

Prerequisite:
Fan Removal (Aspire A314-32 only), IO Board Removal (Aspire 314-32
only) or IO Board Removal (Aspire 114-32 only), Memory Module Removal
(Aspire A314-32 only), Touchpad Module Removal, Speaker Module
Removal, LCD Module Removal (Aspire A314-32 only) or LCD Module
Removal (Aspire A114-32 only) and Mainboard Removal (Aspire A314-32
only) or Mainboard Removal (Aspire A114-32 only)

NOTE: NOTE:
1. The keyboard is included as part of the top assembly (Figure 3-207) and can not
be disassembled. In the event that the keyboard can no longer be used, replace
the entire top assembly.

Figure 3-207. Top Assembly

3-146 Machine Maintenance Procedures


LCD Module Disassembly Process 0

LCD Module Disassembly Flowchart 0

LCD
Module

LCD
Bezel

LCD LCD Camera


Panel Hinges Module

eDP &
Camera
Cable

WLAN
Antennas

LCD
Cover

Table 3-6. LCD Module Screw List


Step Size Quantity Acer Part No.
LCD Panel Removal M2.0 x 2.5 4 86.SHXN7.002
LCD Hinge Removal M2.5 x 2.5 6 86.SHXN7.003
M2.0 x 2.5 2 86.SHXN7.002

Machine Maintenance Procedures 3-147


LCD Bezel Removal 0

Prerequisite:
LCD Module Removal (Aspire A314-32 only) or LCD Module Removal
(Aspire A114-32 only)

1. Pry up the top edge of the bezel by releasing it from the latches (Figure 3-208).

Figure 3-208. LCD Bezel Removal

2. Continue along the left and right sides of the bezel until all the latches are released
(Figure 3-209).

Figure 3-209. LCD Bezel Removal

3-148 Machine Maintenance Procedures


3. Lift and remove the bezel from LCD module (Figure 3-210).

Figure 3-210. LCD Bezel Removal

Machine Maintenance Procedures 3-149


LCD Panel Removal 0

Prerequisite:
LCD Bezel Removal

1. Locate the LCD panel (B) on the LCD back cover (Figure 3-211).
2. Remove the four (4) screws (C) securing the LCD panel in place (Figure 3-211).

C C
B

WEEE Annex VII Component:


LCD Panel

Figure 3-211. Component Location

3. Carefully flip the LCD panel over so that the LCD panel faces down and is placed on a
flat surface (Figure 3-212).
4. Peel back the adhesive tape securing the eDP cable to the LCD panel connector (D)
(Figure 3-212).

Figure 3-212. LCD Panel Removal

3-150 Machine Maintenance Procedures


5. Disconnect the eDP cable from the LCD panel connector (D) (Figure 3-213).

Figure 3-213. eDP Cable Connector Location

6. Remove the LCD panel.

ID Size Torque Quantity Screw Type

C M2.0*2.5 2.0±10% kgf/cm 4

Machine Maintenance Procedures 3-151


Camera Module Removal 0

Prerequisite:
LCD Bezel Removal

1. Locate the camera module (A) on the LCD cover (Figure 3-211).
2. Peel back the conductive tape securing the camera cable in place (Figure 3-214).
3. Disconnect the camera cable (B) from the camera connector (C) (Figure 3-214).
NOTE: NOTE:
Use care not to damage the cable.

B
C

Figure 3-214. Camera Connector Location

4. Carefully pry up the camera module from the LCD cover and remove the camera
module (Figure 3-215).

Figure 3-215. Camera Module Removal

3-152 Machine Maintenance Procedures


LCD Hinge Removal 0

Prerequisite:
LCD Bezel Removal

1. Locate the LCD hinges (A) on the LCD cover (Figure 3-216).
2. Remove the eight (8) screws securing the LCD hinges in place (Figure 3-216).

Figure 3-216. LCD Hinge Removal

Machine Maintenance Procedures 3-153


3. Remove the LCD hinges from the LCD cover (Figure 3-217).

Figure 3-217. LCD Hinge Removal

ID Size Torque Quantity Screw Type

Red Callout M2.5*2.5 3.0±15% kgf/cm 6

Green Callout M2.0*2.5 2.0±10% kgf/cm 2

3-154 Machine Maintenance Procedures


eDP and Camera Cable Removal 0

Prerequisite:
LCD Panel Removal and LCD Hinge Removal

1. Peel back the conductive tape securing the camera cable in place (Figure 3-218).
2. Disconnect the camera cable (B) from the camera connector (A) (Figure 3-218).
NOTE: NOTE:
Use care not to damage the camera cable and connector.

B A

Figure 3-218. Camera Connector Location

3. Unthread the eDP and camera cable from the cable guides and remove the eDP and
camera cable from the LCD cover (Figure 3-219).

Figure 3-219. eDP and Camera Cable Removal

Machine Maintenance Procedures 3-155


WLAN Antenna Removal 0

Prerequisite:
eDP and Camera Cable Removal

1. Gently peel off the AUX antenna and its grounding foil. Then unthread the AUX
antenna cable (white-color) from the cable guides (Figure 3-220).

AUX

Figure 3-220. WLAN Antenna Removal

! CAUTION:
Use care not to damage the antenna PCB circuit area marked in the green
rectangles when peeling off the antenna and its grounding foil
(Figure 3-221).

Figure 3-221. WLAN Antenna Removal

3-156 Machine Maintenance Procedures


2. Gently peel off the MAIN antenna and its grounding foil. Then unthread the MAIN
antenna cable (black-color) from the cable guides (Figure 3-222).

MAIN

Figure 3-222. WLAN Antenna Removal

3. Unthread the antenna cables from the cable guides (Figure 3-223).

Figure 3-223. WLAN Antenna Removal

Machine Maintenance Procedures 3-157


4. Remove the WLAN antennas from the LCD cover (Figure 3-224).

Figure 3-224. WLAN Antenna Removal

3-158 Machine Maintenance Procedures


LCD Module Reassembly Process 0

Replacing the WLAN Antennas 0

1. Place the MAIN antenna (black-color) to the right side of the LCD cover. Make sure
that the MAIN antenna PCB circuit area is properly placed and seated onto its
compartment highlighted in the green rectangle (Figure 3-225).
2. Adhere the grounding foil of the MAIN antenna in place (Figure 3-225).

MAIN

Figure 3-225. Replacing the WLAN Antennas

3. Place the AUX antenna (white-color) to the left side of the LCD cover. Make sure that
the AUX antenna PCB circuit area is properly placed and seated onto its compartment
highlighted in the green rectangle (Figure 3-226).
4. Adhere the grounding foil of the AUX antenna in place (Figure 3-226).

AUX

Figure 3-226. Replacing the WLAN Antennas

Machine Maintenance Procedures 3-159


5. Route and secure the MAIN antenna and AUX antenna cables indicated in
Figure 3-227.

AUX MAIN

Figure 3-227. Replacing the WLAN Antennas

6. Route and secure the WLAN antenna cables to the cable guides at the bottom right
corner of the LCD cover as shown in Figure 3-228.

Figure 3-228. Replacing the WLAN Antennas

3-160 Machine Maintenance Procedures


7. Route and secure the WLAN antenna cables to the cable guides at the bottom left
corner of the LCD cover as shown in Figure 3-229.

Figure 3-229. Replacing the WLAN Antennas

8. Route and secure the WLAN antenna cables to the cable guides at the upper left
corner of the LCD cover as shown in Figure 3-230.

Figure 3-230. Replacing the WLAN Antenna

Machine Maintenance Procedures 3-161


9. Route and secure the WLAN antenna cables to the cable guides at the upper right
corner of the LCD cover as indicated in Figure 3-231. The MAIN and AUX antenna
cables should be routed in different cable guides.

Figure 3-231. Replacing the WLAN Antennas

! CAUTION:
Make sure the WLAN antenna cables are secured currently along the guides
to avoid damage when replacing the LCD hinges.

3-162 Machine Maintenance Procedures


Replacing the eDP and Camera Cable 0

1. Route and secure the eDP and camera cable to the cable guides on the LCD cover
(Figure 3-232).

Figure 3-232. Replacing the eDP & Camera Cable

2. Route and secure the eDP and camera cable to the cable guides at the upper left
portion of the LCD cover as shown in Figure 3-233.

Figure 3-233. Replacing the eDP & Camera Cable

Machine Maintenance Procedures 3-163


3. Route and secure the eDP and camera cable to the cable guides at the bottom left
portion of the LCD cover. Then adhere the eDP and camera cable to the LCD cover as
marked in the yellow rectangle (Figure 3-234).

Figure 3-234. Replacing the eDP & Camera Cable

! CAUTION:
Make sure the eDP and camera cable is secured currently along the cable
guides to avoid damage when replacing the LCD hinges.
4. Connect the camera cable (B) to the camera connector (A). Then adhere the
conductive tape to secure the camera cable in place (Figure 3-235).

B A

Figure 3-235. Camera Connector Location

3-164 Machine Maintenance Procedures


Replacing the LCD Hinges 0

1. Place the left and right LCD hinges on the LCD cover (Figure 3-236).

Figure 3-236. Replacing the LCD Hinges

2. Install the eight (8) screws to secure the LCD hinges in place (Figure 3-237).

Figure 3-237. Replacing the LCD Hinges

Machine Maintenance Procedures 3-165


ID Size Torque Quantity Screw Type

Red Callout M2.5*2.5 3.0±15% kgf/cm 6

Green Callout M2.0*2.5 2.0±10% kgf/cm 2

3-166 Machine Maintenance Procedures


Replacing the LCD Panel 0

1. Place the LCD panel (A) on a flat surface with the back side facing up and aligned
properly to the bottom edge of the LCD cover as shown in Figure 3-239.
2. Connect the eDP cable to the LCD panel connector (B) (Figure 3-238).

Figure 3-238. eDP Connector on LCD Panel

3. Adhere the adhesive tape (C) to secure the eDP cable to the LCD panel (A)
(Figure 3-239).

C A

Figure 3-239. eDP Adhesive Tape

Machine Maintenance Procedures 3-167


4. Carefully flip over and place the LCD panel on the LCD cover. Make sure that the LCD
panel tabs are aligned with the studs marked in green circles (Figure 3-240).
5. Install the four (4) screws (D) to secure the LCD panel in place (Figure 3-240).

D D

Figure 3-240. Replacing the LCD Panel

! CAUTION:
Make sure the eDP and camera cable and WLAN antenna cables do not
interfere during the LCD panel installation to avoid damage.

ID Size Torque Quantity Screw Type

D M2.0*2.5 2.0±10% kgf/cm 4

3-168 Machine Maintenance Procedures


Replacing the Camera Module 0

1. Place the camera module (A) onto its compartment on the LCD cover and secure the
camera module in place. Make sure that the camera module is aligned with the studs
(B) located on the LCD cover (Figure 3-241).
2. Connect the camera cable (C) to the camera connector (D) (Figure 3-241).
3. Adhere the conductive tape (E) to secure the camera cable in place (Figure 3-241).
NOTE: NOTE:
Use care not to damage the cable and camera module.

A
C D

B
E

Figure 3-241. Replacing the Camera Module

Machine Maintenance Procedures 3-169


Replacing the LCD Bezel 0

1. Place the LCD module on a flat surface (Figure 3-242).

Figure 3-242. Replacing the LCD Bezel

2. Place the LCD bezel on the LCD cover and align the LCD bezel with the LCD cover
(Figure 3-243).

Figure 3-243. Replacing the LCD Bezel

3-170 Machine Maintenance Procedures


3. Make sure that the LCD bezel fits into the LCD cover then press along the sides of the
LCD bezel to engage all latches (Figure 3-244).

Figure 3-244. Replacing the LCD Bezel

4. Press the two LCD hinge caps together to secure the latches to the LCD cover. Make
sure all the latches are fully engaged.

! CAUTION:
Use care not to damage all cables during LCD bezel installation.

Machine Maintenance Procedures 3-171


Main Unit Reassembly Process 0

Replacing the Top Assembly 0

NOTE: NOTE:
1. The keyboard is included as part of the top assembly and can not be
disassembled. In the event that the keyboard can no longer be used, replace the
entire top assembly (Figure 3-245).

2.Tear the Mylar from the old uppercase then stick it on new uppercase.
A314-32

A114-32

Figure 3-245. Top Assembly

3-172 Machine Maintenance Procedures


Replacing the Mainboard (Aspire A314-32 only) 0

1. Place the mainboard (A) onto the top assembly (Figure 3-246).

Figure 3-246. Replacing the Mainboard

! CAUTION:
Make sure all FPCs, FFCs and cables do not interfere in the mainboard
installation.
2. Secure the two (2) screws (K) on the mainboard (refer to Figure 3-247).
3. Secure the one (1) hexagonal screw (J) on the mainboard (refer to Figure 3-247).
4. Connect the DC-in cable to the mainboard connector (B) (refer to Figure 3-247).
5. Connect the fan cable to the mainboard connector (C) (refer to Figure 3-247).
6. Connect the IO board FFC to the mainboard connector (D) (refer to Figure 3-247).
7. Connect the speaker cable to the mainboard connector (E) (refer to Figure 3-247).
8. Connect the keyboard FPC to the mainboard connector (F) (refer to Figure 3-247).
9. Connect the touchpad FFC to the mainboard connector (G) (refer to Figure 3-247).

Machine Maintenance Procedures 3-173


10. Connect the eDP cable to the mainboard connector (H) and route the eDP cable in
the cable guides (Figure 3-247).

H
B

C
F G
E
J

D K

Figure 3-247. Replacing the Mainboard

11. Adhere the adhesive tape to the keyboard FPC connector (L) and speaker cable
connector (M) (Figure 3-248).

M L

Figure 3-248. Replacing the Mainboard

3-174 Machine Maintenance Procedures


NOTE: NOTE:
When connecting the IO board FFC to the mainboard, connect the MB end to the
mainboard and the USB end to the IO board (Figure 3-249).

MB

USB

Figure 3-249. IO Board FFC

NOTE: NOTE:
When connecting the touchpad board FFC to the mainboard, connect the MB end
to the mainboard and the TP end to the touchpad module (Figure 3-250).

TP

MB

Figure 3-250. Touchpad Board FFC

ID Size Torque Quantity Screw Type

K M2.0*3.0 2.0±10% kgf/cm 2

J M2.0*1.9 3.0+0/-15% kgf/cm 1

Machine Maintenance Procedures 3-175


Replacing the Mainboard (Aspire A114-32 only) 0

1. Place the mainboard (A) onto the top assembly (Figure 3-251).

Figure 3-251. Replacing the Mainboard

! CAUTION:
Make sure all FPCs, FFCs and cables do not interfere in the mainboard
installation.
2. Secure the two (2) screws (J) on the mainboard (refer to Figure 3-252).
3. Connect the DC-in cable to the mainboard connector (B) (refer to Figure 3-252).
4. Connect the IO board FFC to the mainboard connector (C) (refer to Figure 3-252).
5. Connect the speaker cable to the mainboard connector (D) (refer to Figure 3-252).
6. Connect the RTC battery cable to the mainboard connector (F) (refer to Figure 3-252).
7. Connect the keyboard FPC to the mainboard connector (E) (refer to Figure 3-252).
8. Connect the touchpad FFC to the mainboard connector (G) (refer to Figure 3-252).

3-176 Machine Maintenance Procedures


9. Connect the eDP cable to the mainboard connector (H) and route the eDP cable in
the cable guides (Figure 3-252).

H
J

F
D G
C E J

Figure 3-252. Replacing the Mainboard

10. Adhere the adhesive tape to the keyboard connector (K) (Figure 3-253).

Figure 3-253. Replacing the Mainboard

NOTE: NOTE:
When connecting the IO board FFC to the mainboard, connect the MB end to the
mainboard and the USB end to the IO board (Figure 3-249).
NOTE: NOTE:
When connecting the touchpad board FFC to the mainboard, connect the MB end
to the mainboard and the TP end to the touchpad module (Figure 3-250).

Machine Maintenance Procedures 3-177


ID Size Torque Quantity Screw Type

J M2.0*3.0 2.0±10% kgf/cm 2

3-178 Machine Maintenance Procedures


Replacing the RTC Battery (Aspire A314-32 only) 0

1. Place and secure the RTC battery (A) to its compartment on the mainboard. Make
sure that the RTC battery comes into contact with the mainboard connector (B)
(Figure 3-254).

WEEE Annex VII Component:


RTC Battery

Figure 3-254. Replacing the RTC Battery

Machine Maintenance Procedures 3-179


Replacing the RTC Battery (Aspire A114-32 only) 0

1. Place and secure the RTC battery (A) to its compartment on the top assembly.
(Figure 3-255).
2. Connect the RTC battery cable (B) to the mainboard connector (C) (Figure 3-255).

WEEE Annex VII Component:


RTC Battery

Figure 3-255. Replacing the RTC Battery

3-180 Machine Maintenance Procedures


Replacing the LCD Module (Aspire A314-32 only) 0

1. Place the LCD module (C) on the top assembly as shown in Figure 3-256. Make sure
the LCD hinges are at a 90-degree angle to the LCD module and lie flat against the
top assembly.

Figure 3-256. Replacing the LCD Module

2. Secure the four (4) screws (D) on the LCD hinges (Figure 3-257).

Figure 3-257. Replacing the LCD Module

! CAUTION:
Make sure the eDP cable and WLAN antenna cables do not interfere in the
LCD module installation.

Machine Maintenance Procedures 3-181


3. Connect the eDP cable to the mainboard connector (B) (Figure 3-258).
4. Route the eDP cable and WLAN antenna cables along the cable guides (Figure 3-258).

Figure 3-258. WLAN Antenna & eDP Cable Location

5. Connect the AUX antenna (white-color) to the WLAN AUX pin (Figure 3-259).
6. Connect the MAIN antenna (black-color) to the WLAN MAIN pin (Figure 3-259).

AUX
MAIN

Figure 3-259. Connecting the WLAN Antenna Cables

ID Size Torque Quantity Screw Type

D M2.5*6.0 3.0±15% kgf/cm 4

3-182 Machine Maintenance Procedures


Replacing the LCD Module (Aspire A114-32 only) 0

1. Place the LCD module (C) on the top assembly as shown in Figure 3-260. Make sure
the LCD hinges are at a 90-degree angle to the LCD module and lie flat against the
top assembly.

Figure 3-260. LCD Module Removal

2. Secure the four (4) screws (D) on the LCD hinges (Figure 3-261).

Figure 3-261. Replacing the LCD Module

! CAUTION:
Make sure the eDP cable and WLAN antenna cables do not interfere in the
LCD module installation.

Machine Maintenance Procedures 3-183


3. Connect the eDP cable to the mainboard connector (B) (Figure 3-262).
4. Route the eDP cable and WLAN antenna cables along the cable guides (Figure 3-262).

Figure 3-262. WLAN Antenna & eDP Cable Location

5. Connect the AUX antenna (white-color) to the WLAN AUX pin (Figure 3-263).
6. Connect the MAIN antenna (black-color) to the WLAN MAIN pin (Figure 3-263).

AUX
MAIN

Figure 3-263. Connecting the WLAN Antenna Cables

ID Size Torque Quantity Screw Type

D M2.5*6.0 3.0±15% kgf/cm 4

3-184 Machine Maintenance Procedures


Replacing the Speaker Module 0

1. Place the speaker module (F) to its compartment on the top assembly (Figure 3-264).

Figure 3-264. Replacing the Speaker Module

2. Route the speaker cable along the cable guides (Figure 3-265).
3. Connect the speaker cable (E) to its connector on the mainboard (D) (Figure 3-265).

Figure 3-265. Replacing the Speaker Module

Machine Maintenance Procedures 3-185


4. Adhere the conductive tape and adhesive tape to the touchpad module, keyboard
FPC and speaker cable (Figure 3-266).

Figure 3-266. Adhering the Conductive Tape and Adhesive Tape

5. Connect the touchpad FFC (A) to the touchpad connector (C) and the mainboard
connector (B) (Figure 3-267).

Figure 3-267. Connecting the Touchpad FFC

3-186 Machine Maintenance Procedures


6. Adhere the adhesive tape to the touchpad module, touchpad FFC and keyboard FPC
(Figure 3-268).

Figure 3-268. Adhering the Adhesive Tape

Machine Maintenance Procedures 3-187


Replacing the Touchpad Module 0

1. Open the top assembly with one hand and place the touchpad module (A) to its
compartment on the top assembly (Figure 3-269).

Figure 3-269. Replacing the Touchpad Module

2. Install the two (2) screws (B) to secure the touchpad module in place (Figure 3-270).

Figure 3-270. Replacing the Touchpad Module

3-188 Machine Maintenance Procedures


3. Adhere the conductive tape (C) to the touchpad module (Figure 3-271).

Figure 3-271. Replacing the Touchpad Module

4. Adhere the rubber (D) to the top assembly as shown in Figure 3-272.

Figure 3-272. Replacing the Touchpad Module

Machine Maintenance Procedures 3-189


5. Connect the touchpad FFC (H) to the touchpad module connector (J) and mainboard
connector (G) (Figure 3-273).
6. Connect the keyboard FPC (E) to the mainboard connector (F) (Figure 3-273).

F G

E
H

Figure 3-273. Replacing the Touchpad Module

7. Adhere the two (2) pieces of adhesive tape to the touchpad module, touchpad FFC,
keyboard FPC, keyboard connector and speaker cable connector (Figure 3-274).

WEEE Annex VII Component: Touchpad

Figure 3-274. Replacing the Touchpad Module

NOTE: NOTE:
When connecting the touchpad board FFC to the mainboard, connect the MB end
to the mainboard and the TP end to the touchpad module. Refer to Figure 3-250.

3-190 Machine Maintenance Procedures


ID Size Torque Quantity Screw Type

K M2.0*2.0 2.0±10% kgf/cm 2

Machine Maintenance Procedures 3-191


Replacing the Heatsink (Aspire A314-32 only) 0

+ IMPORTANT:
Apply approved thermal grease and ensure all heat pads are in position
before replacing the module.

! CAUTION:
Use caution when applying thermal grease. Thermal grease may cause
damage to the mainboard.
The following thermal grease types are approved for use:
Silmore GP50
Honeywell
Jet Motor 7762
The following thermal pads are approved for use:
Eapus XR-PE
1. Remove all traces of thermal grease from CPU (or GPU) using a lint-free cloth or
cotton swab and Isopropyl Alcohol, Acetone, or other approved cleaning agent.
2. Apply small amount of thermal grease to center of CPU.
NOTE: NOTE:
Force used during installation of heatsink is sufficient to spread grease evenly over
CPU top.
3. Place the heatsink (A) on the mainboard (Figure 3-275).

Figure 3-275. Replacing the Heatsink

3-192 Machine Maintenance Procedures


4. Install the two (2) screws (B) in sequence (1 > 2) to secure the mainboard in place
ensuring the heatsink is properly aligned and seated (Figure 3-276).

Figure 3-276. Replacing the Heatsink

ID Size Torque Quantity Screw Type

B M2.0*3.0 2.0±10% kgf/cm 2

Machine Maintenance Procedures 3-193


Replacing the Heatsink (Aspire A114-32 only) 0

+ IMPORTANT:
Apply approved thermal grease and ensure all heat pads are in position
before replacing the module.

! CAUTION:
Use caution when applying thermal grease. Thermal grease may cause
damage to the mainboard.
The following thermal grease types are approved for use:
Silmore GP50
Honeywell
Jet Motor 7762
The following thermal pads are approved for use:
Eapus XR-PE
1. Remove all traces of thermal grease from CPU (or GPU) using a lint-free cloth or
cotton swab and Isopropyl Alcohol, Acetone, or other approved cleaning agent.
2. Apply small amount of thermal grease to center of CPU.
NOTE: NOTE:
Force used during installation of heatsink is sufficient to spread grease evenly over
CPU top.
3. Place the heatsink (A) on the mainboard (Figure 3-277).

Figure 3-277. Replacing the Heatsink

3-194 Machine Maintenance Procedures


4. Install the two (2) screws (B) in sequence (1 > 2) to secure the mainboard in place
ensuring the heatsink is properly aligned and seated (Figure 3-278).

Figure 3-278. Replacing the Heatsink

ID Size Torque Quantity Screw Type

B M2.0*3.0 2.0±10% kgf/cm 2

Machine Maintenance Procedures 3-195


Replacing the Fan (Aspire A314-31 only) 0

1. Place the fan onto the top assembly (Figure 3-279).

Figure 3-279. Replacing the Fan

2. Secure the two (2) screws (B) on the fan module (Figure 3-280).
3. Connect the fan cable (C) to the mainboard connector (D) (Figure 3-280).

D
C

Figure 3-280. Replacing the Fan

3-196 Machine Maintenance Procedures


4. Adhere the adhesive tape marked in the yellow rectangle to the keyboard connector
and speaker cable connector (Figure 3-281).
5. Connect the AUX antenna (white-color) to the WLAN AUX pin (Figure 3-281).
6. Connect the MAIN antenna (black-color) to the WLAN MAIN pin (Figure 3-281).

AUX
MAIN

Figure 3-281. Connecting the WLAN Cables to the WLAN Module

ID Size Torque Quantity Screw Type

B M2.5*6.0 3.0±15% kgf/cm 2

Machine Maintenance Procedures 3-197


Replacing the IO Board (Aspire A314-32 only) 0

1. Place the IO board onto the top assembly (D) (Figure 3-282).

Figure 3-282. Replacing the IO Board

2. Secure one (1) screw (E) on the IO board (D) (Figure 3-283).
3. Connect the IO board FFC (A) to the mainboard connector (B) and the IO board
connector (C) (Figure 3-283).

C
A

Figure 3-283. Replacing the IO Board

NOTE: NOTE:
When connecting the IO board FFC to the mainboard, connect the MB end to the
mainboard and the USB end to the IO board (Figure 3-249).

3-198 Machine Maintenance Procedures


4. Adhere the adhesive tape marked in the yellow rectangle to the keyboard connector,
speaker cable connector and IO board connector (Figure 3-284).

Figure 3-284. Replacing the IO Board

ID Size Torque Quantity Screw Type

E M2.0*3.0 2.0±10% kgf/cm 1

Machine Maintenance Procedures 3-199


Replacing the IO Board (Aspire 114-32 only) 0

1. Place the IO board (D) onto the top assembly (Figure 3-285).

Figure 3-285. Replacing the IO Board

2. Secure one (1) screw (E) on the IO board (Figure 3-286).


3. Connect the IO board FFC (A) to the mainboard connector (B) and IO board connector
(C) (Figure 3-286).

C
A

Figure 3-286. Replacing the IO Board

NOTE: NOTE:
When connecting the IO board FFC to the mainboard, connect the MB end to the
mainboard and the USB end to the IO board (Figure 3-249).

3-200 Machine Maintenance Procedures


ID Size Torque Quantity Screw Type

E M2.0*3.0 2.0±10% kgf/cm 1

Machine Maintenance Procedures 3-201


Replacing the DC-in Jack (Aspire A314-32 only) 0

Prerequisite:
Battery Pack Removal

1. Place the DC-in jack (C) into its compartment on the top assembly (Figure 3-287).

Figure 3-287. Replacing the DC-in Jack

2. Route the DC-in cable along the cable guides (Figure 3-288).
3. Connect DC-in cable (A) to the mainboard connector (B) (Figure 3-288).

B
A

Figure 3-288. Replacing the DC-in Jack

3-202 Machine Maintenance Procedures


Replacing the DC-in Jack (Aspire A114-32 only) 0

Prerequisite:
WLAN (Wireless Local Area Network) Module Removal

1. Place the DC-in jack (C) into its compartment on the top assembly (Figure 3-289).

Figure 3-289. Replacing the DC-in Jack

2. Route the DC-in cable along the cable guides (Figure 3-290).
3. Connect the DC-in cable (A) to the mainboard connector (B) (Figure 3-290).

B
A

Figure 3-290. Replacing the DC-in Jack

Machine Maintenance Procedures 3-203


Replacing the SSD (Solid State Drive) Module (Aspire A314-32
only) 0

1. Insert the SSD module into the mainboard connector (D) (Figure 3-291).

Figure 3-291. Replacing the SSD Module

2. Secure one (1) screw (C) on the SSD module (Figure 3-292).

Figure 3-292. Replacing the SSD Module

ID Size Torque Quantity Screw Type

C M2.0*3.0 2.0±10% kgf/cm 1

3-204 Machine Maintenance Procedures


Replacing the WLAN Module (Aspire 314-32 only) 0

1. Insert the WLAN module into the mainboard connector (D) (Figure 3-293).

Figure 3-293. Replacing the WLAN Module

2. Secure one (1) screw (C) on the WLAN module (Figure 3-294).
3. Connect the AUX antenna (white-color) to the WLAN AUX pin (Figure 3-294).
4. Connect the MAIN antenna (black-color) to the WLAN MAIN pin (Figure 3-294).

AUX
MAIN

WEEE Annex VII Component:


WLAN Module

Figure 3-294. Replacing the WLAN Module

ID Size Torque Quantity Screw Type

C M2.0*3.0 2.0±10% kgf/cm 1

Machine Maintenance Procedures 3-205


Replacing the WLAN Module (Aspire 114-32 only) 0

1. Insert the WLAN module into the mainboard connector (D) (Figure 3-295).

Figure 3-295. Replacing the WLAN Module

2. Secure one (1) screw (C) on the WLAN module (Figure 3-296).
3. Connect the AUX antenna (white-color) to the WLAN AUX pin (Figure 3-296).
4. Connect the MAIN antenna (black-color) to the WLAN MAIN pin (Figure 3-296).

AUX
MAIN

WEEE Annex VII Component:


WLAN Module

Figure 3-296. Replacing the WLAN Module

ID Size Torque Quantity Screw Type

C M2.0*3.0 2.0±10% kgf/cm 1

3-206 Machine Maintenance Procedures


Replacing the Battery Pack (Aspire 314-32 only) 0

1. Place the battery pack to its compartment on the top assembly (Figure 3-297).

Figure 3-297. Replacing the Battery Pack

2. Secure one (1) screw (D) on the battery pack (Figure 3-298).
3. Connect the battery cable (C) to the mainboard connector (B) (Figure 3-298).

WEEE Annex VII Component: Battery

B
D

Figure 3-298. Replacing the Battery Pack

ID Size Torque Quantity Screw Type

D M2.0*3.0 2.0±10% kgf/cm 1

Machine Maintenance Procedures 3-207


Replacing the Battery Pack (Aspire 114-32 only) 0

1. Place the battery pack to its compartment on the top assembly (Figure 3-299).

Figure 3-299. Replacing the Battery Pack

2. Secure one (1) screw (D) on the battery pack (Figure 3-300).
3. Connect the battery cable (C) to the mainboard connector (B) (Figure 3-300).

WEEE Annex VII Component: Battery

B
D

Figure 3-300. Replacing the Battery Pack

ID Size Torque Quantity Screw Type

D M2.0*3.0 2.0±10% kgf/cm 1

3-208 Machine Maintenance Procedures


Replacing the Base Cover (Aspire A314-32 only) 0

1. Slide the base cover onto the top assembly in the indicated direction and align the
base cover with the top assembly (Figure 3-301).

Figure 3-301. Replacing the Base Cover

2. Make sure the base cover fits into the top assembly then press along the sides of the
base cover till all latches are fully engaged (Figure 3-302).

Figure 3-302. Replacing the Base Cover

Machine Maintenance Procedures 3-209


3. Secure the thirteen (13) screws on the base cover (Figure 3-303).

Figure 3-303. Replacing the Base Cover

ID Size Torque Quantity Screw Type

Red Callout M2.5*6.0 3.0±15% kgf/cm 13

3-210 Machine Maintenance Procedures


Replacing the Base Cover (Aspire A114-32 only) 0

1. Slide the base cover onto the top assembly in the indicated direction and align the
base cover with the top assembly (Figure 3-304).

Figure 3-304. Replacing the Base Cover

2. Make sure the base cover fits into the top assembly then press along the sides of the
base cover till all latches are fully engaged (Figure 3-305).

Figure 3-305. Replacing the Base Cover

Machine Maintenance Procedures 3-211


3. Secure the fifteen (15) screws on the base cover (Figure 3-306).

Figure 3-306. Replacing the Base Cover

ID Size Torque Quantity Screw Type

Red Callout M2.5*6.0 3.0±15% kgf/cm 13

3-212 Machine Maintenance Procedures


Replacing the HDD Module (Aspire A314-32 only) 0

1. Place the HDD brackets with mylar (H) on top of the HDD (Figure 3-307).

Figure 3-307. Replacing the HDD Brackets with Mylar

2. Secure four (4) screws (G) on the HDD brackets (Figure 3-308).
3. Connect the HDD cable (E) to the HDD module connector (F) (Figure 3-308).

F
G

Figure 3-308. Replacing the HDD Brackets with Mylar

Machine Maintenance Procedures 3-213


4. Place the HDD module (D) into its component on the system (Figure 3-309).

Figure 3-309. Replacing the HDD Brackets with Mylar

5. Connect the HDD cable (E) to the mainboard connector (A) (Figure 3-310).

Figure 3-310. Replacing the HDD Brackets with Mylar

ID Size Torque Quantity Screw Type

G M3.0*3.5 3.0+15%/-0 kgf/cm 4

3-214 Machine Maintenance Procedures


Replacing the HDD Door (Aspire A314-32 only) 0

1. Place the HDD door (C) on the system and press along the sides of the HDD door.
Make sure that all latches are fully engaged (Figure 3-311).

Figure 3-311. Replacing the HDD Door

2. Secure one (1) screw on the HDD door (Figure 3-312).

Figure 3-312. Replacing the HDD Door

ID Size Torque Quantity Screw Type

Red Callout M2.5*6.0 3.0±15% kgf/cm 1

Machine Maintenance Procedures 3-215


Replacing the Memory Module (Aspire A314-32 only) 0

1. Insert the memory module into the mainboard connector (Figure 3-313).

Figure 3-313. Replacing the Memory Module

2. Press down on the memory module to secure the memory module in place. Make
sure the memory module is properly secured by the retention clips (Figure 3-314).

Figure 3-314. Replacing the Memory Module

3-216 Machine Maintenance Procedures


Replacing the Memory Door (Aspire A314-32 only) 0

1. Place the memory door (A) on the system and press downward to engage the tabs.
Make sure all the tabs are fully engaged (Figure 3-315).

Figure 3-315. Replacing the Memory Door

2. Secure one (1) screw on the memory door (Figure 3-316).

Figure 3-316. Replacing the Memory Door

ID Size Torque Quantity Screw Type

Red Callout M2.5*6.0 3.0±15% kgf/cm 1

Machine Maintenance Procedures 3-217


3-218 Machine Maintenance Procedures
CHAPTER 4
Troubleshooting
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Power On Issues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-4
No Display Issues. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-5
LCD Picture Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-7
Internal Speaker Failure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-8
Audio and Card Reader Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-9
Other Functions Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-10
Intermittent Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
Undetermined Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
Post Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12

4-2
Troubleshooting

Introduction 0

This chapter contains information about troubleshooting common problems associated


with the notebook.

General Information 0

The following procedures are a guide for troubleshooting computer problems. The step
by step procedures are designed to be performed as described.
NOTE: NOTE:
The diagnostic tests are intended for Acer products only. Non-Acer products,
prototype cards, or modified options can give false errors and invalid system
responses.
1. Obtain as much detailed information as possible about the problem.
2. If possible, verify the symptoms by re-creating the failure through diagnostic tests or
repeating the operation that led to the problem.
3. Use Table 4-1 with the verified symptom to determine the solution.

Table 4-1. Common Problems

Symptoms (Verified) Symptoms (Verified)


(Aspire A314-31/A114-31) (Aspire A314-32/A114-32))
Power On Issues Power On Issues
No Display Issues No Display Issues
LCD Picture Failure LCD Picture Failure
Internal Speaker Failure Internal Speaker Failure
Audio and Card Reader Failure Audio and Card Reader Failure
Other Functions Failure Other Functions Failure
Intermittent Problems Intermittent Problems
Undetermined Problems Undetermined Problems

4. If the Issue is still not resolved, refer to Online Support Information.


NOTE: NOTE:
Do not replace non-defective FRU parts.

Troubleshooting 4-3
Aspire A314-31/A114-31 0

Power On Issues 0

If the system does not power on, perform the following:

Start

OK

NG
Check AC/ Swap AC/
Battery Battery

OK

Swap M/B

Figure 4-1. Power On Issue

Computer Shuts Down Intermittently 0

If the system powers off at intervals, perform the following.


1. Makes sure the power cable is properly connected to the computer and the electrical
outlet.
2. Remove all extension cables between the computer and the outlet.
3. Remove all surge protectors between the computer and the electrical outlet. Plug the
computer directly into a known serviceable electrical outlet.
4. Disconnect the power and open the casing to check the thermal unit and fan airways
are free of obstructions.
5. Remove all external and non-essential hardware connected to the computer that are
not necessary to boot the computer to the failure point.
6. Remove any recently installed software.
7. If the Issue is still not resolved, refer to Online Support Information.

4-4 Troubleshooting
No Display Issues 0

If the Display does not work, perform the following:

Start
Replace
LCD panel/ No LCD module OK?
LCD cable

Go to Power
Power On? No
On issue

CPU thermal
module well No Screw it well
screw?

Replace M/B

Figure 4-2. No Display Issue

No POST or Video 0

If the POST or video does not appear, perform the following:


1. Make sure that internal display is selected. Switching between internal and external
by pressing Fn+F5. Reference product pages for specific model procedures.
2. Make sure the computer has power by checking for one of the following:
Fans start up
Status LEDs illuminate
If no power, refer to Power On Issues.
3. Drain stored power by removing the power cable and battery. Hold the power
button for 10 seconds.
4. Connect the power and reboot the computer.

Troubleshooting 4-5
5. Connect an external monitor to the computer and switch between the internal
display and the external display is by pressing Fn+F5.
6. If the POST or video appears on the external display only, refer to LCD Picture Failure.
7. Disconnect power and all external devices including port replicators or docking
stations. Remove any memory cards and CD/DVD discs.
8. Start the computer. If the computer boots correctly, add the devices one by one until
the failure point is discovered.
9. Reseat the memory modules.
10. Remove the drives (refer to Disassembly Process).
11. If the Issue is still not resolved, refer to Online Support Information.

Abnormal Video 0

If the video appears abnormal, perform the following:


1. Boot the computer.
If permanent vertical/horizontal lines or dark spots appear in the same location,
the LCD is faulty and should be replaced. Refer to Disassembly Process.
If extensive pixel damage is present (different colored spots in the same locations
on the screen), the LCD is faulty and should be replaced. Refer to Replacing the
LCD Module.
NOTE: NOTE:
Make sure that the computer is not running on battery alone as this may reduce
display brightness.
2. Adjust the brightness to its highest level. Refer to the User Manual for instructions on
adjusting the settings. If the display is too dim at the highest brightness setting, the
LCD is faulty and should be replaced. Refer to Disassembly Process.
3. Check the display resolution is correctly configured:
Minimize or close all Windows.
If display size is only abnormal in an application, check the view settings and
control/mouse wheel zoom feature in the application.
If desktop display resolution is not normal, right-click on the desktop and select
Personalize Display Settings.
Click and drag the Resolution slider to the desired resolution.
Click Apply and check the display. Readjust if necessary.
4. Roll back the video driver to the previous version if updated.
5. Remove and reinstall the video driver.
6. Check the Device Manager to determine that:
The device is properly installed. There are no red Xs or yellow exclamation marks
There are no device conflicts
No hardware is listed under Other Devices
7. If the Issue is still not resolved, refer to Online Support Information.
8. Run the Windows Memory Diagnostic from the operating system DVD and follow the
on-screen prompts.
9. If the issue is still not resolved, refer to Online Support Information.

4-6 Troubleshooting
LCD Picture Failure 0

If the LCD fails, perform the following:

Start

OK

NG Reassemble/
Check MB LCD
Re-plug LCD
conn and cable
cable

OK

NG Swap
Check
LCD cable/
LCD module?
LCD panel

OK

Swap M/B

Figure 4-3. LCD Picture Failure

Troubleshooting 4-7
Internal Speaker Failure 0

If the internal Speakers fail, perform the following:

Start

OK

NG Reassemble
Check MB to
SPK cable
SPK cable
to MB

OK

Swap M/B

Figure 4-4. Internal Speaker Failure

Sound Problems 0

Perform the following, one at a time.


1. Boot the computer.
2. If updated recently, roll back the audio driver to the previous version. Remove and
reinstall the audio driver.
3. Make sure that all volume controls are set mid range:
Click the volume icon on the taskbar
Drag the slider to 50. Confirm that the volume is not muted.
Click Mixer to verify that other audio applications are set to 50 and not muted.
4. Remove any recently installed hardware or software.
5. Restore system and file settings from a known good date using System Restore.
6. Reinstall the operating system.
7. If the issue is still not resolved, refer to Online Support Information.

4-8 Troubleshooting
Audio and Card Reader Failure 0

If the audio and card reader fail, perform the following:

Start

OK

NG
Check Card
Reader Swap M/B
Connector

Figure 4-5. Audio and Card Reader Failure

Troubleshooting 4-9
Other Functions Failure 0

1. Check if drives are functioning correctly.


2. Check if external modules are functioning correctly.
3. Change mainboard to check if current one is defective.

4-10 Troubleshooting
Intermittent Problems 0

Intermittent system hang problems can be caused by a variety of reasons that have
nothing to do with a hardware defect, such as: cosmic radiation, electrostatic discharge,
or software errors. FRU replacement should be considered only when a recurring
problem exists.
When analyzing an intermittent problem, perform the following:
1. Run the advanced diagnostic test for the system board in loop mode at least 10 times.
2. If no error is detected, do not replace any FRU.
3. If an error is detected, replace the FRU. Rerun the test to verify that there are no
more errors.

Undetermined Problems 0

The diagnostic problems do not identify which adapter or device failed, which installed
devices are incorrect, whether a short circuit is suspected, or whether the system is
inoperative.
Perform the following procedures to isolate the failing FRU (do not isolate non-defective
FRU).
NOTE: NOTE:
Verify that all attached devices are supported by the computer.
NOTE: NOTE:
Verify that the power supply being used at the time of the failure is operating
correctly. (Refer to Power On Issues).
1. Remove power from the computer.
2. Visually check components for damage. If any problems are found, replace the FRU.
3. Remove or disconnect all of the following devices:
Non-Acer devices
Printer, mouse, and other external devices
Battery pack
Hard disk drive
DIMM

BD/CD-ROM/Diskette drive Module


PC Cards
4. Apply power to the computer.
5. Determine if the problem has changed.
6. If the problem does not recur, connect the removed devices one at a time until failing
FRU is found.
7. If the problem remains, replace the following FRUs:
System board
LCD assembly

Troubleshooting 4-11
Post Codes 0

The following are the InsydeH2O™ Functionality POST code tables. The components of
the POST code table includes: SEC phase, PEI phase, DXE phase, BDS phase, CSM
functions, S3 functions and ACPI functions.

Table 4-2. POST Code Range

Phase POST Code Range


SEC 0x01 - 0x0F
PEI 0x70 - 0x9F
DXE 0x40 - 0x6F
BDS 0x10 - 0x3F
SMM 0xA0 - 0xBF
S3 0xC0 - 0xCF
ASL 0x51 – 0x55
0xE1 – 0xE4
PostBDS 0xF9 – 0xFE
InsydeH2ODDT™ Reserve 0xD0 – 0xD7
OEM Reserve 0xE8 – 0xEB
Reserved 0xD8 – 0xE0
0xE5 – 0xE7
0xEC – 0xF8

Table 4-3. SEC Phase POST Code Table

Functionality Name (Include\ Post


Phase Description
PostCode.h) Code
SEC_SYSTEM_POWER_ON SEC 01 CPU power on and switch to
Protected mode
SEC_BEFORE_MICROCODE_PATCH SEC 02 Patching CPU microcode
SEC_AFTER_MICROCODE_PATCH SEC 03 Setup Cache as RAM
SEC_ACCESS_CSR* SEC 04 PCIE MMIO Base Address initial
SEC_GENERIC_MSRINIT* SEC 05 CPU Generic MSR initialization
SEC_CPU_SPEEDCFG* SEC 06 Setup CPU speed
SEC_SETUP_CAR_OK SEC 07 Cache as RAM test
SEC_FORCE_MAX_RATIO* SEC 08 Tune CPU frequency ratio to
maximum level
SEC_GO_TO_SECSTARTUP SEC 09 Setup BIOS ROM cache

4-12 Troubleshooting
Table 4-3. (Continued)SEC Phase POST Code Table

Functionality Name (Include\ Post


Phase Description
PostCode.h) Code
SEC_GO_TO_PEICORE SEC 0A Enter Boot Firmware Volume
* 3rd party relate functions – Platform dependence.

Table 4-4. PEI Phase POST Code Table

Functionality Name (Include\ Post


Phase Description
PostCode.h) Code
PEI_SIO_INIT PEI 70 Super I/O Initialization
PEI_CPU_REG_INIT PEI 71 CPU Early Initialization
PEI_CPU_AP_INIT* PEI 72 Multi-processor Early Initial
PEI_CPU_HT_RESET* PEI 73 HyperTransport Initialization
PEI_PCIE_MMIO_INIT PEI 74 PCIE MMIO BAR Initialization
PEI_NB_REG_INIT PEI 75 North Bridge Early Initialization
PEI_SB_REG_INIT PEI 76 South Bridge Early Initialization
PEI_PCIE_TRAINING* PEI 77 PCIE Training
PEI_TPM_INIT PEI 78 TPM Initialization
PEI_SMBUS_INIT PEI 79 SMBUS Early Initialization
PEI_PROGRAM_CLOCK_GEN PEI 7A Clock Generator Initialization
PEI_IGD_EARLY_INITIAL* PEI 7B Internal Graphic device early
Initialization
PEI_HECI_INIT* PEI 7C HECI Initialization
PEI_WATCHDOG_INIT* PEI 7D Watchdog timer Initialization
PEI_MEMORY_INIT PEI 7E Memory Initial for Normal boot.
PEI_MEMORY_INIT_FOR_CRISIS PEI 7F Memory Initial for Crisis
Recovery
PEI_MEMORY_INSTALL PEI 80 Simple Memory test
PEI_TXTPEI* PEI 81 TXT function early Initialization
PEI_SWITCH_STACK PEI 82 Start to use Memory
PEI_MEMORY_CALLBACK PEI 83 Set cache for physical memory
PEI_ENTER_RECOVERY_MODE PEI 84 Recovery device Initialization
PEI_RECOVERY_MEDIA_FOUND PEI 85 Found Recovery image
PEI_RECOVERY_MEDIA_NOT_FOUND PEI 86 Recovery image not found
PEI_RECOVERY_LOAD_FILE_DONE PEI 87 Load Recovery Image completed

Troubleshooting 4-13
Table 4-4. (Continued)PEI Phase POST Code Table

Functionality Name (Include\ Post


Phase Description
PostCode.h) Code
PEI_RECOVERY_START_FLASH PEI 88 Start Flash BIOS with Recovery
image
PEI_ENTER_DXEIPL PEI 89 Loading BIOS image to RAM
PEI_FINDING_DXE_CORE PEI 8A Loading DXE core
PEI_GO_TO_DXE_CORE PEI 8B Enter DXE core
* 3rd party relate functions – Platform dependence.

Table 4-5. DXE Phase POST Code Table

Functionality Name (Include\ Post


Phase Description
PostCode.h) Code
DXE_TCGDXE* DXE 40 TPM initial in DXE
DXE_SB_SPI_INIT* DXE 41 South bridge SPI initialization
DXE_CF9_RESET* DXE 42 Setup Reset service
DXE_SB_SERIAL_GPIO_INIT* DXE 43 South bridge Serial GPIO
initialization
DXE_SMMACCESS* DXE 44 Setup SMM ACCE SS service
DXE_NB_INIT* DXE 45 North bridge Middle initialization
DXE_SIO_INIT* DXE 46 Super I/O DXE initialization
DXE_LEGACY_REGION* DXE 47 Setup Legacy Region service
DXE_SB_INIT* DXE 48 South Bridge Middle initialization
DXE_IDENTIFY_FLASH_DEVICE DXE 49 Identify Flash device
DXE_FTW_INIT DXE 4A Fault Tolerant Write verification
DXE_VARIABLE_INIT DXE 4B Variable Service initialization
DXE_VARIABLE_INIT_FAIL DXE 4C Fail to initial Variable Service
DXE_MTC_INIT DXE 4D MTC Initial
DXE_CPU_INIT DXE 4E CPU Middle Initialization
DXE_MP_CPU_INIT DXE 4F Multi-processor Middle
Initialization
DXE_SMBUS_INIT DXE 50 SMBUS Driver Initialization
DXE_SMART_TIMER_INIT DXE 51 8259 Initialization
DXE_PCRTC_INIT DXE 52 RTC Initialization
DXE_SATA_INIT* DXE 53 SATA Controller early
Initialization

4-14 Troubleshooting
Table 4-5. (Continued)DXE Phase POST Code Table

Functionality Name (Include\ Post


Phase Description
PostCode.h) Code
DXE_SMM_CONTROLER_INIT* DXE 54 Setup SMM Control service
DXE_LEGACY_INTERRUPT* DXE 55 Setup Legacy Interrupt service
DXE_RELOCATE_SMBASE DXE 56 Relocate SMM BASE
DXE_FIRST_SMI DXE 57 SMI test
DXE_VTD_INIT* DXE 58 VTD Initial
DXE_BEFORE_CSM16_INIT DXE 59 Legacy BIOS Initialization
DXE_AFTER_CSM16_INIT DXE 5A Legacy interrupt function
Initialization
DXE_LOAD_ACPI_TABLE DXE 5B ACPI Table Initialization
DXE_SB_DISPATCH* DXE 5C Setup SB SMM Dispatcher service
DXE_SB_IOTRAP_INIT* DXE 5D Setup SB IOTRAP Service
DXE_SUBCLASS_DRIVER* DXE 5E Build AMT Table
DXE_PPM_INIT* DXE 5F PPM Initialization
DXE_HECIDRV_INIT* DXE 60 HECIDRV Initialization
DXE_FLASH_PART_NONSUPPORT DXE 62 Do not support flash part (which
is defined in SpiDevice.c)
* 3rd party relate functions – Platform dependence.

Table 4-6. BDS Phase POST Code Table

Functionality Name (Include\ Post


Phase Description
PostCode.h) Code
BDS_ENTER_BDS BDS 10 Enter BDS entry
BDS_INSTALL_HOTKEY BDS 11 Install Hotkey service
BDS_ASF_INIT* BDS 12 ASF Initialization
BDS_PCI_ENUMERATION_START BDS 13 PCI enumeration
BDS_BEFORE_PCIIO_INSTALL BDS 14 PCI resource assign complete
BDS_PCI_ENUMERATION_END BDS 15 PCI enumeration complete
BDS_CONNECT_CONSOLE_IN BDS 16 Keyboard Controller,
Keyboard and Mouse
initialization
BDS_CONNECT_CONSOLE_OUT BDS 17 Video device initialization
BDS_CONNECT_STD_ERR BDS 18 Error report device
initialization

Troubleshooting 4-15
Table 4-6. (Continued)BDS Phase POST Code Table

Functionality Name (Include\ Post


Phase Description
PostCode.h) Code
BDS_CONNECT_USB_HC BDS 19 USB host controller
initialization
BDS_CONNECT_USB_BUS BDS 1A USB BUS driver initialization
BDS_CONNECT_USB_DEVICE BDS 1B USB device driver
initialization
BDS_NO_CONSOLE_ACTION BDS 1C Console device initial fail
BDS_DISPLAY_LOGO_SYSTEM_INFO BDS 1D Display logo or system
information
BDS_START_IDE_CONTROLLER BDS 1E IDE controller initialization
BDS_START_SATA_CONTROLLER BDS 1F SATA controller initialization
BDS_START_ISA_ACPI_CONTROLLER BDS 20 SIO controller initialization
BDS_START_ISA_BUS BDS 21 ISA BUS driver initialization
BDS_START_ISA_FDD BDS 22 Floppy device initialization
BDS_START_ISA_SEIRAL BDS 23 Serial device initialization
BDS_START_IDE_BUS BDS 24 IDE device initialization
BDS_START_AHCI_BUS BDS 25 AHCI device initialization
BDS_CONNECT_LEGACY_ROM BDS 26 Dispatch option ROMs
BDS_ENUMERATE_ALL_BOOT_OPTION BDS 27 Get boot device information
BDS_END_OF_BOOT_SELECTION BDS 28 End of boot selection
BDS_ENTER_SETUP BDS 29 Enter Setup Menu
BDS_ENTER_BOOT_MANAGER BDS 2A Enter Boot manager
BDS_BOOT_DEVICE_SELECT BDS 2B Try to boot system to OS
BDS_EFI64_SHADOW_ALL_LEGACY_ROM BDS 2C Shadow Misc Option ROM
BDS_ACPI_S3SAVE BDS 2D Save S3 resume required data
in RAM
BDS_READY_TO_BOOT_EVENT BDS 2E Last Chipset initial before
boot to OS
BDS_GO_LEGACY_BOOT BDS 2F Start to boot Legacy OS
BDS_GO_UEFI_BOOT BDS 30 Start to boot UEFI OS
BDS_LEGACY16_PREPARE_TO_BOOT BDS 31 Prepare to Boot to Legacy OS
BDS_EXIT_BOOT_SERVICES* BDS 32 Send END of POST Message to
ME via HECI
BDS_LEGACY_BOOT_EVENT BDS 33 Last Chipset initial before
boot to Legacy OS.

4-16 Troubleshooting
Table 4-6. (Continued)BDS Phase POST Code Table

Functionality Name (Include\ Post


Phase Description
PostCode.h) Code
BDS_ENTER_LEGACY_16_BOOT BDS 34 Ready to Boot Legacy OS.
BDS_RECOVERY_START_FLASH BDS 35 Fast Recovery Start Flash.
BDS_START_SDHC_BUS BDS 36 SDHC device initial.
BDS_CONNECT_ATA_LEGACY BDS 37 ATA Legacy device initial.
BDS_CONNECT_SD_LEGACY BDS 38 SD Legacy device initial.
* 3rd party relate functions – Platform dependence.

Table 4-7. PostBDS Code Table

Functionality Name (Include\ Post


Phase Description
PostCode.h) Code
POST_BDS_NO_BOOT_DEVICE POST_BDS F9 No Boot Device
POST_BDS_START_IMAGE POST_BDS FB UEFI Boot Start Image
POST_BDS_ENTER_INT19 POST_BDS FD Legacy 16 boot entry
POST_BDS_JUMP_BOOT-SECTOR POST_BDS FE Try to Boot with INT 19

Table 4-8. S3 Functions POST Code Table

Functionality Name (Include\ Post


Phase Description
PostCode.h) Code
S3_RESTORE_MEMORY_CONTROLLER PEI C0 Memory initial for S3 resume
S3_INSTALL_S3_MEMORY PEI C1 Get S3 resume required data
from memory
S3_SWITCH_STACK PEI C2 Start to use memory during S3
resume
S3_MEMORY_CALLBACK PEI C3 Set cache for physical memory
during S3 resume
S3_ENTER_S3_RESUME_PEIM PEI C4 Start to restore system
configuration
S3_BEFORE_ACPI_BOOT_SCRIPT PEI C5 Restore system configuration
stage1
S3_BEFORE_RUNTIME_BOOT_SCRIPT PEI C6 Restore system configuration
stage2
S3_BEFORE_RELOCATE_SMM_BASE PEI C7 Relocate SMM BASE during S3
resume

Troubleshooting 4-17
Table 4-8. (Continued)S3 Functions POST Code Table

Functionality Name (Include\ Post


Phase Description
PostCode.h) Code
S3_BEFORE_MP_INIT PEI C8 Multi-processor initial during S3
resume
S3_BEFORE_RESTORE_ACPI_CALLBACK PEI C9 Start to restore system
configuration in SMM
S3_AFTER_RESTORE_ACPI_CALLBACK PEI CA Restore system configuration in
SMM complete
S3_GO_TO_FACS_WAKING_VECTOR PEI CB Back to OS

Table 4-9. ACPI Functions POST Code Table

Functionality Name (Include\ Post


Phase Description
PostCode.h) Code
ASL_ENTER_S1 ASL 51 Prepare to enter S1
ASL_ENTER_S3 ASL 53 Prepare to enter S3
ASL_ENTER_S4 ASL 54 Prepare to enter S4
ASL_ENTER_S5 ASL 55 Prepare to enter S5
ASL_WAKEUP_S1 ASL E1 System wake up from S1
ASL_WAKEUP_S3 ASL E3 System wake up from S3
ASL_WAKEUP_S4 ASL E4 System wake up from S4

Table 4-10. SMM Functions POST Code Table

Functionality Name (Include\ Post


Phase Description
PostCode.h) Code
SMM_IDENTIFY_FLASH_DEVICE SMM 0xA0 Identify Flash device in SMM
SMM_SMM_PLATFORM_INIT SMM 0xA2 SMM service initial
SMM_ACPI_ENABLE_START SMM 0xA6 OS call ACPI enable function
SMM_ACPI_ENABLE_END SMM 0xA7 ACPI enable function complete
SMM_S1_SLEEP_CALLBACK SMM 0xA1 Enter S1
SMM_S3_SLEEP_CALLBACK SMM 0xA3 Enter S3
SMM_S4_SLEEP_CALLBACK SMM 0xA4 Enter S4
SMM_S5_SLEEP_CALLBACK SMM 0xA5 Enter S5
SMM_ACPI_DISABLE_START SMM 0xA8 OS call ACPI disable function
SMM_ACPI_DISABLE_END SMM 0xA9 ACPI disable function complete

4-18 Troubleshooting
Table 4-11. InsydeH2ODDT Debugger POST Code Table

Functionality Name (Include\


PostCode Description
PostCode.h)
Used by Insyde debugger 0x0D Waiting for device connect
Used by Insyde debugger 0xD0 Waiting for device connect
Used by Insyde debugger 0xD1 InsydeH2ODDT Ready
Used by Insyde debugger 0xD2 EHCI not found
Used by Insyde debugger 0xD3 Debug port connect low speed device
Used by Insyde debugger 0xD4 DDT Cable become low speed device
Used by Insyde debugger 0xD5 DDT Cable Transmission Error (Get descriptor
fail)
Used by Insyde debugger 0xD6 DDT Cable Transmission Error (Set Debug
mode fail)
Used by Insyde debugger 0xD7 DDT Cable Transmission Error (Set address fail)

Troubleshooting 4-19
Aspire A314-32/A114-32 0

Power On Issues 0

If the system does not power on, perform the following:

Start

OK

NG
Check AC/ Swap AC/
Battery Battery

OK

Swap M/B

Figure 4-6. Power On Issue

Computer Shuts Down Intermittently 0

If the system powers off at intervals, perform the following.


1. Makes sure the power cable is properly connected to the computer and the electrical
outlet.
2. Remove all extension cables between the computer and the outlet.
3. Remove all surge protectors between the computer and the electrical outlet. Plug the
computer directly into a known serviceable electrical outlet.
4. Disconnect the power and open the casing to check the thermal unit and fan airways
are free of obstructions.
5. Remove all external and non-essential hardware connected to the computer that are
not necessary to boot the computer to the failure point.
6. Remove any recently installed software.
7. If the Issue is still not resolved, refer to Online Support Information.

4-20 Troubleshooting
No Display Issues 0

If the Display does not work, perform the following:

Start
Replace
LCD panel/ No LCD module OK?
LCD cable

Go to Power
Power On? No
On issue

CPU thermal
module well No Screw it well
screw?

Replace M/B

Figure 4-7. No Display Issue

No POST or Video 0

If the POST or video does not appear, perform the following:


1. Make sure that internal display is selected. Switching between internal and external
by pressing Fn+F5. Reference product pages for specific model procedures.
2. Make sure the computer has power by checking for one of the following:
Fans start up
Status LEDs illuminate
If no power, refer to Power On Issues.
3. Drain stored power by removing the power cable and battery. Hold the power
button for 10 seconds.
4. Connect the power and reboot the computer.

Troubleshooting 4-21
5. Connect an external monitor to the computer and switch between the internal
display and the external display is by pressing Fn+F5.
6. If the POST or video appears on the external display only, refer to LCD Picture Failure.
7. Disconnect power and all external devices including port replicators or docking
stations. Remove any memory cards and CD/DVD discs.
8. Start the computer. If the computer boots correctly, add the devices one by one until
the failure point is discovered.
9. Reseat the memory modules.
10. Remove the drives (refer to Disassembly Process).
11. If the Issue is still not resolved, refer to Online Support Information.

Abnormal Video 0

If the video appears abnormal, perform the following:


1. Boot the computer.
Ifpermanent vertical/horizontal lines or dark spots appear in the same location,
the LCD is faulty and should be replaced. Refer to Disassembly Process.
Ifextensive pixel damage is present (different colored spots in the same locations
on the screen), the LCD is faulty and should be replaced. Refer to Replacing the
LCD Module.
NOTE: NOTE:
Make sure that the computer is not running on battery alone as this may reduce
display brightness.
2. Adjust the brightness to its highest level. Refer to the User Manual for instructions on
adjusting the settings. If the display is too dim at the highest brightness setting, the
LCD is faulty and should be replaced. Refer to Disassembly Process.
3. Check the display resolution is correctly configured:
Minimize or close all Windows.
Ifdisplay size is only abnormal in an application, check the view settings and
control/mouse wheel zoom feature in the application.
Ifdesktop display resolution is not normal, right-click on the desktop and select
Personalize Display Settings.
Click and drag the Resolution slider to the desired resolution.
Click Apply and check the display. Readjust if necessary.
4. Roll back the video driver to the previous version if updated.
5. Remove and reinstall the video driver.
6. Check the Device Manager to determine that:
The device is properly installed. There are no red Xs or yellow exclamation marks
There are no device conflicts
No hardware is listed under Other Devices
7. If the Issue is still not resolved, refer to Online Support Information.
8. Run the Windows Memory Diagnostic from the operating system DVD and follow the
on-screen prompts.
9. If the issue is still not resolved, refer to Online Support Information.

4-22 Troubleshooting
LCD Picture Failure 0

If the LCD fails, perform the following:

Start

OK

NG Reassemble/
Check MB LCD
Re-plug LCD
conn and cable
cable

OK

NG Swap
Check
LCD cable/
LCD module?
LCD panel

OK

Swap M/B

Figure 4-8. LCD Picture Failure

Troubleshooting 4-23
Internal Speaker Failure 0

If the internal Speakers fail, perform the following:

Start

OK

NG Reassemble
Check MB to
SPK cable
SPK cable
to MB

OK

Swap M/B

Figure 4-9. Internal Speaker Failure

Sound Problems 0

Perform the following, one at a time.


1. Boot the computer.
2. If updated recently, roll back the audio driver to the previous version. Remove and
reinstall the audio driver.
3. Make sure that all volume controls are set mid range:
Click the volume icon on the taskbar
Drag the slider to 50. Confirm that the volume is not muted.
Click Mixer to verify that other audio applications are set to 50 and not muted.
4. Remove any recently installed hardware or software.
5. Restore system and file settings from a known good date using System Restore.
6. Reinstall the operating system.
7. If the issue is still not resolved, refer to Online Support Information.

4-24 Troubleshooting
Audio and Card Reader Failure 0

If the audio and card reader fail, perform the following:

Start

OK

NG
Check Card
Reader Swap M/B
Connector

Figure 4-10. Audio and Card Reader Failure

Troubleshooting 4-25
Other Functions Failure 0

1. Check if drives are functioning correctly.


2. Check if external modules are functioning correctly.
3. Change mainboard to check if current one is defective.

4-26 Troubleshooting
Intermittent Problems 0

Intermittent system hang problems can be caused by a variety of reasons that have
nothing to do with a hardware defect, such as: cosmic radiation, electrostatic discharge,
or software errors. FRU replacement should be considered only when a recurring
problem exists.
When analyzing an intermittent problem, perform the following:
1. Run the advanced diagnostic test for the system board in loop mode at least 10 times.
2. If no error is detected, do not replace any FRU.
3. If an error is detected, replace the FRU. Rerun the test to verify that there are no
more errors.

Undetermined Problems 0

The diagnostic problems do not identify which adapter or device failed, which installed
devices are incorrect, whether a short circuit is suspected, or whether the system is
inoperative.
Perform the following procedures to isolate the failing FRU (do not isolate non-defective
FRU).
NOTE: NOTE:
Verify that all attached devices are supported by the computer.
NOTE: NOTE:
Verify that the power supply being used at the time of the failure is operating
correctly. (Refer to Power On Issues).
1. Remove power from the computer.
2. Visually check components for damage. If any problems are found, replace the FRU.
3. Remove or disconnect all of the following devices:
Non-Acer devices
Printer, mouse, and other external devices
Battery pack
Hard disk drive
DIMM

BD/CD-ROM/Diskette drive Module


PC Cards
4. Apply power to the computer.
5. Determine if the problem has changed.
6. If the problem does not recur, connect the removed devices one at a time until failing
FRU is found.
7. If the problem remains, replace the following FRUs:
System board
LCD assembly

Troubleshooting 4-27
Post Codes 0

The following are the InsydeH2O™ Functionality POST code tables. The components of
the POST code table includes: SEC phase, PEI phase, DXE phase, BDS phase, CSM
functions, S3 functions and ACPI functions.

Table 4-12. POST Code Range

Phase POST Code Range


SEC 0x01 - 0x0F
PEI 0x70 - 0x9F
DXE 0x40 - 0x6F
BDS 0x10 - 0x3F
SMM 0xA0 - 0xBF
S3 0xC0 - 0xCF
ASL 0x51 – 0x55
0xE1 – 0xE4
PostBDS 0xF9 – 0xFE
InsydeH2ODDT™ Reserve 0xD0 – 0xD7
OEM Reserve 0xE8 – 0xEB
Reserved 0xD8 – 0xE0
0xE5 – 0xE7
0xEC – 0xF8

Table 4-13. SEC Phase POST Code Table

Functionality Name (Include\ Post


Phase Description
PostCode.h) Code
SEC_SYSTEM_POWER_ON SEC 01 CPU power on and switch to
Protected mode
SEC_BEFORE_MICROCODE_PATCH SEC 02 Patching CPU microcode
SEC_AFTER_MICROCODE_PATCH SEC 03 Setup Cache as RAM
SEC_ACCESS_CSR* SEC 04 PCIE MMIO Base Address initial
SEC_GENERIC_MSRINIT* SEC 05 CPU Generic MSR initialization
SEC_CPU_SPEEDCFG* SEC 06 Setup CPU speed
SEC_SETUP_CAR_OK SEC 07 Cache as RAM test
SEC_FORCE_MAX_RATIO* SEC 08 Tune CPU frequency ratio to
maximum level
SEC_GO_TO_SECSTARTUP SEC 09 Setup BIOS ROM cache

4-28 Troubleshooting
Table 4-13. (Continued)SEC Phase POST Code Table

Functionality Name (Include\ Post


Phase Description
PostCode.h) Code
SEC_GO_TO_PEICORE SEC 0A Enter Boot Firmware Volume
* 3rd party relate functions – Platform dependence.

Table 4-14. PEI Phase POST Code Table

Functionality Name (Include\ Post


Phase Description
PostCode.h) Code
PEI_SIO_INIT PEI 70 Super I/O Initialization
PEI_CPU_REG_INIT PEI 71 CPU Early Initialization
PEI_CPU_AP_INIT* PEI 72 Multi-processor Early Initial
PEI_CPU_HT_RESET* PEI 73 HyperTransport Initialization
PEI_PCIE_MMIO_INIT PEI 74 PCIE MMIO BAR Initialization
PEI_NB_REG_INIT PEI 75 North Bridge Early Initialization
PEI_SB_REG_INIT PEI 76 South Bridge Early Initialization
PEI_PCIE_TRAINING* PEI 77 PCIE Training
PEI_TPM_INIT PEI 78 TPM Initialization
PEI_SMBUS_INIT PEI 79 SMBUS Early Initialization
PEI_PROGRAM_CLOCK_GEN PEI 7A Clock Generator Initialization
PEI_IGD_EARLY_INITIAL* PEI 7B Internal Graphic device early
Initialization
PEI_HECI_INIT* PEI 7C HECI Initialization
PEI_WATCHDOG_INIT* PEI 7D Watchdog timer Initialization
PEI_MEMORY_INIT PEI 7E Memory Initial for Normal boot.
PEI_MEMORY_INIT_FOR_CRISIS PEI 7F Memory Initial for Crisis
Recovery
PEI_MEMORY_INSTALL PEI 80 Simple Memory test
PEI_TXTPEI* PEI 81 TXT function early Initialization
PEI_SWITCH_STACK PEI 82 Start to use Memory
PEI_MEMORY_CALLBACK PEI 83 Set cache for physical memory
PEI_ENTER_RECOVERY_MODE PEI 84 Recovery device Initialization
PEI_RECOVERY_MEDIA_FOUND PEI 85 Found Recovery image
PEI_RECOVERY_MEDIA_NOT_FOUND PEI 86 Recovery image not found
PEI_RECOVERY_LOAD_FILE_DONE PEI 87 Load Recovery Image completed

Troubleshooting 4-29
Table 4-14. (Continued)PEI Phase POST Code Table

Functionality Name (Include\ Post


Phase Description
PostCode.h) Code
PEI_RECOVERY_START_FLASH PEI 88 Start Flash BIOS with Recovery
image
PEI_ENTER_DXEIPL PEI 89 Loading BIOS image to RAM
PEI_FINDING_DXE_CORE PEI 8A Loading DXE core
PEI_GO_TO_DXE_CORE PEI 8B Enter DXE core
* 3rd party relate functions – Platform dependence.

Table 4-15. DXE Phase POST Code Table

Functionality Name (Include\ Post


Phase Description
PostCode.h) Code
DXE_TCGDXE* DXE 40 TPM initial in DXE
DXE_SB_SPI_INIT* DXE 41 South bridge SPI initialization
DXE_CF9_RESET* DXE 42 Setup Reset service
DXE_SB_SERIAL_GPIO_INIT* DXE 43 South bridge Serial GPIO
initialization
DXE_SMMACCESS* DXE 44 Setup SMM ACCE SS service
DXE_NB_INIT* DXE 45 North bridge Middle initialization
DXE_SIO_INIT* DXE 46 Super I/O DXE initialization
DXE_LEGACY_REGION* DXE 47 Setup Legacy Region service
DXE_SB_INIT* DXE 48 South Bridge Middle initialization
DXE_IDENTIFY_FLASH_DEVICE DXE 49 Identify Flash device
DXE_FTW_INIT DXE 4A Fault Tolerant Write verification
DXE_VARIABLE_INIT DXE 4B Variable Service initialization
DXE_VARIABLE_INIT_FAIL DXE 4C Fail to initial Variable Service
DXE_MTC_INIT DXE 4D MTC Initial
DXE_CPU_INIT DXE 4E CPU Middle Initialization
DXE_MP_CPU_INIT DXE 4F Multi-processor Middle
Initialization
DXE_SMBUS_INIT DXE 50 SMBUS Driver Initialization
DXE_SMART_TIMER_INIT DXE 51 8259 Initialization
DXE_PCRTC_INIT DXE 52 RTC Initialization
DXE_SATA_INIT* DXE 53 SATA Controller early
Initialization
DXE_SMM_CONTROLER_INIT* DXE 54 Setup SMM Control service

4-30 Troubleshooting
Table 4-15. (Continued)DXE Phase POST Code Table

Functionality Name (Include\ Post


Phase Description
PostCode.h) Code
DXE_LEGACY_INTERRUPT* DXE 55 Setup Legacy Interrupt service
DXE_RELOCATE_SMBASE DXE 56 Relocate SMM BASE
DXE_FIRST_SMI DXE 57 SMI test
DXE_VTD_INIT* DXE 58 VTD Initial
DXE_BEFORE_CSM16_INIT DXE 59 Legacy BIOS Initialization
DXE_AFTER_CSM16_INIT DXE 5A Legacy interrupt function
Initialization
DXE_LOAD_ACPI_TABLE DXE 5B ACPI Table Initialization
DXE_SB_DISPATCH* DXE 5C Setup SB SMM Dispatcher service
DXE_SB_IOTRAP_INIT* DXE 5D Setup SB IOTRAP Service
DXE_SUBCLASS_DRIVER* DXE 5E Build AMT Table
DXE_PPM_INIT* DXE 5F PPM Initialization
DXE_HECIDRV_INIT* DXE 60 HECIDRV Initialization
DXE_FLASH_PART_NONSUPPORT DXE 62 Do not support flash part (which
is defined in SpiDevice.c)
* 3rd party relate functions – Platform dependence.

Table 4-16. BDS Phase POST Code Table

Functionality Name (Include\ Post


Phase Description
PostCode.h) Code
BDS_ENTER_BDS BDS 10 Enter BDS entry
BDS_INSTALL_HOTKEY BDS 11 Install Hotkey service
BDS_ASF_INIT* BDS 12 ASF Initialization
BDS_PCI_ENUMERATION_START BDS 13 PCI enumeration
BDS_BEFORE_PCIIO_INSTALL BDS 14 PCI resource assign complete
BDS_PCI_ENUMERATION_END BDS 15 PCI enumeration complete
BDS_CONNECT_CONSOLE_IN BDS 16 Keyboard Controller,
Keyboard and Mouse
initialization
BDS_CONNECT_CONSOLE_OUT BDS 17 Video device initialization
BDS_CONNECT_STD_ERR BDS 18 Error report device
initialization
BDS_CONNECT_USB_HC BDS 19 USB host controller
initialization

Troubleshooting 4-31
Table 4-16. (Continued)BDS Phase POST Code Table

Functionality Name (Include\ Post


Phase Description
PostCode.h) Code
BDS_CONNECT_USB_BUS BDS 1A USB BUS driver initialization
BDS_CONNECT_USB_DEVICE BDS 1B USB device driver
initialization
BDS_NO_CONSOLE_ACTION BDS 1C Console device initial fail
BDS_DISPLAY_LOGO_SYSTEM_INFO BDS 1D Display logo or system
information
BDS_START_IDE_CONTROLLER BDS 1E IDE controller initialization
BDS_START_SATA_CONTROLLER BDS 1F SATA controller initialization
BDS_START_ISA_ACPI_CONTROLLER BDS 20 SIO controller initialization
BDS_START_ISA_BUS BDS 21 ISA BUS driver initialization
BDS_START_ISA_FDD BDS 22 Floppy device initialization
BDS_START_ISA_SEIRAL BDS 23 Serial device initialization
BDS_START_IDE_BUS BDS 24 IDE device initialization
BDS_START_AHCI_BUS BDS 25 AHCI device initialization
BDS_CONNECT_LEGACY_ROM BDS 26 Dispatch option ROMs
BDS_ENUMERATE_ALL_BOOT_OPTION BDS 27 Get boot device information
BDS_END_OF_BOOT_SELECTION BDS 28 End of boot selection
BDS_ENTER_SETUP BDS 29 Enter Setup Menu
BDS_ENTER_BOOT_MANAGER BDS 2A Enter Boot manager
BDS_BOOT_DEVICE_SELECT BDS 2B Try to boot system to OS
BDS_EFI64_SHADOW_ALL_LEGACY_ROM BDS 2C Shadow Misc Option ROM
BDS_ACPI_S3SAVE BDS 2D Save S3 resume required data
in RAM
BDS_READY_TO_BOOT_EVENT BDS 2E Last Chipset initial before
boot to OS
BDS_GO_LEGACY_BOOT BDS 2F Start to boot Legacy OS
BDS_GO_UEFI_BOOT BDS 30 Start to boot UEFI OS
BDS_LEGACY16_PREPARE_TO_BOOT BDS 31 Prepare to Boot to Legacy OS
BDS_EXIT_BOOT_SERVICES* BDS 32 Send END of POST Message to
ME via HECI
BDS_LEGACY_BOOT_EVENT BDS 33 Last Chipset initial before
boot to Legacy OS.
BDS_ENTER_LEGACY_16_BOOT BDS 34 Ready to Boot Legacy OS.
BDS_RECOVERY_START_FLASH BDS 35 Fast Recovery Start Flash.

4-32 Troubleshooting
Table 4-16. (Continued)BDS Phase POST Code Table

Functionality Name (Include\ Post


Phase Description
PostCode.h) Code
BDS_START_SDHC_BUS BDS 36 SDHC device initial.
BDS_CONNECT_ATA_LEGACY BDS 37 ATA Legacy device initial.
BDS_CONNECT_SD_LEGACY BDS 38 SD Legacy device initial.
* 3rd party relate functions – Platform dependence.

Table 4-17. PostBDS Code Table

Functionality Name (Include\ Post


Phase Description
PostCode.h) Code
POST_BDS_NO_BOOT_DEVICE POST_BDS F9 No Boot Device
POST_BDS_START_IMAGE POST_BDS FB UEFI Boot Start Image
POST_BDS_ENTER_INT19 POST_BDS FD Legacy 16 boot entry
POST_BDS_JUMP_BOOT-SECTOR POST_BDS FE Try to Boot with INT 19

Table 4-18. S3 Functions POST Code Table

Functionality Name (Include\ Post


Phase Description
PostCode.h) Code
S3_RESTORE_MEMORY_CONTROLLER PEI C0 Memory initial for S3 resume
S3_INSTALL_S3_MEMORY PEI C1 Get S3 resume required data
from memory
S3_SWITCH_STACK PEI C2 Start to use memory during S3
resume
S3_MEMORY_CALLBACK PEI C3 Set cache for physical memory
during S3 resume
S3_ENTER_S3_RESUME_PEIM PEI C4 Start to restore system
configuration
S3_BEFORE_ACPI_BOOT_SCRIPT PEI C5 Restore system configuration
stage1
S3_BEFORE_RUNTIME_BOOT_SCRIPT PEI C6 Restore system configuration
stage2
S3_BEFORE_RELOCATE_SMM_BASE PEI C7 Relocate SMM BASE during S3
resume
S3_BEFORE_MP_INIT PEI C8 Multi-processor initial during S3
resume
S3_BEFORE_RESTORE_ACPI_CALLBACK PEI C9 Start to restore system
configuration in SMM

Troubleshooting 4-33
Table 4-18. (Continued)S3 Functions POST Code Table

Functionality Name (Include\ Post


Phase Description
PostCode.h) Code
S3_AFTER_RESTORE_ACPI_CALLBACK PEI CA Restore system configuration in
SMM complete
S3_GO_TO_FACS_WAKING_VECTOR PEI CB Back to OS

Table 4-19. ACPI Functions POST Code Table

Functionality Name (Include\ Post


Phase Description
PostCode.h) Code
ASL_ENTER_S1 ASL 51 Prepare to enter S1
ASL_ENTER_S3 ASL 53 Prepare to enter S3
ASL_ENTER_S4 ASL 54 Prepare to enter S4
ASL_ENTER_S5 ASL 55 Prepare to enter S5
ASL_WAKEUP_S1 ASL E1 System wake up from S1
ASL_WAKEUP_S3 ASL E3 System wake up from S3
ASL_WAKEUP_S4 ASL E4 System wake up from S4

Table 4-20. SMM Functions POST Code Table

Functionality Name (Include\ Post


Phase Description
PostCode.h) Code
SMM_IDENTIFY_FLASH_DEVICE SMM 0xA0 Identify Flash device in SMM
SMM_SMM_PLATFORM_INIT SMM 0xA2 SMM service initial
SMM_ACPI_ENABLE_START SMM 0xA6 OS call ACPI enable function
SMM_ACPI_ENABLE_END SMM 0xA7 ACPI enable function complete
SMM_S1_SLEEP_CALLBACK SMM 0xA1 Enter S1
SMM_S3_SLEEP_CALLBACK SMM 0xA3 Enter S3
SMM_S4_SLEEP_CALLBACK SMM 0xA4 Enter S4
SMM_S5_SLEEP_CALLBACK SMM 0xA5 Enter S5
SMM_ACPI_DISABLE_START SMM 0xA8 OS call ACPI disable function
SMM_ACPI_DISABLE_END SMM 0xA9 ACPI disable function complete

4-34 Troubleshooting
Table 4-21. InsydeH2ODDT Debugger POST Code Table

Functionality Name (Include\


PostCode Description
PostCode.h)
Used by Insyde debugger 0x0D Waiting for device connect
Used by Insyde debugger 0xD0 Waiting for device connect
Used by Insyde debugger 0xD1 InsydeH2ODDT Ready
Used by Insyde debugger 0xD2 EHCI not found
Used by Insyde debugger 0xD3 Debug port connect low speed device
Used by Insyde debugger 0xD4 DDT Cable become low speed device
Used by Insyde debugger 0xD5 DDT Cable Transmission Error (Get descriptor
fail)
Used by Insyde debugger 0xD6 DDT Cable Transmission Error (Set Debug
mode fail)
Used by Insyde debugger 0xD7 DDT Cable Transmission Error (Set address fail)

Troubleshooting 4-35
4-36 Troubleshooting
CHAPTER 5
Jumper and Connector Locations
Mainboard Jumper and Connector Locations (for Aspire A314-31)
5-3
Mainboard Jumper and Connector Locations (for Aspire A314-31)
5-4
Mainboard Jumper and Connector Locations (for Aspire A114-31)
5-5
Mainboard Jumper and Connector Locations (for Aspire A114-31)
5-6

5-2
Jumper and Connector Locations

Aspire A314-31 (Top Side of Mainboard) 0

1 2 3 4 5

7
8

9
17

16 10

15 14 13 12 11

Figure 5-1. Mainboard Top

Table 5-1. Mainboard Top

Item Description Item Description Item Description


Keyboard
1 Fan Connector 7 Onboard Memory 13
Connector
2 WLAN Connector 8 HDMI Connector 14 Speaker Connector
3 CPU 9 USB 3.0 Connector 15 IO Board Connector
4 eDP Connector 10 RTC Battery 16 HDD Connector
5 SSD Connector 11 Battery Connector 17 DC-in Connector
LAN Connector
6 12 TouchPad Connector
(RJ-45)

Jumper and Connector Locations 5-3


Aspire A314-31 (Bottom Side of Mainboard) 0

Figure 5-2. Mainboard Bottom

Table 5-2. Mainboard Bottom

Item Description Item Description Item Description


1 eMMC 2 Onboard Memory 3 Card Reader

5-4 Jumper and Connector Locations


Aspire A114-31 (Top Side of Mainboard) 0

1 2 3 4

6
7

8
14

13 12 11 10 9

Figure 5-3. Mainboard Top

Table 5-3. Mainboard Top

Item Description Item Description Item Description


Keyboard
1 WLAN Connector 6 Onboard Memory 11
Connector
RTC Battery
2 7 HDMI Connector 12 Speaker Connector
Connector
3 CPU 8 USB 3.0 Connector 13 IO Board Connector
4 eDP Connector 9 Battery Connector 14 DC-in Connector
LAN Connector
5 10 TouchPad Connector
(RJ-45)

Jumper and Connector Locations 5-5


Aspire A114-31 (Bottom Side of Mainboard) 0

Figure 5-4. Mainboard Bottom

Table 5-4. Mainboard Bottom

Item Description Item Description Item Description


1 eMMC 2 Onboard Memory 3 Card Reader

5-6 Jumper and Connector Locations


Aspire A314-32 (Top Side of Mainboard) 0

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

10
20

19 11

18 17 16 15 14 13 12

Figure 5-5. Mainboard Top

Table 5-5. Mainboard Top

Item Description Item Description


1 Fan Connector 11 RTC Connector
2 WLAN Connector 12 Battery Connector
3 On-board Memory 13 DDR4 SO-DIMM Slot
4 BIOS ROM 14 Touchpad Connector
5 CPU 15 EC ROM
6 eDP Connector 16 Keyboard Connector
7 M.2 SSD Connector 17 Speaker Connector
8 LAN Connector (RJ-45) 18 IO Board Connector
9 HDMI Connector 19 Hard Drive Connector
10 USB 3.0 Connector 20 DC-in Jack Connector

Jumper and Connector Locations 5-7


Aspire A314-32 (Bottom Side of Mainboard) 0

4 3 2

Figure 5-6. Mainboard Bottom

Table 5-6. Mainboard Bottom

Item Description Item Description


1 On-board Memory 4 LAN & Card Reader IC
2 Audio IC 5 Card Reader Connector
3 EC

5-8 Jumper and Connector Locations


Aspire A114-32 (Top Side of Mainboard) 0

1 2 3 4 5 6

9
16

15 14 13 12 11 10

Figure 5-7. Mainboard Top

Table 5-7. Mainboard Top

Item Description Item Description


1 WLAN Connector 9 USB 3.0 Connector
2 On-board Memory 10 Battery Connector
3 eMMC 11 Touchpad Connector
4 BIOS ROM 12 EC ROM
5 CPU 13 Keyboard Connector
6 eDP Connector 14 Speaker Connector
7 LAN Connector (RJ-45) 15 IO Board Connector
8 HDMI Connector 16 DC-in Jack Connector

Jumper and Connector Locations 5-9


Aspire A114-32 (Bottom Side of Mainboard) 0

4 3 2

Figure 5-8. Mainboard Bottom

Table 5-8. Mainboard Bottom

Item Description Item Description


1 On-board Memory 4 LAN & Card Reader IC
2 Audio IC 5 Card Reader Connector
3 EC

5-10 Jumper and Connector Locations


CHAPTER 6
FRU (Field Replaceable Unit) List
Exploded Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
FRU List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
SCREW List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16

6-2
FRU (Field Replaceable Unit) List
This chapter provides users with a FRU (Field Replaceable Unit) listing in global
configurations for the Aspire A314-31/A114-31/A314-32/A114-32. Refer to this chapter
whenever ordering for parts to repair or for RMA (Return Merchandise Authorization).
NOTE: NOTE:
WHEN ORDERING FRU PARTS, check the most up-to-date information available on
the regional web or channel. Part number changes will not be noted on the
printed Service Guide. For Acer AUTHORIZED SERVICE PROVIDERS, the Acer office
may have a DIFFERENT part number code from those given in the FRU list of this
printed Service Guide. Users MUST use the local FRU list provided by the regional
Acer office to order FRU parts for repair and service of customer machines.
NOTE: NOTE:
To scrap or to return the defective parts, users should follow the local government
ordinance or regulations on how to dispose it properly, or follow the rules set by
the regional Acer office on how to return it.

FRU (Field Replaceable Unit) List 6-3


Aspire A314-31/A114-31 0

Exploded Diagrams 0

7
3

Figure 6-1. System Exploded Diagram

Table 6-1. System Exploded Diagram

No. Description Acer Part No. No. Description Acer Part No.
1 Back Cover 60.SHXN7.003 5 LCD Module See Figure 6-2.
2 Battery KT.00205.005 6 Mainboard NB.SHX11.001
3 IO Board 55.SHXN7.001 7 WLAN Module KE.11A0N.002
4 Top Assembly 6B.SHXN7.001

6-4 FRU (Field Replaceable Unit) List


1

2
5

Figure 6-2. LCD Assembly Exploded Diagram

Table 6-2. LCD Assembly Exploded Diagram

No. Description Acer Part No. No. Description Acer Part No.
1 LCD Bezel 60.SHXN7.002 5 LCD Hinge R 33.SHXN7.002
2 LCD Hinge L 33.SHXN7.001 6 LCD Panel KL.1400D.019
3 eDP & Camera 50.SHXN7.006 7 Camera Module KS.VGA06.001
Cable
4 LCD Cover 60.SHXN7.001

FRU (Field Replaceable Unit) List 6-5


FRU List 0

Table 6-3. FRU List


CATEGORY DESCRIPTION ACER PART NO.

ADAPTER
Adapter Chicony Power 45W 19V 1.7x5.5x11 KP.0450H.010
A045R021L-AC01-01 LF Black with acer logo
Adapter DELTA 45W 19V 1.7x5.5x11 KP.04501.014
ADP-45HE DA LF black with acer logo
Adapter LITE-ON 45W_5.5phy 19V KP.04503.010
1.7x5.5x11 PA-1450-26AA LF Black
BATTERY
Battery PANASONIC AP16M Polymer 2S1P KT.00205.005
PANASONIC 2 Cell 4810mAh Main COMMON
Z height 4.39mm
Battery PANASONIC AP16M Polymer 2S1P KT.00205.004
PANASONIC 2 Cell 4810mAh Main COMMON
Z height 5.5mm
Battery PANASONIC AC14B1 Polymer 3S1P KT.00305.005
ATL 3 cell 3220mAh Main COMMON
Battery LGC AC14B1 Prismatic 3S1P LGC 3 cell KT.0030G.011
3246mAh Main COMMON (low cost add SRS
separator)
BOARD
Wireless LAN Intel 802.11ac Bluetooth FM KE.11A0N.002
INT3168.NGWG Sandy Peak M.2 1x1 AC + BT
2230, non-VPro
Wireless LAN Liteon 802.11ac Bluetooth FM KE.11A0L.001
3rd WiFi 1x1 AC+ BT M.2 QCA9377A QCA
NFA435A, Rev 1.1
USB BOARD ASSY 55.SHXN7.001

CABLE
POWER CORD 1M 125V JAP BLACK 27.NE307.001
POWER CORD 1M 125V TAIWAN BLACK 27.NE307.002
POWER CORD 1M 125V ARG BLACK 27.NE307.004
POWER CORD 1M 125V AUS BLACK 27.NE307.005

6-6 FRU (Field Replaceable Unit) List


Table 6-3. FRU List
CATEGORY DESCRIPTION ACER PART NO.

POWER CORD 1M 125V BRAZIL BLACK 27.NE307.006


POWER CORD 1M 125V CHINA BLACK 27.NE307.007
POWER CORD 1M 125V DENMARK BLACK 27.NE307.008
POWER CORD 1M 125V INDIA BLACK 27.NE307.009
POWER CORD 1M 125V ISRAEL BLACK 27.NE307.010
POWER CORD 1M 125V ITL BLACK 27.NE307.011
POWER CORD 1M 125V EUR+KOR BLACK 27.NE307.015
POWER CORD 1M 125V US BLACK 27.NE307.003
POWER CORD 1M 125V UK BLACK 27.NE307.014
POWER CORD 1M 125V KOR BLACK 27.MVSN7.001
POWER CORD 1M 125V S.AFRICA BLACK 27.NE307.012
POWER CORD 1M 125V SWISS BLACK 27.NE307.013
CABLE
ANTENNA CABLE ASSY (MAIN+AUX) 50.SHXN7.001

DC-IN CABLE 45W 50.SHXN7.002


DC-IN CABLE 45W (CLOUD) 50.GNSN7.001

FFC CABLE TOUCHPAD TO MB 50.SHXN7.003

FFC CABLE USB BOARD TO MB 50.SHXN7.004

CASE/COVER/BRACKET ASSEMBLY
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A51B 6B.SHXN7.001
(ARAB-EN) BLACK
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A51B 6B.SHXN7.002
(ARAB-FR) BLACK
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A51B 6B.SHXN7.003
(BELGIUM) BLACK
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A51B 6B.SHXN7.004
(BRAZILIAN PORTUGUESE) BLACK

FRU (Field Replaceable Unit) List 6-7


Table 6-3. FRU List
CATEGORY DESCRIPTION ACER PART NO.

UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A51B 6B.SHXN7.005


(BULGARIA) BLACK
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A51B 6B.SHXN7.006
(SLO/CRO) BLACK
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A51B (CZ/SK) 6B.SHXN7.007
BLACK
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A51B (DANISH) 6B.SHXN7.008
BLACK
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A51B 6B.SHXN7.009
(FRENCH) BLACK
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A51B 6B.SHXN7.010
(GERMAN) BLACK
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A51B (GREEK) 6B.SHXN7.011
BLACK
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A51B 6B.SHXN7.012
(HEBREW) BLACK
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A51B 6B.SHXN7.013
(HUNGARIAN) BLACK
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A51B 6B.SHXN7.014
(ITALIAN) BLACK
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A51B 6B.SHXN7.015
(JAPANESE) BLACK
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A51B 6B.SHXN7.016
(KOREAN) BLACK
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A51B (ALA 6B.SHXN7.017
SPANISH) BLACK
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A51B 6B.SHXN7.018
(NORWEGIAN) BLACK
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A51B 6B.SHXN7.019
(PORTUGUESE) BLACK
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A51B 6B.SHXN7.020
(RUSSIAN) BLACK
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A51B 6B.SHXN7.021
(NORDIC) BLACK
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A51B 6B.SHXN7.022
(SPANISH) BLACK
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A51B 6B.SHXN7.023
(SWEDEN) BLACK
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A51B 6B.SHXN7.024
(SWISS/G) BLACK

6-8 FRU (Field Replaceable Unit) List


Table 6-3. FRU List
CATEGORY DESCRIPTION ACER PART NO.

UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A51B 6B.SHXN7.025


(TAIWAN) BLACK
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A51B 6B.SHXN7.026
(THAILAND) BLACK
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A51B 6B.SHXN7.027
(TURKISH) BLACK
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A51B (US 6B.SHXN7.028
INTERNATIONAL) BLACK
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A51B (UK) 6B.SHXN7.029
BLACK
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A51B (US 6B.SHXN7.030
W/CAN-FRE) BLACK
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A51B 6B.SHXN7.031
(MYANMAR) BLACK
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A51B 6B.SHXN7.032
(UKRAINIAN) BLACK
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A51B 6B.SHXN7.033
(PERSIAN) BLACK
POINT DEVICE
TOUCHPAD MODULE CP4WIP1M 56.SHXN7.001
W/MYLR/BKT (BLACK) SYNAPTICS
TOUCHPAD MODULE CP4WIP1M 56.SHXN7.002
W/MYLR/BKT (BLACK) ELANTECH

CASE/COVER/BRACKET ASSEMBLY
LOWERCASE SUB ASSY (BLACK) 60.SHXN7.003
LOWERCASE SUB ASSY (BLACK) CLOUD 60.GNSN7.001

HDD DOOR SUB ASSY (BLACK) 42.SHXN7.001

RAM DOOR SUB ASSY (BLACK) 42.SHXN7.002

FRU (Field Replaceable Unit) List 6-9


Table 6-3. FRU List
CATEGORY DESCRIPTION ACER PART NO.

HDD/HARD DISK DRIVE


HDD SEAGATE 2.5”” 5400rpm 1000GB KH.01K01.055
ST1000LM035,1RK172-189, Rosewood 1TB,
7mmzh HDD - SATA III 128MB LF F/W:ACM1
HDD WD 2.5”” 5400rpm 500GB KH.50008.050
WD5000LPCX-21VHAT0, MN500S-2, 7mmzh
HDD, 500G/P SATA III 16MB LF F/W:01.01A01
HDD SEAGATE 2.5”” 5400rpm 500GB KH.50001.050
ST500LT012, 1DG142-188, YarraR 500GB
refresh SATA III 32MB LF+HF F/W:1001SDM1
500G/P, 7mmzh HDD
HDD TOSHIBA 2.5”” 5400rpm 500GB KH.50004.015
Aquarius-B,MQ01ABF050,500G/P, 7mmzh
SATA III 8MB LF+HF F/W:AM002J
Flash Disk HYNIX SSD NAND 128GB KN.1280G.003
HFS128G39TND-N210A LF+HF
Flash Disk LITE-ON SSD NAND 128GB KN.1280L.019
CV3-8D128 FW:T87A101 LF+HF
Flash Disk HYNIX SSD NAND 256GB KN.2560G.022
HFS256G39TND-N210A LF+HF
Flash Disk MICRON SSD NAND 512GB Micron KN.51204.032
3D 32layer M.2 2280 512GB
MTFDDAV512TBN LF+HF
Flash Disk LITE-ON SSD NAND 512GB KN.5120L.013
CV3-8D512 FW:T89A101 LF+HF
Flash Disk KINGSTON SSD NAND 128GB KN.12807.023
RBU-SNS8180DS3/128GH LF+HF
Flash Disk LITE-ON SSD NAND 256GB KN.2560L.021
CV3-8D256 FW:T88A101 LF+HF
Flash Disk MICRON SSD NAND 256GB Micron KN.25604.039
3D 32layer M.2 2280 256GB
MTFDDAV256TBN LF+HF
HDD CABLE ASSY 50.SHXN7.005

HDD SUPPORT BRACKET 42.SHXN7.003

LCD

6-10 FRU (Field Replaceable Unit) List


Table 6-3. FRU List
CATEGORY DESCRIPTION ACER PART NO.

LED LCD Panel CMI 14’ WXGA Glare KL.1400D.019


N140BGA-EB3 LF 220nit 10ms 600:1
(eDP,3.0mm Max)
LED LCD Panel CMI 14’ WXGA None Glare KL.1400D.020
N140BGA-EA3 LF 220nit 10ms 500:1 (eDP,
3.0mm Max)
LED LCD Panel AUO 14’ WXGA None Glare KL.14005.035
B140XTN02.E H/W AA LF 220nit 8ms 400:1
(eDP) EC
LED LCD Panel AUO 14’ FHD None Glare KL.14005.030
B140HTN01.E LF 220nit 8ms 400:1 Value(EC)
LED LCD Panel CMI 14’ FHD None Glare KL.1400D.022
N140HGE-EAA rev.C3 LF 220nit 10ms 500:1
FHD TN Low cost, EC
LED LCD Panel AUO 14’ WXGA Glare KL.14005.031
B140XTN02.D H/W 8A LF 220nit 8ms 500:1
(eDP, 3.0mm max, H/W 8A)
LED LCD Panel BOE 14’ WXGA Glare KL.1400E.002
NT140WHM-N31 LF 220nit 12ms 600:1
(Ultra-slim, 3.0mm Max)
LED LCD Panel BOE 14’ WXGA None Glare KL.1400E.003
NT140WHM-N41 LF 220nit 12ms 500:1
(Ultra-slim, 3.0mm Max)
LCD COVER ASSY W/O ANT BLACK 60.SHXN7.001

LCD BEZEL ASSY 60.SHXN7.002

EDP CABLE ASSY 50.SHXN7.006

FRU (Field Replaceable Unit) List 6-11


Table 6-3. FRU List
CATEGORY DESCRIPTION ACER PART NO.

LCD HINGE+BRACKET L 33.SHXN7.001

LCD HINGE+BRACKET R 33.SHXN7.002

Camera CHICONY VGA Camera KS.VGA06.001


CH_HY708_RTS5806_AOET_KMM4030 (add
Mic)
Camera LITEON VGA Camera KS.VGA05.002
LT_HY708_RTS5806_PPH-0320_KMM4030
(add Mic)
Camera Tech-Front VGA Camera KS.VGA0Q.002
TF_OV7676_RTS5806_Xuye0102A_ZTS6031M
(add Mic)
MAINBOARD
Mainboard A114-31 UMA (1.1G) ICDN3350 NB.SHX11.001
eMMC32GB OB4GBIIIL(256x16*8) W/CR

FAN
THERMAL FAN 23.SHXN7.001

HEATSINK
HEATSINK SHIELDING W/THERMAL PAD 33.SHXN7.003

HEATSINK SHIELDING W/THERMAL PAD 33.GNSN7.001


(CLOUD)

SPEAKER

6-12 FRU (Field Replaceable Unit) List


Table 6-3. FRU List
CATEGORY DESCRIPTION ACER PART NO.

SPEAKER ASSY(WITH L+R) 23.SHXN7.002

MISCELLANEOUS
RUBBER SI MIC 47.SHXN7.001

KB PLATE RUBBER 47.SHXN7.002

TOP GASKET-R 47.SHXN7.003

TOP GASKET-L 47.SHXN7.004

KB PLATE MYLAR for A314-31 47.SHXN7.005

TP CONDUCTIVE TAPE 47.SHXN7.006

SSD MB MYLAR 47.SHXN7.007

MB KB KAPTON 47.MVLN7.001

THERMALPAD RS 17*17*1.5 47.GNSN7.001

TOP COMPOSITE FOIL for A114-31 47.SHXN7.012

FRU (Field Replaceable Unit) List 6-13


Table 6-3. FRU List
CATEGORY DESCRIPTION ACER PART NO.

RUBBER SI BASE FRONT BK 47.SHXN7.008

RUBBER SI BASE REAR BK 47.SHXN7.009

RUBBER SI BASE SW BK 47.GNSN7.003

RUBBER SI BEZEL SHORT BK 47.SHXN7.010

RUBBER SI BEZEL LONG BK 47.SHXN7.011

6-14 FRU (Field Replaceable Unit) List


SCREW List 0

Table 6-4. Screw List


CATEGORY DESCRIPTION ACER PART NO.

SCREW NUT M2 L5.2 STEEL 86.GNSN7.001

SCREW NUT M2 L5.95 STEEL 86.SHXN7.001

SCREW M2*2.0-I(NI)(NYIOK)IRON 86.GNSN7.002

SCREWM2.0*2.5-I(BUWZN)NYLON PATCH) 86.SHXN7.002

SCREW M2.0*3.0-I(BZN)(NYLOK)IRON 86.GDEN7.001

SCREW M2.5*2.5-I(BNI)(NYLOK)T=0.6 86.SHXN7.003

SCREW M2.5*6-I(BNI)(NYLOK)IRON 86.SHXN7.004

SCREW M3*0.5+3.5I 86.TDY07.003

SCREW M2.0*2.0- I(BNI)(NY)IRON 86.G55N7.001

FRU (Field Replaceable Unit) List 6-15


Aspire A314-32/A114-32 0

Exploded Diagrams 0

7
3

Figure 6-3. System Exploded Diagram

Table 6-5. System Exploded Diagram

No. Description Acer Part No. No. Description Acer Part No.
1 Base Cover 60.GVYN7.002 5 LCD Module See Figure 6-4.
2 Battery KT.00205.006 6 Mainboard NB.GVZ11.004
3 IO Board 55.SHXN7.001 7 WLAN Module KE.11A0L.001
4 Top Assembly 6B.GVYN7.028

6-16 FRU (Field Replaceable Unit) List


1

2
6

Figure 6-4. LCD Assembly Exploded Diagram

Table 6-6. LCD Assembly Exploded Diagram

No. Description Acer Part No. No. Description Acer Part No.
1 LCD Bezel 60.SHXN7.002 5 Antenna Cables 50.GVZN7.001
2 LCD Hinge L 33.SHXN7.001 6 LCD Hinge R 33.SHXN7.002
3 eDP & Camera 50.SHXN7.006 7 LCD Panel KL.1400D.019
Cable
4 LCD Cover 60.GVYN7.001 8 Camera Module KS.VGA06.001

FRU (Field Replaceable Unit) List 6-17


FRU List 0

Table 6-7. FRU List


CATEGORY DESCRIPTION ACER PART NO.

ADAPTER
Adapter Chicony Power 45W 19V 1.7x5.5x11 KP.0450H.010
A045R021L-AC01-01 LF Black with acer logo
Adapter DELTA 45W 19V 1.7x5.5x11 KP.04501.014
ADP-45HE DA LF black with acer logo
Adapter LITE-ON 45W_5.5phy 19V 1.7x5.5x11 KP.04503.010
PA-1450-26AA LF Black
BATTERY
Battery PANASONIC AP16M Polymer 2S1P KT.00205.006
PANASONIC 2 Cell 4810mAh Main COMMON
Z height 5.5mm, w/ LEM+shut down mode
Battery PANASONIC AP16M Polymer 2S1P KT.00205.007
PANASONIC 2 Cell 4810mAh Main COMMON
Z height 4.39mm, w/ LEM+shutdown mode
Battery LGC AC14B1 Prismatic 3S1P LGC 3 cell KT.0030G.017
3246mAh Main COMMON LEM+shutdown
mode
BOARD
Wireless LAN Liteon 802.11ac Bluetooth FM KE.11A0L.001
3rd WiFi 1x1 AC+ BT M.2 QCA9377A QCA
NFA435A, Rev 1.1
Wireless LAN Intel 802.11ac Bluetooth FM KE.11A0N.012
9462.NGWG.NV JFP1 Diversity M.2 1X1AC
MU-MIMO/80Mhz + BT5 2230
USB BOARD ASSY 55.SHXN7.001

CABLE
POWER CORD 1M 125V EUR+KOR BLACK 27.NE307.015
POWER CORD 1M 125V US BLACK 27.NE307.003
POWER CORD 1M 125V TAIWAN BLACK 27.NE307.002

6-18 FRU (Field Replaceable Unit) List


Table 6-7. FRU List
CATEGORY DESCRIPTION ACER PART NO.

ANTENNA CABLE ASSY PIFA 2017 50.GVZN7.001


(MAIN+AUX)

DC-IN CABLE 45W 50.SHXN7.002


DC-IN CABLE 45W (CLOUD) 50.GNSN7.001

FFC CABLE TOUCHPAD TO MB 50.SHXN7.003

FFC CABLE USB BOARD TO MB 50.SHXN7.004

Keyboard Assembly
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A80B 6B.GVYN7.001
(ARAB-EN) BLACK
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A80B 6B.GW6N7.001
(ARAB-EN) BLUE
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A80B 6B.GW7N7.001
(ARAB-EN) RED
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A80B 6B.GVYN7.002
(ARAB-FR) BLACK
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A80B 6B.GW6N7.002
(ARAB-FR) BLUE
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A80B 6B.GW7N7.002
(ARAB-FR) RED
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A80B 6B.GVYN7.003
(BELGIUM) BLACK
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A80B 6B.GW6N7.003
(BELGIUM) BLUE
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A80B 6B.GW7N7.003
(BELGIUM) RED
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A80B 6B.GVYN7.004
(BRAZILIAN PORTUGUESE) BLACK
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A80B 6B.GW6N7.004
(BRAZILIAN PORTUGUESE) BLUE

FRU (Field Replaceable Unit) List 6-19


Table 6-7. FRU List
CATEGORY DESCRIPTION ACER PART NO.

UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A80B 6B.GW7N7.004


(BRAZILIAN PORTUGUESE) RED
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A80B 6B.GVYN7.005
(BULGARIA) BLACK
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A80B 6B.GW6N7.005
(BULGARIA) BLUE
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A80B 6B.GW7N7.005
(BULGARIA) RED
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A80B 6B.GVYN7.006
(SLO/CRO) BLACK
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A80B 6B.GW6N7.006
(SLO/CRO) BLUE
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A80B 6B.GW7N7.006
(SLO/CRO) RED
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A80B (CZ/SK) 6B.GVYN7.007
BLACK
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A80B (CZ/SK) 6B.GW6N7.007
BLUE
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A80B (CZ/SK) 6B.GW7N7.007
RED
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A80B (DANISH) 6B.GVYN7.008
BLACK
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A80B (DANISH) 6B.GW6N7.008
BLUE
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A80B (DANISH) 6B.GW7N7.008
RED
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A80B (FRENCH) 6B.GVYN7.009
BLACK
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A80B (FRENCH) 6B.GW6N7.009
BLUE
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A80B (FRENCH) 6B.GW7N7.009
RED
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A80B 6B.GVYN7.010
(GERMAN) BLACK
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A80B 6B.GW6N7.010
(GERMAN) BLUE
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A80B 6B.GW7N7.010
(GERMAN) RED
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A80B (GREEK) 6B.GVYN7.011
BLACK

6-20 FRU (Field Replaceable Unit) List


Table 6-7. FRU List
CATEGORY DESCRIPTION ACER PART NO.

UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A80B (GREEK) 6B.GW6N7.011


BLUE
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A80B (GREEK) 6B.GW7N7.011
RED
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A80B 6B.GVYN7.012
(HEBREW) BLACK
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A80B 6B.GW6N7.012
(HEBREW) BLUE
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A80B 6B.GW7N7.012
(HEBREW) RED
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A80B 6B.GVYN7.013
(HUNGARIAN) BLACK
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A80B 6B.GW6N7.013
(HUNGARIAN) BLUE
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A80B 6B.GW7N7.013
(HUNGARIAN) RED
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A80B (ITALIAN) 6B.GVYN7.014
BLACK
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A80B (ITALIAN) 6B.GW6N7.014
BLUE
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A80B (ITALIAN) 6B.GW7N7.014
RED
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A80B 6B.GVYN7.015
(JAPANESE) BLACK
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A80B 6B.GW6N7.015
(JAPANESE) BLUE
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A80B 6B.GW7N7.015
(JAPANESE) RED
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A80B 6B.GVYN7.016
(KOREAN) BLACK
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A80B 6B.GW6N7.016
(KOREAN) BLUE
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A80B 6B.GW7N7.016
(KOREAN) RED
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A80B (ALA 6B.GVYN7.017
SPANISH) BLACK
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A80B (ALA 6B.GW6N7.017
SPANISH) BLUE
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A80B (ALA 6B.GW7N7.017
SPANISH) RED

FRU (Field Replaceable Unit) List 6-21


Table 6-7. FRU List
CATEGORY DESCRIPTION ACER PART NO.

UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A80B 6B.GVYN7.018


(NORWEGIAN) BLACK
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A80B 6B.GW6N7.018
(NORWEGIAN) BLUE
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A80B 6B.GW7N7.018
(NORWEGIAN) RED
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A80B 6B.GVYN7.019
(PORTUGUESE) BLACK
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A80B 6B.GW6N7.019
(PORTUGUESE) BLUE
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A80B 6B.GW7N7.019
(PORTUGUESE) RED
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A80B 6B.GVYN7.020
(RUSSIAN) BLACK
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A80B 6B.GW6N7.020
(RUSSIAN) BLUE
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A80B 6B.GW7N7.020
(RUSSIAN) RED
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A80B (NORDIC) 6B.GVYN7.021
BLACK
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A80B (NORDIC) 6B.GW6N7.021
BLUE
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A80B (NORDIC) 6B.GW7N7.021
RED
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A80B (SPANISH) 6B.GVYN7.022
BLACK
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A80B (SPANISH) 6B.GW6N7.022
BLUE
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A80B (SPANISH) 6B.GW7N7.022
RED
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A80B 6B.GVYN7.023
(SWEDEN) BLACK
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A80B 6B.GW6N7.023
(SWEDEN) BLUE
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A80B 6B.GW7N7.023
(SWEDEN) RED
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A80B (SWISS/G) 6B.GVYN7.024
BLACK
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A80B (SWISS/G) 6B.GW6N7.024
BLUE

6-22 FRU (Field Replaceable Unit) List


Table 6-7. FRU List
CATEGORY DESCRIPTION ACER PART NO.

UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A80B (SWISS/G) 6B.GW7N7.024


RED
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A80B (TAIWAN) 6B.GVYN7.025
BLACK
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A80B (TAIWAN) 6B.GW6N7.025
BLUE
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A80B (TAIWAN) 6B.GW7N7.025
RED
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A80B 6B.GVYN7.026
(THAILAND) BLACK
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A80B 6B.GW6N7.026
(THAILAND) BLUE
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A80B 6B.GW7N7.026
(THAILAND) RED
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A80B 6B.GVYN7.027
(TURKISH) BLACK
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A80B 6B.GW6N7.027
(TURKISH) BLUE
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A80B 6B.GW7N7.027
(TURKISH) RED
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A80B (US 6B.GVYN7.028
INTERNATIONAL) BLACK
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A80B (US 6B.GW6N7.028
INTERNATIONAL) BLUE
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A80B (US 6B.GW7N7.028
INTERNATIONAL) RED
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A80B (UK) 6B.GVYN7.029
BLACK
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A80B (UK) 6B.GW6N7.029
BLUE
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A80B (UK) RED 6B.GW7N7.029
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A80B (US 6B.GVYN7.030
W/CAN-FRE) BLACK
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A80B (US 6B.GW6N7.030
W/CAN-FRE) BLUE
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A80B (US 6B.GW7N7.030
W/CAN-FRE) RED
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A80B 6B.GVYN7.031
(UKRAINIAN) BLACK

FRU (Field Replaceable Unit) List 6-23


Table 6-7. FRU List
CATEGORY DESCRIPTION ACER PART NO.

UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A80B 6B.GW6N7.031


(UKRAINIAN) BLUE
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A80B 6B.GW7N7.031
(UKRAINIAN) RED
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A80B (PERSIAN) 6B.GVYN7.032
BLACK
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A80B (PERSIAN) 6B.GW6N7.032
BLUE
UPPERCASE ASSY W/KB LV4T_A80B (PERSIAN) 6B.GW7N7.032
RED

POINT DEVICE
TOUCHPAD MODULE CP4WIP3M 56.GVYN7.001
W/MYLR/BKT (BLACK) SYNAPTICS
TOUCHPAD MODULE CP4WIP3M 56.GVYN7.002
W/MYLR/BKT (BLACK) ELANTECH
TOUCHPAD MODULE CP4WIP3M 56.GW6N7.001
W/MYLR/BKT (BLUE) SYNAPTICS
TOUCHPAD MODULE CP4WIP3M 56.GW6N7.002
W/MYLR/BKT (BLUE) ELANTECH
TOUCHPAD MODULE CP4WIP3M 56.GW7N7.001
W/MYLR/BKT (RED) SYNAPTICS
TOUCHPAD MODULE CP4WIP3M 56.GW7N7.002
W/MYLR/BKT (RED) ELANTECH
CASE/COVER/BRACKET ASSEMBLY
LOWERCASE SUB ASSY (BLACK) EJ 60.GVYN7.002

6-24 FRU (Field Replaceable Unit) List


Table 6-7. FRU List
CATEGORY DESCRIPTION ACER PART NO.

LOWERCASE SUB ASSY (BLACK) CLOUD 60.GNSN7.001

HDD DOOR SUB ASSY (BLACK) 42.SHXN7.001

RAM DOOR SUB ASSY (BLACK) 42.SHXN7.002

HDD/HARD DISK DRIVE


HDD WD 2.5, 5400rpm 500GB KH.50008.050
WD5000LPCX-21VHAT0, MN500S-2, 7mmzh
HDD, 500G/P SATA III 16MB LF F/W: 01.01A01
HDD TOSHIBA 2.5, 5400rpm 500GB KH.50004.015
Aquarius-B, MQ01ABF050, 500G/P, 7mmzh
SATA III 8MB LF+HF F/W: AM002J
HDD WD 2.5, 5400rpm 1000GB KH.01K08.035
WD10SPZX-21Z10T0, 7mmzh 1D, 1TB/P,
MN1000S SATA III 128MB LF F/W: 02.01A02
HDD TOSHIBA 2.5, 5400rpm 1000GB KH.01K04.016
MQ04ABF100, 1TB/P, acer code SATA III
128MB LF+HF F/W: JU001J
Flash Disk HYNIX SSD NAND 128GB KN.1280G.003
HFS128G39TND-N210A LF+HF
Flash Disk MICRON SSD NAND 256GB Micron KN.25604.039
3D 32layer M.2 2280 256GB
MTFDDAV256TBN LF+HF

FRU (Field Replaceable Unit) List 6-25


Table 6-7. FRU List
CATEGORY DESCRIPTION ACER PART NO.

HDD CABLE ASSY 50.SHXN7.005

HDD BRACKET 42.SHXN7.003

LCD Module
LED LCD Panel CMI 14’ WXGA Glare KL.1400D.019
N140BGA-EB3 LF 220nit 10ms 600:1
(eDP,3.0mm Max)
LED LCD Panel AUO 14’ WXGA Glare KL.14005.031
B140XTN02.D H/W 8A LF 220nit 8ms 500:1
(eDP, 3.0mm max, H/W 8A)
LED LCD Panel BOE 14’ WXGA Glare KL.1400E.002
NT140WHM-N31 LF 220nit 12ms 600:1
(Ultra-slim, 3.0mm Max)
LED LCD Panel CMI 14’ WXGA None Glare KL.1400D.020
N140BGA-EA3 LF 220nit 10ms 500:1 (eDP,
3.0mm Max)
LED LCD Panel BOE 14’ WXGA None Glare KL.1400E.003
NT140WHM-N41 LF 220nit 12ms 500:1
(Ultra-slim, 3.0mm Max)
LED LCD Panel AUO 14’ WXGA None Glare KL.14005.035
B140XTN02.E H/W AA LF 220nit 8ms 400:1
(eDP) EC
LED LCD Panel CMI 14’ FHD None Glare KL.1400D.022
N140HGE-EAA rev.C3 LF 220nit 10ms 500:1
FHD TN Low cost, EC
LED LCD Panel AUO 14’ FHD None Glare KL.14005.030
B140HTN01.E LF 220nit 8ms 400:1 Value(EC)

6-26 FRU (Field Replaceable Unit) List


Table 6-7. FRU List
CATEGORY DESCRIPTION ACER PART NO.

LCD COVER ASSY W/O ANT OBSIDIAN BLACK 60.GVYN7.001

N/A LCD COVER ASSY W/O ANT STONE BLUE 60.GW6N7.001


N/A LCD COVER ASSY W/O ANT OXIDANT RED 60.GW7N7.001
LCD BEZEL ASSY 60.SHXN7.002

EDP CABLE ASSY 50.SHXN7.006

LCD HINGE+BRACKET L 33.SHXN7.001

LCD HINGE+BRACKET R 33.SHXN7.002

Camera CHICONY VGA Camera KS.VGA06.001


CH_HY708_RTS5806_AOET_KMM4030 (add
Mic)
Camera LITEON VGA Camera KS.VGA05.002
LT_HY708_RTS5806_PPH-0320_KMM4030
(add Mic)
Camera Tech-Front VGA Camera YHJH-1 (add KS.VGA0Q.003
Mic)

FRU (Field Replaceable Unit) List 6-27


Table 6-7. FRU List
CATEGORY DESCRIPTION ACER PART NO.

MAINBOARD
Mainboard A114-31 UMA ICQN4100 (1.1G) NB.GVZ11.004
eMMC64GB OB4GBIV (512x16*4) W/CR/RTC

FAN
THERMAL FAN 23.SHXN7.001

MB SHIELDING W/ HEATSINK FUNCTION & 33.GVZN7.001


THERMAL PAD (CLOUD)

MB SHIELDING W/ HEATSINK FUNCTION & 33.GVYN7.001


THERMAL PAD (EJ)

MEMORY
Memory HYNIX SO-DIMM DDRIV 2400 2GB KN.2GB0G.055
HMA425S6BJR6N-UH LF+HF 256*16
Memory A-DATA SO-DIMM DDRIV 2400 4GB KN.4GB0C.015
AM1P24HC4R1-BUNS LF+HF 512*8
Memory MICRON SO-DIMM DDRIV 2666 8GB KN.8GB04.028
MTA8ATF1G64HZ-2G6E1 LF+HF 1024*8 Z11B
SPEAKER
SPEAKER ASSY(WITH L+R) 23.SHXN7.002

6-28 FRU (Field Replaceable Unit) List


Table 6-7. FRU List
CATEGORY DESCRIPTION ACER PART NO.

MISCELLANEOUS
RUBBER SI MIC 47.SHXN7.001

KB PLATE RUBBER 47.SHXN7.002

TOP GASKET-R 47.SHXN7.003

TOP GASKET-L 47.SHXN7.004

KB PLATE MYLAR for A314-32 47.SHXN7.005

TP CONDUCTIVE TAPE 47.SHXN7.006

SSD MB MYLAR 47.SHXN7.007

MB KB KAPTON 47.MVLN7.001

FRU (Field Replaceable Unit) List 6-29


Table 6-7. FRU List
CATEGORY DESCRIPTION ACER PART NO.

MB TP KB KAPTON EJ 47.GNSN7.006

THERMALPAD RS 17*17*1.5 47.GNSN7.001

47.GNSN7.004
TOP CU FOIL for A114-32

RUBBER SI BASE FRONT BK 47.SHXN7.008

RUBBER SI BASE REAR BK 47.SHXN7.009

RUBBER SI BASE SW BK 47.GNSN7.003

RUBBER SI BEZEL SHORT BK 47.SHXN7.010

6-30 FRU (Field Replaceable Unit) List


Table 6-7. FRU List
CATEGORY DESCRIPTION ACER PART NO.

RUBBER SI BEZEL LONG BK 47.SHXN7.011

RJ45 DOOR SPR HLCL EJ 47.GVYN7.001


RJ45 DOOR SPR HLCL CLOUD 47.GVZN7.001

BASE RJ45 DOOR BK CLOUD 47.GVZN7.002

BASE RJ45 DOOR BLACK EJ 47.GVYN7.002

FRU (Field Replaceable Unit) List 6-31


SCREW List 0

Table 6-8. Screw List


CATEGORY DESCRIPTION ACER PART NO.

SCREW NUT M2 L5.95 STEEL 86.SHXN7.001

SCREWM2.0*2.5-I(BUWZN)NYLON PATCH) 86.SHXN7.002

SCREW M2.0*3.0-I(BZN)(NYLOK)IRON 86.GDEN7.001

SCREW M2.5*2.5-I(BNI)(NYLOK)T=0.6 86.SHXN7.003

SCREW M2.5*6-I(BNI)(NYLOK)IRON 86.SHXN7.004

SCREW M3*0.5+3.5I 86.TDY07.003

SCREW M2.0*2.0- I(BNI)(NY)IRON 86.G55N7.001

6-32 FRU (Field Replaceable Unit) List


CHAPTER 7
Model Definition and Configuration
Aspire A314-31, Aspire A114-31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3

7-2
Model Definition and Configuration

Aspire A314-31/A114-31 0

Table 7-1. RO, Description


Model RO Country Acer Part No Description

A114-31-C16A ELINUXARO2
MC UMACkk_3U
A114-31-C16A EMEA Romania NX.SHXEX.002 3450/1*4G/64G/2L4.8/acB_0.3M
M_Obsidian Black 14 PC+ABS
texture EJ_ENF1
A114-31-C1SV ELINUXSPL1 MC
UMACkk_3U
A114-31-C1SV EMEA Poland NX.SHXEP.001 3350/1*4G/32G/2L4.8/HD_acB_0
.3MM_Obsidian Black 14
PC+ABS texture EJ_EN41
A114-31-C3E5 ELINUXARO2 MC
UMACkk_3U
A114-31-C3E5 EMEA Romania NX.SHXEX.001 3350/1*4G/64G/2L4.8/acB_0.3M
M_Obsidian Black 14 PC+ABS
texture EJ_ENF1
A114-31-C391 ELINUXAVN1
UMACkk_3U
A114-31-C391 AAP Vietnam NX.SHXSV.002 3350/1*4G/F256G/2L4.8/HD_acB
_0.3MM_Obsidian Black 14
PC+ABS texture EJ_EH61 -
A114-31-C3EG ELINUXAVN1
UMACkk_3U
A114-31-C3EG AAP Vietnam NX.SHXSV.001 3350/1*4G/F128G/2L4.8/HD_acB
_0.3MM_Obsidian Black 14
PC+ABS texture EJ_EH61 -
A114-31-C4ZE ELINUXAVN1
UMACkk_3U
A114-31-C4ZE AAP Vietnam NX.SHXSV.004 3450/1*4G/F256G/2L4.8/HD_acB
_0.3MM_Obsidian Black 14
PC+ABS texture EJ_EH61 -
A114-31-C5CC ELINUXAVN1
UMACkk_3U
A114-31-C5CC AAP Vietnam NX.SHXSV.003 3450/1*4G/F128G/2L4.8/HD_acB
_0.3MM_Obsidian Black 14
PC+ABS texture EJ_EH61 -

Model Definition and Configuration 7-3


Table 7-1. RO, Description
Model RO Country Acer Part No Description

A114-31-P2YY ELINUXAVN1
UMACkk_3U
A114-31-P2YY AAP Vietnam NX.SHXSV.006 4200/1*4G/F256G/2L4.8/HD_acB
_0.3MM_Obsidian Black 14
PC+ABS texture EJ_EH61 -
A114-31-P379 ELINUXAVN1
UMACkk_3U
A114-31-P379 AAP Vietnam NX.SHXSV.005 4200/1*4G/F128G/2L4.8/HD_acB
_0.3MM_Obsidian Black 14
PC+ABS texture EJ_EH61 -
A114-31-C934
W10HVNML64A6TGB4
UMACkk_3U
A114-31-C934 EMEA UK NX.SHXEK.002
3350/1*4G/64G/2L4.8/HD_acB_0
.3MM_Obsidian Black 14
PC+ABS texture EJ_EN11 6T
A114-31-P6UT ELINUXARO2
MC UMACkk_3U
A114-31-P6UT EMEA Romania NX.SHXEX.005 4200/1*4G/1000G_7/2L4.8/acB_
0.3MM_Obsidian Black 14
PC+ABS texture EJ_ENF1
A114-31-P789 ELINUXARO2 MC
UMACkk_3U
A114-31-P789 EMEA Romania NX.SHXEX.004 4200/1*4G/500G_L/2L4.8/acB_0.
3MM_Obsidian Black 14
PC+ABS texture EJ_ENF1
A114-31-P0M7
W10HML64A6TGB4
UMACkk_3U
A114-31-P0M7 EMEA UK NX.SHXEK.001
4200/1*4G/F128G/2L4.8/HD_acB
_0.3MM_Obsidian Black 14
PC+ABS texture EJ_EN11 6T
A114-31-P65H
W10HML64A6TFR1
UMACkk_3U
A114-31-P65H EMEA France NX.SHXEF.001
4200/1*4G/F128G/2L4.8/acB_0.3
MM_Obsidian Black 14 PC+ABS
texture EJ_FRT1 6T
A114-31-C1V0 ALINUXAHU1
UMACkk_3U
A114-31-C1V0 EMEA Hungary NX.SHXEU.002 3350/1*4G/64G/2L4.8/acB_0.3M
M_Obsidian Black 14 PC+ABS
texture EJ_EN41 -

7-4 Model Definition and Configuration


Table 7-1. RO, Description
Model RO Country Acer Part No Description

A114-31-C6Y4 ALINUXAHU1
UMACkk_3U
A114-31-C6Y4 EMEA Hungary NX.SHXEU.001 3350/1*4G/32G/2L4.8/acB_0.3M
M_Obsidian Black 14 PC+ABS
texture EJ_EN41 -
A114-31-C9A5
W10HENML64A6THU1
UMACkk_3U
A114-31-C9A5 EMEA Hungary NX.SHXEU.003 3350/1*4G/32G/2L4.8/acB_0.3M
M_100G OneDrive
Manual_Obsidian Black 14
PC+ABS texture EJ_HUA1 6T
A114-31-C48Y
W10HVNML64A6THU1
UMACkk_3U
A114-31-C48Y EMEA Hungary NX.SHXEU.004
3350/1*4G/64G/2L4.8/acB_0.3M
M_Obsidian Black 14 PC+ABS
texture EJ_HUA1 6T
A114-31-C0GC
W10HENML64A6TGB4
UMACkk_3U
A114-31-C0GC EMEA UK NX.SHXEK.003 3350/1*4G/32G/2L4.8/acB_0.3M
M_100G OneDrive
Manual_Obsidian Black 14
PC+ABS texture EJ_EN11 6T
A114-31-C7L0
W10HVNML64A6TND2
UMACkk_3U
A114-31-C7L0 EMEA Nordic NX.SHXED.001
3450/1*4G/64G/2L4.8/acB_0.3M
M_Obsidian Black 14 PC+ABS
texture EJ_DA41 6T
A114-31-C81R
W10HENML64A6TDE1
UMACkk_3U
A114-31-C81R EMEA Germany NX.SHXEG.001 3350/1*4G/32G/2L4.8/HD_acB_0
.3MM_100G OneDrive
Manual_Obsidian Black 14
PC+ABS texture EJ_DE11 6T
A114-31-C472
W10HENML64A6TDE1
UMACkk_3U
A114-31-C472 EMEA Germany NX.SHXEG.002 3450/1*4G/32G/2L4.8/HD_acB_0
.3MM_100G OneDrive
Manual_Obsidian Black 14
PC+ABS texture EJ_DE11 6T

Model Definition and Configuration 7-5


Table 7-1. RO, Description
Model RO Country Acer Part No Description

A114-31-C3B7
W10HVNML64A6TND2
UMACkk_3U
A114-31-C3B7 EMEA Nordic NX.SHXED.002
3350/1*4G/64G/2L4.8/acB_0.3M
M_Obsidian Black 14 PC+ABS
texture EJ_DA41 6T
A114-31-C4AC
W10HENML64ACZ2
UMACkk_3U
A114-31-C4AC EMEA Czech NX.SHXEC.001 3350/1*4G/32G/2L4.8/acB_0.3M
M_100G OneDrive
Manual_Obsidian Black 14
PC+ABS texture EJ_CSC1 6T
A114-31-C5GJ
W10HENML64A6TME1
UMACkk_3U
Middle
A114-31-C5GJ EMEA NX.SHXEM.001 3350/1*4G/32G/2L4.8/acB_0.3M
East-DM
M_100G OneDrive
Manual_Obsidian Black 14
PC+ABS texture EJ_AR61 6T
A114-31-P6NF
W10HENML64A6TME1
UMACkk_3U
Middle
A114-31-P6NF EMEA NX.SHXEM.002 4200/1*4G/32G/2L4.8/acB_0.3M
East-DM
M_100G OneDrive
Manual_Obsidian Black 14
PC+ABS texture EJ_AR61 6T
A114-31-C67W W10HSL64ATR1
UMACkk_3U
A114-31-C67W EMEA Turkey NX.SHXEY.001 3350/1*4G/64G/2L4.8/acB_0.3M
M_Obsidian Black 14 PC+ABS
texture EJ_TRA1 6T
A114-31-C2SL
W10HVNML64A6TES1
UMACkk_3U
A114-31-C2SL EMEA Spain NX.SHXEB.001
3350/1*4G/64G/2L4.8/acB_0.3M
M_Obsidian Black 14 PC+ABS
texture EJ_ESP1 6T
A114-31-C9WS
W10HSL64A13RU1
UMACkk_3U
A114-31-C9WS EMEA Russia NX.SHXER.001
3350/1*4G/64G/2L4.8/HD_acB_0
.3MM_Obsidian Black 14
PC+ABS texture EJ_RU11 6T

7-6 Model Definition and Configuration


Table 7-1. RO, Description
Model RO Country Acer Part No Description

A114-31-C6WH
W10HVNML64A6TND2
UMACkk_3U
A114-31-C6WH EMEA Nordic NX.SHXED.003
3450/1*4G/64G/2L4.8/HD_acB_0
.3MM_Obsidian Black 14
PC+ABS texture EJ_DA41 6T
A114-31-C6Z5
W10HENML64A6TBE1
UMACkk_3U
A114-31-C6Z5 EMEA Belgium NX.SHXEH.001 3350/1*4G/32G/2L4.8/acB_0.3M
M_100G OneDrive
Manual_Obsidian Black 14
PC+ABS texture EJ_FRO1 6T
A114-31-C31M
W10HENML64A6TND2
UMACkk_3U
A114-31-C31M EMEA Nordic NX.SHXED.004 3350/1*4G/32G/2L4.8/acB_0.3M
M_100G OneDrive
Manual_Obsidian Black 14
PC+ABS texture EJ_DA41 6T
A114-31-C7JQ
W10HVNML64A6TRO2
UMACkk_3U
A114-31-C7JQ EMEA Romania NX.SHXEX.006
3450/1*4G/64G/2L4.8/acB_0.3M
M_Obsidian Black 14 PC+ABS
texture EJ_BG61 6T
A114-31-C3E6
W10HENXML64R1AUS1
UMACkk_3U
A114-31-C3E6 PA USA NX.SHXAA.001
3350/1*4G/32G/2L4.8/acB_0.3M
M_Obsidian Black 14 PC+ABS
texture EJ_ENP1 OPP
A114-31-C1YA
W10HVNML64A6TND2
UMACkk_3U
A114-31-C1YA EMEA Nordic NX.SHXED.005
3350/1*4G/64G/2L4.8/HD_acB_0
.3MM_Obsidian Black 14
PC+ABS texture EJ_DA41 6T
A114-31-C8M9
W10HVNML64A6TES1
UMACkk_3U
A114-31-C8M9 EMEA Spain NX.SHXEB.002
3350/1*4G/64G/2L4.8/acB_0.3M
M_Obsidian Black 14 PC+ABS
texture EJ_ESP1 OPP

Model Definition and Configuration 7-7


Table 7-1. RO, Description
Model RO Country Acer Part No Description

A114-31-C9M8
Elinux_1SPARO2 UMACkk_3U
A114-31-C9M8 EMEA Romania NX.SHXEX.008 3450/1*4G/64G/2L4.8/acB_0.3M
M_Obsidian Black 14 PC+ABS
texture EJ_ENF1 -
A114-31-P8B4 Elinux_1SPARO2
UMACkk_3U
A114-31-P8B4 EMEA Romania NX.SHXEX.009 4200/1*4G/64G/2L4.8/acB_0.3M
M_Obsidian Black 14 PC+ABS
texture EJ_ENF1 -
A114-31-C205 Elinux_1SPAAL1
UMACkk_3U
Albania/
A114-31-C205 EMEA NX.SHXEX.010 3350/1*4G/32G/2L4.8/HD_acB_0
Macedonia .3MM_Obsidian Black 14
PC+ABS texture EJ_A111 -
A114-31-C5X0
W10HENSL64A6TAL1
UMACkk_3U
Albania/
A114-31-C5X0 EMEA NX.SHXEX.011 3350/1*4G/32G/2L4.8/HD_acB_0
Macedonia
.3MM_100G OneDrive
Manual_Obsidian Black 14
PC+ABS texture EJ_A161 6T
A114-31-C0P7
W10HVNML64AHU1
UMACkk_3U
A114-31-C0P7 EMEA Hungary NX.SHXEU.006 3350/1*4G/64G/2L4.8/acB_0.3M
M_100G OneDrive
Manual_Obsidian Black 14
PC+ABS texture EJ_HUA1 OPP
A114-31-P36N
W10HVNML64A6TDE1
UMACkk_3U
A114-31-P36N EMEA Germany NX.SHXEG.003 4200/1*4G/64G/2L4.8/HD_acB_0
.3MM_100G OneDrive
Manual_Obsidian Black 14
PC+ABS texture EJ_DE11 6T
A114-31-C1K1
W10HVNML64A6TME1
UMACkk_3U
Middle
A114-31-C1K1 EMEA NX.SHXEM.003 3350/1*4G/64G/2L4.8/acB_0.3M
East-DM
M_100G OneDrive
Manual_Obsidian Black 14
PC+ABS texture EJ_AR61 6T

7-8 Model Definition and Configuration


Table 7-1. RO, Description
Model RO Country Acer Part No Description

A114-31-P4VV
W10HVNML64A6TME1
UMACkk_3U
Middle
A114-31-P4VV EMEA NX.SHXEM.004 4200/1*4G/64G/2L4.8/acB_0.3M
East-DM
M_100G OneDrive
Manual_Obsidian Black 14
PC+ABS texture EJ_AR61 6T
A114-31-C5BV
W10HVNML64A6TRO2
UMACkk_3U
A114-31-C5BV EMEA Romania NX.SHXEX.007 3450/1*4G/64G/2L4.8/acB_0.3M
M_100G OneDrive
Manual_Obsidian Black 14
PC+ABS texture EJ_BG61 6T
A114-31-C8PA
W10HENSL64ATR1
UMACkk_3U
A114-31-C8PA EMEA Turkey NX.SHXEY.002 3350/1*4G/32G/2L4.8/acB_0.3M
M_100G OneDrive
Manual_Obsidian Black 14
PC+ABS texture EJ_TRA1 6T
A114-31-P9MY W10HSL64ATR1
UMACkk_3U
A114-31-P9MY EMEA Turkey NX.SHXEY.003 4200/1*4G/64G/2L4.8/acB_0.3M
M_Obsidian Black 14 PC+ABS
texture EJ_TRA1 6T
A114-31-C8FY Elinux_1SPAUK1
UMACkk_3U
A114-31-C8FY EMEA Ukraine NX.SHXEU.007 3350/1*4G/32G/2L4.8/HD_acB_0
.3MM_Obsidian Black 14
PC+ABS texture EJ_UK41 -
A114-31-C5UB
Elinux_1SPAUKA UMACkk_3U
A114-31-C5UB EMEA Ukraine NX.SHXEU.008 3350/1*4G/32G/2L4.8/HD_acB_0
.3MM_Obsidian Black 14
PC+ABS texture EJ_UK41 -
A114-31-C70C
W10HENSL64A6TUKA
UMACkk_3U
A114-31-C70C EMEA Ukraine NX.SHXEU.010 3350/1*4G/32G/2L4.8/HD_acB_0
.3MM_100G OneDrive
Manual_Obsidian Black 14
PC+ABS texture EJ_UK21 6T

Model Definition and Configuration 7-9


Table 7-1. RO, Description
Model RO Country Acer Part No Description

A114-31-C8KK
W10HENSL64A6TUK1
UMACkk_3U
A114-31-C8KK EMEA Ukraine NX.SHXEU.009 3350/1*4G/32G/2L4.8/HD_acB_0
.3MM_100G OneDrive
Manual_Obsidian Black 14
PC+ABS texture EJ_UK21 6T
A114-31-P8GR
W10HENML64A6TGB4
UMACkk_3U
A114-31-P8GR EMEA UK NX.SHXEK.005 4200/1*4G/32G/2L4.8/acB_0.3M
M_100G OneDrive
Manual_Obsidian Black 14
PC+ABS texture EJ_EN11 6T
A114-31-C1HU
W10HENML64ACZ2
UMACkk_3U
A114-31-C1HU EMEA Czech NX.SHXEC.002 3350/1*4G/32G/2L4.8/HD_acB_0
.3MM_100G OneDrive
Manual_Obsidian Black 14
PC+ABS texture EJ_CSC1 6T
A114-31-C5P7
W10HVNML64ACZ2
UMACkk_3U
A114-31-C5P7 EMEA Czech NX.SHXEC.004 3450/1*4G/64G/2L4.8/HD_acB_0
.3MM_100G OneDrive
Manual_Obsidian Black 14
PC+ABS texture EJ_CSC1 6T
A114-31-C5T0
W10HVNML64ACZ2
UMACkk_3U
A114-31-C5T0 EMEA Czech NX.SHXEC.003 3350/1*4G/64G/2L4.8/HD_acB_0
.3MM_100G OneDrive
Manual_Obsidian Black 14
PC+ABS texture EJ_CSC1 6T
A114-31-P0C9 ELINUXARO2
UMACkk_3U
A114-31-P0C9 EMEA Romania NX.SHXEX.003 4200/1*4G/F128G/2L4.8/acB_0.3
MM_Obsidian Black 14 PC+ABS
texture EJ_ENF1 -
A114-31-C75C
W10HENXML64R1AFR1
UMACkk_3U
A114-31-C75C EMEA France NX.SHXEF.002
3350/1*4G/32G/2L4.8/acB_0.3M
M_Obsidian Black 14 PC+ABS
texture EJ_FRT1 OPP

7-10 Model Definition and Configuration


Table 7-1. RO, Description
Model RO Country Acer Part No Description

A114-31-C6S1
W10HENXML64R1AGB4
UMACkk_3U
A114-31-C6S1 EMEA UK NX.SHXEK.004
3350/1*4G/32G/2L4.8/acB_0.3M
M_Obsidian Black 14 PC+ABS
texture EJ_EN11 OPP
A114-31-C7P5
W10HENXML64R1AHU1
UMACkk_3U
A114-31-C7P5 EMEA Hungary NX.SHXEU.005
3350/1*4G/32G/2L4.8/acB_0.3M
M_Obsidian Black 14 PC+ABS
texture EJ_HUA1 OPP
A114-31-C7SD
W10HENML64A6TIT1
UMACkk_3U
A114-31-C7SD EMEA Italy NX.SHXET.001 3350/1*4G/32G/2L4.8/acB_0.3M
M_100G OneDrive
Manual_Obsidian Black 14
PC+ABS texture EJ_DED1 6T
A114-31-C04U Elinux_1SPAIR1E
UMACkk_3U
A114-31-C04U EMEA Iran NX.SHXEM.005 3350/1*4G/32G/2L4.8/acB_0.3M
M_Obsidian Black 14 PC+ABS
texture EJ_N2F1 -
A114-31-P9MT
Elinux_1SPAIR1E UMACkk_3U
A114-31-P9MT EMEA Iran NX.SHXEM.006 4200/1*4G/32G/2L4.8/acB_0.3M
M_Obsidian Black 14 PC+ABS
texture EJ_N2F1 -
A114-31-C0HR
W10HVNML64A6TIT1
UMACkk_3U
A114-31-C0HR EMEA Italy NX.SHXET.002
3350/1*4G/64G/2L4.8/acB_0.3M
M_Obsidian Black 14 PC+ABS
texture EJ_DED1 6T
A114-31-C9L8
W10HENXML64R1ABE1
UMACkk_3U
A114-31-C9L8 EMEA Belgium NX.SHXEH.002
3350/1*4G/32G/2L4.8/HD_acB_0
.3MM_Obsidian Black 14
PC+ABS texture EJ_FRO1 OPP
A114-31-P3GK
W10HVNML64A6TGB4
UMACkk_3U
A114-31-P3GK EMEA UK NX.SHXEK.006
4200/1*4G/64G/2L4.8/acB_0.3M
M_Obsidian Black 14 PC+ABS
texture EJ_EN11 6T

Model Definition and Configuration 7-11


Table 7-2. CPU, LCD
Model Country Acer Part No CPU LCD

A114-31-C16A Romania NX.SHXEX.002 ICQN3450 N14HDGSUP


A114-31-C1SV Poland NX.SHXEP.001 ICDN3350 N14HDSUP
A114-31-C3E5 Romania NX.SHXEX.001 ICDN3350 N14HDGSUP
A114-31-C391 Vietnam NX.SHXSV.002 ICDN3350 N14HDSUP
A114-31-C3EG Vietnam NX.SHXSV.001 ICDN3350 N14HDSUP
A114-31-C4ZE Vietnam NX.SHXSV.004 ICQN3450 N14HDSUP
A114-31-C5CC Vietnam NX.SHXSV.003 ICQN3450 N14HDSUP
A114-31-P2YY Vietnam NX.SHXSV.006 PQCN4200 N14HDSUP
A114-31-P379 Vietnam NX.SHXSV.005 PQCN4200 N14HDSUP
A114-31-C934 UK NX.SHXEK.002 ICDN3350 N14HDSUP
A114-31-P6UT Romania NX.SHXEX.005 PQCN4200 N14HDGSUP
A114-31-P789 Romania NX.SHXEX.004 PQCN4200 N14HDGSUP
A114-31-P0M7 UK NX.SHXEK.001 PQCN4200 N14HDSUP
A114-31-P65H France NX.SHXEF.001 PQCN4200 N14HDGSUP
A114-31-C1V0 Hungary NX.SHXEU.002 ICDN3350 N14HDGSUP
A114-31-C6Y4 Hungary NX.SHXEU.001 ICDN3350 N14HDGSUP
A114-31-C9A5 Hungary NX.SHXEU.003 ICDN3350 N14HDGSUP
A114-31-C48Y Hungary NX.SHXEU.004 ICDN3350 N14HDGSUP
A114-31-C0GC UK NX.SHXEK.003 ICDN3350 N14HDGSUP
A114-31-C7L0 Nordic NX.SHXED.001 ICQN3450 N14HDGSUP
A114-31-C81R Germany NX.SHXEG.001 ICDN3350 N14HDSUP
A114-31-C472 Germany NX.SHXEG.002 ICQN3450 N14HDSUP
A114-31-C3B7 Nordic NX.SHXED.002 ICDN3350 N14HDGSUP
A114-31-C4AC Czech NX.SHXEC.001 ICDN3350 N14HDGSUP
A114-31-C5GJ Middle East-DM NX.SHXEM.001 ICDN3350 N14HDGSUP
A114-31-P6NF Middle East-DM NX.SHXEM.002 PQCN4200 N14HDGSUP
A114-31-C67W Turkey NX.SHXEY.001 ICDN3350 N14HDGSUP
A114-31-C2SL Spain NX.SHXEB.001 ICDN3350 N14HDGSUP
A114-31-C9WS Russia NX.SHXER.001 ICDN3350 N14HDSUP
A114-31-C6WH Nordic NX.SHXED.003 ICQN3450 N14HDSUP
A114-31-C6Z5 Belgium NX.SHXEH.001 ICDN3350 N14HDGSUP
A114-31-C31M Nordic NX.SHXED.004 ICDN3350 N14HDGSUP

7-12 Model Definition and Configuration


Table 7-2. CPU, LCD
Model Country Acer Part No CPU LCD

A114-31-C7JQ Romania NX.SHXEX.006 ICQN3450 N14HDGSUP


A114-31-C3E6 USA NX.SHXAA.001 ICDN3350 N14HDGSUP
A114-31-C1YA Nordic NX.SHXED.005 ICDN3350 N14HDSUP
A114-31-C8M9 Spain NX.SHXEB.002 ICDN3350 N14HDGSUP
A114-31-C9M8 Romania NX.SHXEX.008 ICQN3450 N14HDGSUP
A114-31-P8B4 Romania NX.SHXEX.009 PQCN4200 N14HDGSUP
A114-31-C205 Albania/Macedonia NX.SHXEX.010 ICDN3350 N14HDSUP
A114-31-C5X0 Albania/Macedonia NX.SHXEX.011 ICDN3350 N14HDSUP
A114-31-C0P7 Hungary NX.SHXEU.006 ICDN3350 N14HDGSUP
A114-31-P36N Germany NX.SHXEG.003 PQCN4200 N14HDSUP
A114-31-C1K1 Middle East-DM NX.SHXEM.003 ICDN3350 N14HDGSUP
A114-31-P4VV Middle East-DM NX.SHXEM.004 PQCN4200 N14HDGSUP
A114-31-C5BV Romania NX.SHXEX.007 ICQN3450 N14HDGSUP
A114-31-C8PA Turkey NX.SHXEY.002 ICDN3350 N14HDGSUP
A114-31-P9MY Turkey NX.SHXEY.003 PQCN4200 N14HDGSUP
A114-31-C8FY Ukraine NX.SHXEU.007 ICDN3350 N14HDSUP
A114-31-C5UB Ukraine NX.SHXEU.008 ICDN3350 N14HDSUP
A114-31-C70C Ukraine NX.SHXEU.010 ICDN3350 N14HDSUP
A114-31-C8KK Ukraine NX.SHXEU.009 ICDN3350 N14HDSUP
A114-31-P8GR UK NX.SHXEK.005 PQCN4200 N14HDGSUP
A114-31-C1HU Czech NX.SHXEC.002 ICDN3350 N14HDSUP
A114-31-C5P7 Czech NX.SHXEC.004 ICQN3450 N14HDSUP
A114-31-C5T0 Czech NX.SHXEC.003 ICDN3350 N14HDSUP
A114-31-P0C9 Romania NX.SHXEX.003 PQCN4200 N14HDGSUP
A114-31-C75C France NX.SHXEF.002 ICDN3350 N14HDGSUP
A114-31-C6S1 UK NX.SHXEK.004 ICDN3350 N14HDGSUP
A114-31-C7P5 Hungary NX.SHXEU.005 ICDN3350 N14HDGSUP
A114-31-C7SD Italy NX.SHXET.001 ICDN3350 N14HDGSUP
A114-31-C04U Iran NX.SHXEM.005 ICDN3350 N14HDGSUP
A114-31-P9MT Iran NX.SHXEM.006 PQCN4200 N14HDGSUP
A114-31-C0HR Italy NX.SHXET.002 ICDN3350 N14HDGSUP
A114-31-C9L8 Belgium NX.SHXEH.002 ICDN3350 N14HDSUP
A114-31-P3GK UK NX.SHXEK.006 PQCN4200 N14HDGSUP

Model Definition and Configuration 7-13


Table 7-3. VGA Chip, VRAM
Model Country Acer Part No VGA Chip VRAM

A114-31-C16A Romania NX.SHXEX.002 UMA N


A114-31-C1SV Poland NX.SHXEP.001 UMA N
A114-31-C3E5 Romania NX.SHXEX.001 UMA N
A114-31-C391 Vietnam NX.SHXSV.002 UMA N
A114-31-C3EG Vietnam NX.SHXSV.001 UMA N
A114-31-C4ZE Vietnam NX.SHXSV.004 UMA N
A114-31-C5CC Vietnam NX.SHXSV.003 UMA N
A114-31-P2YY Vietnam NX.SHXSV.006 UMA N
A114-31-P379 Vietnam NX.SHXSV.005 UMA N
A114-31-C934 UK NX.SHXEK.002 UMA N
A114-31-P6UT Romania NX.SHXEX.005 UMA N
A114-31-P789 Romania NX.SHXEX.004 UMA N
A114-31-P0M7 UK NX.SHXEK.001 UMA N
A114-31-P65H France NX.SHXEF.001 UMA N
A114-31-C1V0 Hungary NX.SHXEU.002 UMA N
A114-31-C6Y4 Hungary NX.SHXEU.001 UMA N
A114-31-C9A5 Hungary NX.SHXEU.003 UMA N
A114-31-C48Y Hungary NX.SHXEU.004 UMA N
A114-31-C0GC UK NX.SHXEK.003 UMA N
A114-31-C7L0 Nordic NX.SHXED.001 UMA N
A114-31-C81R Germany NX.SHXEG.001 UMA N
A114-31-C472 Germany NX.SHXEG.002 UMA N
A114-31-C3B7 Nordic NX.SHXED.002 UMA N
A114-31-C4AC Czech NX.SHXEC.001 UMA N
A114-31-C5GJ Middle East-DM NX.SHXEM.001 UMA N
A114-31-P6NF Middle East-DM NX.SHXEM.002 UMA N
A114-31-C67W Turkey NX.SHXEY.001 UMA N
A114-31-C2SL Spain NX.SHXEB.001 UMA N
A114-31-C9WS Russia NX.SHXER.001 UMA N
A114-31-C6WH Nordic NX.SHXED.003 UMA N
A114-31-C6Z5 Belgium NX.SHXEH.001 UMA N
A114-31-C31M Nordic NX.SHXED.004 UMA N

7-14 Model Definition and Configuration


Table 7-3. VGA Chip, VRAM
Model Country Acer Part No VGA Chip VRAM

A114-31-C7JQ Romania NX.SHXEX.006 UMA N


A114-31-C3E6 USA NX.SHXAA.001 UMA N
A114-31-C1YA Nordic NX.SHXED.005 UMA N
A114-31-C8M9 Spain NX.SHXEB.002 UMA N
A114-31-C9M8 Romania NX.SHXEX.008 UMA N
A114-31-P8B4 Romania NX.SHXEX.009 UMA N
A114-31-C205 Albania/Macedonia NX.SHXEX.010 UMA N
A114-31-C5X0 Albania/Macedonia NX.SHXEX.011 UMA N
A114-31-C0P7 Hungary NX.SHXEU.006 UMA N
A114-31-P36N Germany NX.SHXEG.003 UMA N
A114-31-C1K1 Middle East-DM NX.SHXEM.003 UMA N
A114-31-P4VV Middle East-DM NX.SHXEM.004 UMA N
A114-31-C5BV Romania NX.SHXEX.007 UMA N
A114-31-C8PA Turkey NX.SHXEY.002 UMA N
A114-31-P9MY Turkey NX.SHXEY.003 UMA N
A114-31-C8FY Ukraine NX.SHXEU.007 UMA N
A114-31-C5UB Ukraine NX.SHXEU.008 UMA N
A114-31-C70C Ukraine NX.SHXEU.010 UMA N
A114-31-C8KK Ukraine NX.SHXEU.009 UMA N
A114-31-P8GR UK NX.SHXEK.005 UMA N
A114-31-C1HU Czech NX.SHXEC.002 UMA N
A114-31-C5P7 Czech NX.SHXEC.004 UMA N
A114-31-C5T0 Czech NX.SHXEC.003 UMA N
A114-31-P0C9 Romania NX.SHXEX.003 UMA N
A114-31-C75C France NX.SHXEF.002 UMA N
A114-31-C6S1 UK NX.SHXEK.004 UMA N
A114-31-C7P5 Hungary NX.SHXEU.005 UMA N
A114-31-C7SD Italy NX.SHXET.001 UMA N
A114-31-C04U Iran NX.SHXEM.005 UMA N
A114-31-P9MT Iran NX.SHXEM.006 UMA N
A114-31-C0HR Italy NX.SHXET.002 UMA N
A114-31-C9L8 Belgium NX.SHXEH.002 UMA N
A114-31-P3GK UK NX.SHXEK.006 UMA N

Model Definition and Configuration 7-15


Table 7-4. Memory 1, Memory 2, HDD 1, HDD 2
Memory HDD 2
Model Country Acer Part No Memory 1 HDD 1 (GB)
2 (GB)

OB4GBIIIL(
A114-31-C16A Romania NX.SHXEX.002 N eMMC64GB N
256x16*8)
OB4GBIIIL(
A114-31-C1SV Poland NX.SHXEP.001 N eMMC32GB N
256x16*8)
OB4GBIIIL(
A114-31-C3E5 Romania NX.SHXEX.001 N eMMC64GB N
256x16*8)
OB4GBIIIL(
A114-31-C391 Vietnam NX.SHXSV.002 N F80256S3 N
256x16*8)
OB4GBIIIL(
A114-31-C3EG Vietnam NX.SHXSV.001 N F80128S3 N
256x16*8)
OB4GBIIIL(
A114-31-C4ZE Vietnam NX.SHXSV.004 N F80256S3 N
256x16*8)
OB4GBIIIL(
A114-31-C5CC Vietnam NX.SHXSV.003 N F80128S3 N
256x16*8)
OB4GBIIIL(
A114-31-P2YY Vietnam NX.SHXSV.006 N F80256S3 N
256x16*8)
OB4GBIIIL(
A114-31-P379 Vietnam NX.SHXSV.005 N F80128S3 N
256x16*8)
OB4GBIIIL(
A114-31-C934 UK NX.SHXEK.002 N eMMC64GB N
256x16*8)
OB4GBIIIL( N1000GB5.
A114-31-P6UT Romania NX.SHXEX.005 N N
256x16*8) 4KS71D
OB4GBIIIL( N500GB5.4
A114-31-P789 Romania NX.SHXEX.004 N N
256x16*8) KS
OB4GBIIIL(
A114-31-P0M7 UK NX.SHXEK.001 N F80128S3 N
256x16*8)
OB4GBIIIL(
A114-31-P65H France NX.SHXEF.001 N F80128S3 N
256x16*8)
OB4GBIIIL(
A114-31-C1V0 Hungary NX.SHXEU.002 N eMMC64GB N
256x16*8)
OB4GBIIIL(
A114-31-C6Y4 Hungary NX.SHXEU.001 N eMMC32GB N
256x16*8)
OB4GBIIIL(
A114-31-C9A5 Hungary NX.SHXEU.003 N eMMC32GB N
256x16*8)
OB4GBIIIL(
A114-31-C48Y Hungary NX.SHXEU.004 N eMMC64GB N
256x16*8)
OB4GBIIIL(
A114-31-C0GC UK NX.SHXEK.003 N eMMC32GB N
256x16*8)

7-16 Model Definition and Configuration


Table 7-4. Memory 1, Memory 2, HDD 1, HDD 2
Memory HDD 2
Model Country Acer Part No Memory 1 HDD 1 (GB)
2 (GB)

OB4GBIIIL(
A114-31-C7L0 Nordic NX.SHXED.001 N eMMC64GB N
256x16*8)
OB4GBIIIL(
A114-31-C81R Germany NX.SHXEG.001 N eMMC32GB N
256x16*8)
OB4GBIIIL(
A114-31-C472 Germany NX.SHXEG.002 N eMMC32GB N
256x16*8)
OB4GBIIIL(
A114-31-C3B7 Nordic NX.SHXED.002 N eMMC64GB N
256x16*8)
OB4GBIIIL(
A114-31-C4AC Czech NX.SHXEC.001 N eMMC32GB N
256x16*8)
Middle OB4GBIIIL(
A114-31-C5GJ NX.SHXEM.001 N eMMC32GB N
East-DM 256x16*8)
Middle OB4GBIIIL(
A114-31-P6NF NX.SHXEM.002 N eMMC32GB N
East-DM 256x16*8)
OB4GBIIIL(
A114-31-C67W Turkey NX.SHXEY.001 N eMMC64GB N
256x16*8)
OB4GBIIIL(
A114-31-C2SL Spain NX.SHXEB.001 N eMMC64GB N
256x16*8)
OB4GBIIIL(
A114-31-C9WS Russia NX.SHXER.001 N eMMC64GB N
256x16*8)
OB4GBIIIL(
A114-31-C6WH Nordic NX.SHXED.003 N eMMC64GB N
256x16*8)
OB4GBIIIL(
A114-31-C6Z5 Belgium NX.SHXEH.001 N eMMC32GB N
256x16*8)
OB4GBIIIL(
A114-31-C31M Nordic NX.SHXED.004 N eMMC32GB N
256x16*8)
OB4GBIIIL(
A114-31-C7JQ Romania NX.SHXEX.006 N eMMC64GB N
256x16*8)
OB4GBIIIL(
A114-31-C3E6 USA NX.SHXAA.001 N eMMC32GB N
256x16*8)
OB4GBIIIL(
A114-31-C1YA Nordic NX.SHXED.005 N eMMC64GB N
256x16*8)
OB4GBIIIL(
A114-31-C8M9 Spain NX.SHXEB.002 N eMMC64GB N
256x16*8)
OB4GBIIIL(
A114-31-C9M8 Romania NX.SHXEX.008 N eMMC64GB N
256x16*8)
OB4GBIIIL(
A114-31-P8B4 Romania NX.SHXEX.009 N eMMC64GB N
256x16*8)

Model Definition and Configuration 7-17


Table 7-4. Memory 1, Memory 2, HDD 1, HDD 2
Memory HDD 2
Model Country Acer Part No Memory 1 HDD 1 (GB)
2 (GB)

Albania/ OB4GBIIIL(
A114-31-C205 NX.SHXEX.010 N eMMC32GB N
Macedonia 256x16*8)
Albania/ OB4GBIIIL(
A114-31-C5X0 NX.SHXEX.011 N eMMC32GB N
Macedonia 256x16*8)
OB4GBIIIL(
A114-31-C0P7 Hungary NX.SHXEU.006 N eMMC64GB N
256x16*8)
OB4GBIIIL(
A114-31-P36N Germany NX.SHXEG.003 N eMMC64GB N
256x16*8)
Middle OB4GBIIIL(
A114-31-C1K1 NX.SHXEM.003 N eMMC64GB N
East-DM 256x16*8)
Middle OB4GBIIIL(
A114-31-P4VV NX.SHXEM.004 N eMMC64GB N
East-DM 256x16*8)
OB4GBIIIL(
A114-31-C5BV Romania NX.SHXEX.007 N eMMC64GB N
256x16*8)
OB4GBIIIL(
A114-31-C8PA Turkey NX.SHXEY.002 N eMMC32GB N
256x16*8)
OB4GBIIIL(
A114-31-P9MY Turkey NX.SHXEY.003 N eMMC64GB N
256x16*8)
OB4GBIIIL(
A114-31-C8FY Ukraine NX.SHXEU.007 N eMMC32GB N
256x16*8)
OB4GBIIIL(
A114-31-C5UB Ukraine NX.SHXEU.008 N eMMC32GB N
256x16*8)
OB4GBIIIL(
A114-31-C70C Ukraine NX.SHXEU.010 N eMMC32GB N
256x16*8)
OB4GBIIIL(
A114-31-C8KK Ukraine NX.SHXEU.009 N eMMC32GB N
256x16*8)
OB4GBIIIL(
A114-31-P8GR UK NX.SHXEK.005 N eMMC32GB N
256x16*8)
OB4GBIIIL(
A114-31-C1HU Czech NX.SHXEC.002 N eMMC32GB N
256x16*8)
OB4GBIIIL(
A114-31-C5P7 Czech NX.SHXEC.004 N eMMC64GB N
256x16*8)
OB4GBIIIL(
A114-31-C5T0 Czech NX.SHXEC.003 N eMMC64GB N
256x16*8)
OB4GBIIIL(
A114-31-P0C9 Romania NX.SHXEX.003 N F80128S3 N
256x16*8)
OB4GBIIIL(
A114-31-C75C France NX.SHXEF.002 N eMMC32GB N
256x16*8)

7-18 Model Definition and Configuration


Table 7-4. Memory 1, Memory 2, HDD 1, HDD 2
Memory HDD 2
Model Country Acer Part No Memory 1 HDD 1 (GB)
2 (GB)

OB4GBIIIL(
A114-31-C6S1 UK NX.SHXEK.004 N eMMC32GB N
256x16*8)
OB4GBIIIL(
A114-31-C7P5 Hungary NX.SHXEU.005 N eMMC32GB N
256x16*8)
OB4GBIIIL(
A114-31-C7SD Italy NX.SHXET.001 N eMMC32GB N
256x16*8)
OB4GBIIIL(
A114-31-C04U Iran NX.SHXEM.005 N eMMC32GB N
256x16*8)
OB4GBIIIL(
A114-31-P9MT Iran NX.SHXEM.006 N eMMC32GB N
256x16*8)
OB4GBIIIL(
A114-31-C0HR Italy NX.SHXET.002 N eMMC64GB N
256x16*8)
OB4GBIIIL(
A114-31-C9L8 Belgium NX.SHXEH.002 N eMMC32GB N
256x16*8)
OB4GBIIIL(
A114-31-P3GK UK NX.SHXEK.006 N eMMC64GB N
256x16*8)

Table 7-5. ODD, Extra SW1, Card Reader


Model Country Acer Part No ODD Extra SW1 Card Reader

A114-31-C16A Romania NX.SHXEX.002 N McAfee N


A114-31-C1SV Poland NX.SHXEP.001 N McAfee N
A114-31-C3E5 Romania NX.SHXEX.001 N McAfee N
A114-31-C391 Vietnam NX.SHXSV.002 N N N
A114-31-C3EG Vietnam NX.SHXSV.001 N N N
A114-31-C4ZE Vietnam NX.SHXSV.004 N N N
A114-31-C5CC Vietnam NX.SHXSV.003 N N N
A114-31-P2YY Vietnam NX.SHXSV.006 N N N
A114-31-P379 Vietnam NX.SHXSV.005 N N N
A114-31-C934 UK NX.SHXEK.002 N N N
A114-31-P6UT Romania NX.SHXEX.005 N McAfee N
A114-31-P789 Romania NX.SHXEX.004 N McAfee N
A114-31-P0M7 UK NX.SHXEK.001 N N N
A114-31-P65H France NX.SHXEF.001 N N N
A114-31-C1V0 Hungary NX.SHXEU.002 N N N
A114-31-C6Y4 Hungary NX.SHXEU.001 N N N

Model Definition and Configuration 7-19


Table 7-5. ODD, Extra SW1, Card Reader
Model Country Acer Part No ODD Extra SW1 Card Reader

A114-31-C9A5 Hungary NX.SHXEU.003 N N N


A114-31-C48Y Hungary NX.SHXEU.004 N N N
A114-31-C0GC UK NX.SHXEK.003 N N N
A114-31-C7L0 Nordic NX.SHXED.001 N N N
A114-31-C81R Germany NX.SHXEG.001 N N N
A114-31-C472 Germany NX.SHXEG.002 N N N
A114-31-C3B7 Nordic NX.SHXED.002 N N N
A114-31-C4AC Czech NX.SHXEC.001 N N N
A114-31-C5GJ Middle East-DM NX.SHXEM.001 N N N
A114-31-P6NF Middle East-DM NX.SHXEM.002 N N N
A114-31-C67W Turkey NX.SHXEY.001 N N N
A114-31-C2SL Spain NX.SHXEB.001 N N N
A114-31-C9WS Russia NX.SHXER.001 N N N
A114-31-C6WH Nordic NX.SHXED.003 N NIS N
A114-31-C6Z5 Belgium NX.SHXEH.001 N NIS N
A114-31-C31M Nordic NX.SHXED.004 N NIS N
A114-31-C7JQ Romania NX.SHXEX.006 N N N
A114-31-C3E6 USA NX.SHXAA.001 N NIS N
A114-31-C1YA Nordic NX.SHXED.005 N NIS N
A114-31-C8M9 Spain NX.SHXEB.002 N NIS N
A114-31-C9M8 Romania NX.SHXEX.008 N NIS N
A114-31-P8B4 Romania NX.SHXEX.009 N NIS N
A114-31-C205 Albania/Macedonia NX.SHXEX.010 N NIS N
A114-31-C5X0 Albania/Macedonia NX.SHXEX.011 N NIS N
A114-31-C0P7 Hungary NX.SHXEU.006 N N N
A114-31-P36N Germany NX.SHXEG.003 N N N
A114-31-C1K1 Middle East-DM NX.SHXEM.003 N N N
A114-31-P4VV Middle East-DM NX.SHXEM.004 N N N
A114-31-C5BV Romania NX.SHXEX.007 N NIS N
A114-31-C8PA Turkey NX.SHXEY.002 N NIS N
A114-31-P9MY Turkey NX.SHXEY.003 N NIS N
A114-31-C8FY Ukraine NX.SHXEU.007 N NIS N
A114-31-C5UB Ukraine NX.SHXEU.008 N NIS N

7-20 Model Definition and Configuration


Table 7-5. ODD, Extra SW1, Card Reader
Model Country Acer Part No ODD Extra SW1 Card Reader

A114-31-C70C Ukraine NX.SHXEU.010 N NIS N


A114-31-C8KK Ukraine NX.SHXEU.009 N NIS N
A114-31-P8GR UK NX.SHXEK.005 N NIS N
A114-31-C1HU Czech NX.SHXEC.002 N NIS N
A114-31-C5P7 Czech NX.SHXEC.004 N NIS N
A114-31-C5T0 Czech NX.SHXEC.003 N NIS N
A114-31-P0C9 Romania NX.SHXEX.003 N N N
A114-31-C75C France NX.SHXEF.002 N NIS N
A114-31-C6S1 UK NX.SHXEK.004 N NIS N
A114-31-C7P5 Hungary NX.SHXEU.005 N NIS N
A114-31-C7SD Italy NX.SHXET.001 N NIS N
A114-31-C04U Iran NX.SHXEM.005 N NIS N
A114-31-P9MT Iran NX.SHXEM.006 N NIS N
A114-31-C0HR Italy NX.SHXET.002 N NIS N
A114-31-C9L8 Belgium NX.SHXEH.002 N NIS N
A114-31-P3GK UK NX.SHXEK.006 N NIS N

Table 7-6. WLAN


Model Country Acer Part No Wireless LAN

A114-31-C16A Romania NX.SHXEX.002 3rd WiFi 1x1 AC+ BT M.2


A114-31-C1SV Poland NX.SHXEP.001 3rd WiFi 1x1 AC+ BT M.2
A114-31-C3E5 Romania NX.SHXEX.001 3rd WiFi 1x1 AC+ BT M.2
A114-31-C391 Vietnam NX.SHXSV.002 3rd WiFi 1x1 AC+ BT M.2
A114-31-C3EG Vietnam NX.SHXSV.001 3rd WiFi 1x1 AC+ BT M.2
A114-31-C4ZE Vietnam NX.SHXSV.004 3rd WiFi 1x1 AC+ BT M.2
A114-31-C5CC Vietnam NX.SHXSV.003 3rd WiFi 1x1 AC+ BT M.2
A114-31-P2YY Vietnam NX.SHXSV.006 3rd WiFi 1x1 AC+ BT M.2
A114-31-P379 Vietnam NX.SHXSV.005 3rd WiFi 1x1 AC+ BT M.2
A114-31-C934 UK NX.SHXEK.002 INT3168.NGWG
A114-31-P6UT Romania NX.SHXEX.005 3rd WiFi 1x1 AC+ BT M.2
A114-31-P789 Romania NX.SHXEX.004 3rd WiFi 1x1 AC+ BT M.2
A114-31-P0M7 UK NX.SHXEK.001 INT3168.NGWG
A114-31-P65H France NX.SHXEF.001 3rd WiFi 1x1 AC+ BT M.2

Model Definition and Configuration 7-21


Table 7-6. WLAN
Model Country Acer Part No Wireless LAN

A114-31-C1V0 Hungary NX.SHXEU.002 3rd WiFi 1x1 AC+ BT M.2


A114-31-C6Y4 Hungary NX.SHXEU.001 3rd WiFi 1x1 AC+ BT M.2
A114-31-C9A5 Hungary NX.SHXEU.003 3rd WiFi 1x1 AC+ BT M.2
A114-31-C48Y Hungary NX.SHXEU.004 3rd WiFi 1x1 AC+ BT M.2
A114-31-C0GC UK NX.SHXEK.003 3rd WiFi 1x1 AC+ BT M.2
A114-31-C7L0 Nordic NX.SHXED.001 3rd WiFi 1x1 AC+ BT M.2
A114-31-C81R Germany NX.SHXEG.001 3rd WiFi 1x1 AC+ BT M.2
A114-31-C472 Germany NX.SHXEG.002 3rd WiFi 1x1 AC+ BT M.2
A114-31-C3B7 Nordic NX.SHXED.002 3rd WiFi 1x1 AC+ BT M.2
A114-31-C4AC Czech NX.SHXEC.001 INT3168.NGWG
A114-31-C5GJ Middle East-DM NX.SHXEM.001 3rd WiFi 1x1 AC+ BT M.2
A114-31-P6NF Middle East-DM NX.SHXEM.002 3rd WiFi 1x1 AC+ BT M.2
A114-31-C67W Turkey NX.SHXEY.001 3rd WiFi 1x1 AC+ BT M.2
A114-31-C2SL Spain NX.SHXEB.001 3rd WiFi 1x1 AC+ BT M.2
A114-31-C9WS Russia NX.SHXER.001 3rd WiFi 1x1 AC+ BT M.2
A114-31-C6WH Nordic NX.SHXED.003 3rd WiFi 1x1 AC+ BT M.2
A114-31-C6Z5 Belgium NX.SHXEH.001 3rd WiFi 1x1 AC+ BT M.2
A114-31-C31M Nordic NX.SHXED.004 3rd WiFi 1x1 AC+ BT M.2
A114-31-C7JQ Romania NX.SHXEX.006 3rd WiFi 1x1 AC+ BT M.2
A114-31-C3E6 USA NX.SHXAA.001 3rd WiFi 1x1 AC+ BT M.2
A114-31-C1YA Nordic NX.SHXED.005 3rd WiFi 1x1 AC+ BT M.2
A114-31-C8M9 Spain NX.SHXEB.002 3rd WiFi 1x1 AC+ BT M.2
A114-31-C9M8 Romania NX.SHXEX.008 INT3168.NGWG
A114-31-P8B4 Romania NX.SHXEX.009 INT3168.NGWG
A114-31-C205 Albania/Macedonia NX.SHXEX.010 3rd WiFi 1x1 AC+ BT M.2
A114-31-C5X0 Albania/Macedonia NX.SHXEX.011 3rd WiFi 1x1 AC+ BT M.2
A114-31-C0P7 Hungary NX.SHXEU.006 3rd WiFi 1x1 AC+ BT M.2
A114-31-P36N Germany NX.SHXEG.003 3rd WiFi 1x1 AC+ BT M.2
A114-31-C1K1 Middle East-DM NX.SHXEM.003 3rd WiFi 1x1 AC+ BT M.2
A114-31-P4VV Middle East-DM NX.SHXEM.004 3rd WiFi 1x1 AC+ BT M.2
A114-31-C5BV Romania NX.SHXEX.007 3rd WiFi 1x1 AC+ BT M.2
A114-31-C8PA Turkey NX.SHXEY.002 3rd WiFi 1x1 AC+ BT M.2
A114-31-P9MY Turkey NX.SHXEY.003 3rd WiFi 1x1 AC+ BT M.2

7-22 Model Definition and Configuration


Table 7-6. WLAN
Model Country Acer Part No Wireless LAN

A114-31-C8FY Ukraine NX.SHXEU.007 3rd WiFi 1x1 AC+ BT M.2


A114-31-C5UB Ukraine NX.SHXEU.008 3rd WiFi 1x1 AC+ BT M.2
A114-31-C70C Ukraine NX.SHXEU.010 3rd WiFi 1x1 AC+ BT M.2
A114-31-C8KK Ukraine NX.SHXEU.009 3rd WiFi 1x1 AC+ BT M.2
A114-31-P8GR UK NX.SHXEK.005 3rd WiFi 1x1 AC+ BT M.2
A114-31-C1HU Czech NX.SHXEC.002 3rd WiFi 1x1 AC+ BT M.2
A114-31-C5P7 Czech NX.SHXEC.004 INT3168.NGWG
A114-31-C5T0 Czech NX.SHXEC.003 INT3168.NGWG
A114-31-P0C9 Romania NX.SHXEX.003 3rd WiFi 1x1 AC+ BT M.2
A114-31-C75C France NX.SHXEF.002 3rd WiFi 1x1 AC+ BT M.2
A114-31-C6S1 UK NX.SHXEK.004 3rd WiFi 1x1 AC+ BT M.2
A114-31-C7P5 Hungary NX.SHXEU.005 3rd WiFi 1x1 AC+ BT M.2
A114-31-C7SD Italy NX.SHXET.001 3rd WiFi 1x1 AC+ BT M.2
A114-31-C04U Iran NX.SHXEM.005 3rd WiFi 1x1 AC+ BT M.2
A114-31-P9MT Iran NX.SHXEM.006 3rd WiFi 1x1 AC+ BT M.2
A114-31-C0HR Italy NX.SHXET.002 3rd WiFi 1x1 AC+ BT M.2
A114-31-C9L8 Belgium NX.SHXEH.002 3rd WiFi 1x1 AC+ BT M.2
A114-31-P3GK UK NX.SHXEK.006 3rd WiFi 1x1 AC+ BT M.2

Table 7-7. Battery, Adapter, Camera


Model Country Acer Part No Battery Adapter Camera

A114-31-C16A Romania NX.SHXEX.002 2CELL4.8 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic


A114-31-C1SV Poland NX.SHXEP.001 2CELL4.8 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic
A114-31-C3E5 Romania NX.SHXEX.001 2CELL4.8 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic
A114-31-C391 Vietnam NX.SHXSV.002 2CELL4.8 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic
A114-31-C3EG Vietnam NX.SHXSV.001 2CELL4.8 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic
A114-31-C4ZE Vietnam NX.SHXSV.004 2CELL4.8 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic
A114-31-C5CC Vietnam NX.SHXSV.003 2CELL4.8 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic
A114-31-P2YY Vietnam NX.SHXSV.006 2CELL4.8 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic
A114-31-P379 Vietnam NX.SHXSV.005 2CELL4.8 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic
A114-31-C934 UK NX.SHXEK.002 2CELL4.8 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic
A114-31-P6UT Romania NX.SHXEX.005 2CELL4.8 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic
A114-31-P789 Romania NX.SHXEX.004 2CELL4.8 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic

Model Definition and Configuration 7-23


Table 7-7. Battery, Adapter, Camera
Model Country Acer Part No Battery Adapter Camera

A114-31-P0M7 UK NX.SHXEK.001 2CELL4.8 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic


A114-31-P65H France NX.SHXEF.001 2CELL4.8 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic
A114-31-C1V0 Hungary NX.SHXEU.002 2CELL4.8 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic
A114-31-C6Y4 Hungary NX.SHXEU.001 2CELL4.8 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic
A114-31-C9A5 Hungary NX.SHXEU.003 2CELL4.8 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic
A114-31-C48Y Hungary NX.SHXEU.004 2CELL4.8 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic
A114-31-C0GC UK NX.SHXEK.003 2CELL4.8 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic
A114-31-C7L0 Nordic NX.SHXED.001 2CELL4.8 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic
A114-31-C81R Germany NX.SHXEG.001 2CELL4.8 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic
A114-31-C472 Germany NX.SHXEG.002 2CELL4.8 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic
A114-31-C3B7 Nordic NX.SHXED.002 2CELL4.8 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic
A114-31-C4AC Czech NX.SHXEC.001 2CELL4.8 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic
Middle
A114-31-C5GJ NX.SHXEM.001 2CELL4.8 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic
East-DM
Middle
A114-31-P6NF NX.SHXEM.002 2CELL4.8 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic
East-DM
A114-31-C67W Turkey NX.SHXEY.001 2CELL4.8 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic
A114-31-C2SL Spain NX.SHXEB.001 2CELL4.8 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic
A114-31-C9WS Russia NX.SHXER.001 2CELL4.8 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic
A114-31-C6WH Nordic NX.SHXED.003 2CELL4.8 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic
A114-31-C6Z5 Belgium NX.SHXEH.001 2CELL4.8 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic
A114-31-C31M Nordic NX.SHXED.004 2CELL4.8 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic
A114-31-C7JQ Romania NX.SHXEX.006 2CELL4.8 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic
A114-31-C3E6 USA NX.SHXAA.001 2CELL4.8 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic
A114-31-C1YA Nordic NX.SHXED.005 2CELL4.8 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic
A114-31-C8M9 Spain NX.SHXEB.002 2CELL4.8 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic
A114-31-C9M8 Romania NX.SHXEX.008 2CELL4.8 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic
A114-31-P8B4 Romania NX.SHXEX.009 2CELL4.8 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic
Albania/
A114-31-C205 NX.SHXEX.010 2CELL4.8 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic
Macedonia
Albania/
A114-31-C5X0 NX.SHXEX.011 2CELL4.8 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic
Macedonia
A114-31-C0P7 Hungary NX.SHXEU.006 2CELL4.8 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic
A114-31-P36N Germany NX.SHXEG.003 2CELL4.8 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic

7-24 Model Definition and Configuration


Table 7-7. Battery, Adapter, Camera
Model Country Acer Part No Battery Adapter Camera

Middle
A114-31-C1K1 NX.SHXEM.003 2CELL4.8 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic
East-DM
Middle
A114-31-P4VV NX.SHXEM.004 2CELL4.8 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic
East-DM
A114-31-C5BV Romania NX.SHXEX.007 2CELL4.8 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic
A114-31-C8PA Turkey NX.SHXEY.002 2CELL4.8 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic
A114-31-P9MY Turkey NX.SHXEY.003 2CELL4.8 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic
A114-31-C8FY Ukraine NX.SHXEU.007 2CELL4.8 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic
A114-31-C5UB Ukraine NX.SHXEU.008 2CELL4.8 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic
A114-31-C70C Ukraine NX.SHXEU.010 2CELL4.8 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic
A114-31-C8KK Ukraine NX.SHXEU.009 2CELL4.8 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic
A114-31-P8GR UK NX.SHXEK.005 2CELL4.8 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic
A114-31-C1HU Czech NX.SHXEC.002 2CELL4.8 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic
A114-31-C5P7 Czech NX.SHXEC.004 2CELL4.8 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic
A114-31-C5T0 Czech NX.SHXEC.003 2CELL4.8 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic
A114-31-P0C9 Romania NX.SHXEX.003 2CELL4.8 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic
A114-31-C75C France NX.SHXEF.002 2CELL4.8 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic
A114-31-C6S1 UK NX.SHXEK.004 2CELL4.8 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic
A114-31-C7P5 Hungary NX.SHXEU.005 2CELL4.8 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic
A114-31-C7SD Italy NX.SHXET.001 2CELL4.8 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic
A114-31-C04U Iran NX.SHXEM.005 2CELL4.8 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic
A114-31-P9MT Iran NX.SHXEM.006 2CELL4.8 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic
A114-31-C0HR Italy NX.SHXET.002 2CELL4.8 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic
A114-31-C9L8 Belgium NX.SHXEH.002 2CELL4.8 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic
A114-31-P3GK UK NX.SHXEK.006 2CELL4.8 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic

Model Definition and Configuration 7-25


Aspire A314-32/A114-32 0

Table 7-8. RO, Description


MODEL RO Country Acer Part No Description
A114-32-C0M7
W10HVNML64A6TSG1
UMACkk_4UeMMC
A114-32-C0M7 AAP Singapore NX.GVZSG.001
4000/1*4G/64G/2L4.8_4.39/R/acB
_0.3MM_Obsidian Black 14
PC+ABS texture EJ_EHB1 6T
A114-32-C22X
W10HVNML64A6TPL1
UMACkk_4UeMMC
A114-32-C22X EMEA Poland NX.GVZEP.005
4100/1*4G/64G/2L4.8/R/HD_acB_
0.3MM_Obsidian Black 14
PC+ABS texture EJ_PLD1 6T
A114-32-C28A
W10HENXML64R1ASG1
UMACkk_4UeMMC
A114-32-C28A AAP Singapore NX.GVZSG.002
4000/1*4G/32G/2L4.8_4.39/R/acB
_0.3MM_Obsidian Black 14
PC+ABS texture EJ_EHB1 OPP
A114-32-C2NF
W10HVNML64A6TTW1
UMACkk_4UeMMC
A114-32-C2NF TWN GCTWN NX.GVZTA.001
4100/1*4G/64G/2L4.8_4.39/R/HD
_acB_0.3MM_Obsidian Black 14
PC+ABS texture EJ_TC61 6T
A114-32-C3B1
W10HVNML64A6THU1
UMACkk_4UeMMC
A114-32-C3B1 EMEA Hungary NX.GVZEU.003
4000/1*4G/64G/2L4.8_4.39/R/HD
_acB_0.3MM_Obsidian Black 14
PC+ABS texture EJ_HUA1 6T
A114-32-C3KX
W10HVNML64A6TTW1
UMACkk_4UeMMC
A114-32-C3KX TWN GCTWN NX.GVZTA.002
4100/1*4G/64G/2L4.8_4.39/R/HD
_acB_0.3MM_Obsidian Black 14
PC+ABS texture EJ_TC61 OPP
A114-32-C3LW
W10HVNML64A6TPL1
UMACkk_4UeMMC
A114-32-C3LW EMEA Poland NX.GVZEP.004
4000/1*4G/64G/2L4.8/R/HD_acB_
0.3MM_Obsidian Black 14
PC+ABS texture EJ_PLD1 6T

7-26 Model Definition and Configuration


Table 7-8. RO, Description
MODEL RO Country Acer Part No Description
A114-32-C3NR
W10HENXML64APL1
UMACkk_4UeMMC
A114-32-C3NR EMEA Poland NX.GVZEP.002
4100/1*4G/32G/2L4.8_4.39/R/HD
_acB_0.3MM_Obsidian Black 14
PC+ABS texture EJ_PLD1 6T
A114-32-C4V6
ALINUX_1SPAHU1
UMACkk_4UeMMC
A114-32-C4V6 EMEA Hungary NX.GVZEU.001
4000/1*4G/64G/2L4.8_4.39/R/HD
_acB_0.3MM_Obsidian Black 14
PC+ABS texture EJ_EN41 -
A114-32-C586
W10SVNML64APL1
UMACkk_4UeMMC
A114-32-C586 EMEA Poland NX.GVZEP.010
4000/1*4G/64G/2L4.8/R/HD_acB_
0.3MM_Obsidian Black 14
PC+ABS texture EJ_PLD1 6T
A114-32-C5GL
W10HVNML64R2ASG1
UMACkk_4UeMMC
A114-32-C5GL AAP Singapore NX.GVZSG.006
4100/1*4G/64G/2L4.8_4.39/R/acB
_0.3MM_Obsidian Black 14
PC+ABS texture EJ_EHB1 OPP
A114-32-C5L0
W10SENML64APL1
UMACkk_4UeMMC
A114-32-C5L0 EMEA Poland NX.GVZEP.007
4000/1*4G/32G/2L4.8/R/HD_acB_
0.3MM_Obsidian Black 14
PC+ABS texture EJ_PLD1 6T
A114-32-C5YN
W10HVNML64AFR1
UMACkk_4UeMMC
A114-32-C5YN EMEA France NX.GVZEF.002
4000/1*4G/64G/2L4.8_4.39/R/acB
_0.3MM_Obsidian Black 14
PC+ABS texture EJ_FRT1 6T
A114-32-C66A
W10SVNML64ANL1
UMACkk_4UeMMC
A114-32-C66A EMEA Holland NX.GVZEH.001
4000/1*4G/64G/2L4.8_4.39/R/acB
_0.3MM_Obsidian Black 14
PC+ABS texture EJ_FRO1 6T
A114-32-C6JC
W10HENXML64APL1
UMACkk_4UeMMC
A114-32-C6JC EMEA Poland NX.GVZEP.001
4000/1*4G/32G/2L4.8_4.39/R/HD
_acB_0.3MM_Obsidian Black 14
PC+ABS texture EJ_PLD1 6T

Model Definition and Configuration 7-27


Table 7-8. RO, Description
MODEL RO Country Acer Part No Description
A114-32-C6JW
W10SVNML64ARO2
UMACkk_4UeMMC
A114-32-C6JW EMEA Romania NX.GVZEX.001
4000/1*4G/64G/2L4.8/R/acB_0.3
MM_Obsidian Black 14 PC+ABS
texture EJ_BG61 6T
A114-32-C75D
W10SVNML64ARO2
UMACkk_4UeMMC
A114-32-C75D EMEA Romania NX.GVZEX.002
4100/1*4G/64G/2L4.8/R/acB_0.3
MM_Obsidian Black 14 PC+ABS
texture EJ_BG61 6T
A114-32-C7GG
W10SENML64AFR1
UMACkk_4UeMMC
A114-32-C7GG EMEA France NX.GVZEF.003
4000/1*4G/32G/2L4.8_4.39/R/acB
_0.3MM_Obsidian Black 14
PC+ABS texture EJ_FRT2 -
A114-32-C7UW
W10SENML64APL1
UMACkk_4UeMMC
A114-32-C7UW EMEA Poland NX.GVZEP.008
4100/1*4G/32G/2L4.8/R/HD_acB_
0.3MM_Obsidian Black 14
PC+ABS texture EJ_PLD1 6T
A114-32-C84G
W10HENXSL64ATR1
UMACkk_4UeMMC
A114-32-C84G EMEA Turkey NX.GVZEY.001
4000/1*4G/32G/2L4.8_4.39/R/acB
_0.3MM_Obsidian Black 14
PC+ABS texture EJ_TRA1 6T
A114-32-C8XZ
W10SVNML64APL1
UMACkk_4UeMMC
A114-32-C8XZ EMEA Poland NX.GVZEP.011
4100/1*4G/64G/2L4.8/R/HD_acB_
0.3MM_Obsidian Black 14
PC+ABS texture EJ_PLD1 6T
A114-32-C9MJ
W10HENXML64R1ASG1
UMACkk_4UeMMC
A114-32-C9MJ AAP Singapore NX.GVZSG.003
4100/1*4G/32G/2L4.8_4.39/R/acB
_0.3MM_Obsidian Black 14
PC+ABS texture EJ_EHB1 OPP
A114-32-C9VN
W10HENXML64AFR1
UMACkk_4UeMMC
A114-32-C9VN EMEA France NX.GVZEF.001
4000/1*4G/32G/2L4.8_4.39/R/acB
_0.3MM_Obsidian Black 14
PC+ABS texture EJ_FRT2 6T

7-28 Model Definition and Configuration


Table 7-8. RO, Description
MODEL RO Country Acer Part No Description
A114-32-P08B
W10SVNML64ARO2
UMACkk_4UeMMC
A114-32-P08B EMEA Romania NX.GVZEX.004
5000/1*4G/64G/2L4.8/R/FSL_acB_
0.3MM_Obsidian Black 14
PC+ABS texture EJ_BG61 6T
A114-32-P0C9
W10HVNML64R2ASG1
UMACkk_4UeMMC
A114-32-P0C9 AAP Singapore NX.GVZSG.005
5000/1*4G/64G/2L4.8_4.39/R/acB
_0.3MM_Obsidian Black 14
PC+ABS texture EJ_EHB1 OPP
A114-32-P16U
W10SVNML64ACZ2
UMACkk_4UeMMC
A114-32-P16U EMEA Czech NX.GVZEC.001
5000/1*4G/64G/2L4.8_4.39/R/HD
_acB_0.3MM_Obsidian Black 14
PC+ABS texture EJ_CSC1 6T
A114-32-P1C9
W10SVNML64ADE1
UMACkk_4UeMMC
A114-32-P1C9 EMEA Germany NX.GVZEG.001
5000/1*4G/64G/2L4.8_4.39/R/HD
_acB_0.3MM_Obsidian Black 14
PC+ABS texture EJ_DE11 6T
A114-32-P207
W10HENXML64APL1
UMACkk_4UeMMC
A114-32-P207 EMEA Poland NX.GVZEP.003
5000/1*4G/32G/2L4.8_4.39/R/HD
_acB_0.3MM_Obsidian Black 14
PC+ABS texture EJ_PLD1 6T
A114-32-P2AU
W10SENML64APL1
UMACkk_4UeMMC
A114-32-P2AU EMEA Poland NX.GVZEP.009
5000/1*4G/32G/2L4.8/R/HD_acB_
0.3MM_Obsidian Black 14
PC+ABS texture EJ_PLD1 6T
A114-32-P2QA
W10SVNML64AUS1
UMACkk_4UeMMC
A114-32-P2QA PA USA NX.GVZAA.001
5000/1*4G/64G/2L4.8_4.39/R/acB
_0.3MM_Obsidian Black 14
PC+ABS texture EJ_ENP4 6T
A114-32-P35K
W10SVNML64APL1
UMACkk_4UeMMC
A114-32-P35K EMEA Poland NX.GVZEP.012
5000/1*4G/64G/2L4.8/R/HD_acB_
0.3MM_Obsidian Black 14
PC+ABS texture EJ_PLD1 6T

Model Definition and Configuration 7-29


Table 7-8. RO, Description
MODEL RO Country Acer Part No Description
A114-32-P3DN
W10HVNML64A6TPL1
UMACkk_4UeMMC
A114-32-P3DN EMEA Poland NX.GVZEP.006
5000/1*4G/64G/2L4.8/R/HD_acB_
0.3MM_Obsidian Black 14
PC+ABS texture EJ_PLD1 6T
A114-32-P3WP
ALINUX_1SPAHU1
UMACkk_4UeMMC
A114-32-P3WP EMEA Hungary NX.GVZEU.002
5000/1*4G/64G/2L4.8_4.39/R/HD
_acB_0.3MM_Obsidian Black 14
PC+ABS texture EJ_EN41 -
A114-32-P6TT
W10SVNML64ARO2
UMACkk_4UeMMC
A114-32-P6TT EMEA Romania NX.GVZEX.003
5000/1*4G/64G/2L4.8/R/acB_0.3
MM_Obsidian Black 14 PC+ABS
texture EJ_BG61 6T
A114-32-P7N0
W10SVNML64AAT1
UMACkk_4UeMMC
A114-32-P7N0 EMEA Austria NX.GVZEV.001
5000/1*4G/64G/2L4.8/R/FSL_acB_
0.3MM_Obsidian Black 14
PC+ABS texture EJ_DE61 6T
A114-32-P81U
W10HENXML64R1ASG1
UMACkk_4UeMMC
A114-32-P81U AAP Singapore NX.GVZSG.004
5000/1*4G/32G/2L4.8_4.39/R/acB
_0.3MM_Obsidian Black 14
PC+ABS texture EJ_EHB1 OPP
A314-32-C00A
W10HCN64CPPPA6TCN1
UMACkk_4U
A314-32-C00A CHINA China NX.GVYCN.003
4100/1*4G/F128G/2L4.8/R/acB_0.
3MM_Obsidian Black 14 PC+ABS
texture EJ_SC21 6T
A314-32-C0HQ
W10HVNSL64SEAPA6TPH1
UMACbb_4U
A314-32-C0HQ AAP Philippines NX.GW6SP.001
4100/1*4G/500G_L/2L4.8/R/HD_a
cB_0.3MM_Stone Blue 14
PC+ABS_EHA1 6T
A314-32-C129
W10HVNSL64A6TMY1
UMACkk_4U
A314-32-C129 AAP Malaysia NX.GVYSM.001
4000/1*4G/500G_L/2L4.8/R/acB_0
.3MM_Obsidian Black 14
PC+ABS texture EJ_SC71 6T

7-30 Model Definition and Configuration


Table 7-8. RO, Description
MODEL RO Country Acer Part No Description
A314-32-C1TV
W10HCN64CPPPA6TCN1
UMACkk_4U
A314-32-C1TV CHINA China NX.GVYCN.002
4100/1*4G/F256G/2L4.8/R/acB_0.
3MM_Obsidian Black 14 PC+ABS
texture EJ_SC21 6T
A314-32-C1WW
W10HVNSL64SEAPA6TPH1
UMACbb_4U
A314-32-C1WW AAP Philippines NX.GW6SP.003
4100/1*4G/500G_L/2L4.8/R/acB_0
.3MM_Stone Blue 14
PC+ABS_EHA1 6T
A314-32-C24Q
W10HCN64CPPPA6TCN1
UMACkk_4U
A314-32-C24Q CHINA China NX.GVYCN.004
4100/1*4G/500G_L/2L4.8/R/acB_0
.3MM_Obsidian Black 14
PC+ABS texture EJ_SC21 6T
A314-32-C29U
W10HML64A6TAU1E
Australia/N UMACkk_4U
A314-32-C29U AAP NX.GVYSA.001
ew Zealand 4000/1*4G/500G_L/2L4.8/R/acB_0
.3MM_Obsidian Black 14
PC+ABS texture EJ_N111 6T
A314-32-C2VP
W10HVNSL64A6TMY1
UMACrr_4U
A314-32-C2VP AAP Malaysia NX.GW7SM.001
4000/1*4G/500G_L/2L4.8/R/acB_0
.3MM_Oxidant Red 14 PC+ABS
EJ_SC71 6T
A314-32-C2Y9
W10HCN64CPPPA6TCN1
UMACrr_4U
A314-32-C2Y9 CHINA China NX.GW7CN.001
4100/1*4G/F128G/2L4.8/R/acB_0.
3MM_Oxidant Red 14 PC+ABS
EJ_SC21 6T
A314-32-C38A
W10HVNSL64SEAPA6TPH1
UMACrr_4U
A314-32-C38A AAP Philippines NX.GW7SP.003
4100/1*4G/500G_L/2L4.8/R/acB_0
.3MM_Oxidant Red 14 PC+ABS
EJ_EHA1 6T
A314-32-C3D3
W10HML64ASG1E UMACkk_4U
A314-32-C3D3 AAP Singapore NX.GVYSG.004 4000/1*4G/1000G_7/2L4.8/R/acB_
0.3MM_Obsidian Black 14
PC+ABS texture EJ_N2A2 6T

Model Definition and Configuration 7-31


Table 7-8. RO, Description
MODEL RO Country Acer Part No Description
A314-32-C3DJ W10HML64ASG1E
UMACkk_4U
A314-32-C3DJ AAP Singapore NX.GVYSG.002 4000/1*4G/F256G/2L4.8/R/acB_0.
3MM_Obsidian Black 14 PC+ABS
texture EJ_N2A2 6T
A314-32-C3HA
W10HVNSL64SEAPA6TPH1
UMACrr_4U
A314-32-C3HA AAP Philippines NX.GW7SP.001
4100/1*4G/500G_L/2L4.8/R/HD_a
cB_0.3MM_Oxidant Red 14
PC+ABS EJ_EHA1 6T
A314-32-C4C5
W10HML64ASG1E UMACkk_4U
A314-32-C4C5 AAP Singapore NX.GVYSG.003 4000/1*4G/500G_L/2L4.8/R/acB_0
.3MM_Obsidian Black 14
PC+ABS texture EJ_N2A2 6T
A314-32-C4GU
W10HCN64CPPPA6TCN1
UMACbb_4U
A314-32-C4GU CHINA China NX.GW6CN.001
4100/1*4G/F128G/2L4.8/R/acB_0.
3MM_Stone Blue 14
PC+ABS_SC21 6T
A314-32-C4VC
W10HVNSL64SEAPA6TPH1
UMACkk_4U
A314-32-C4VC AAP Philippines NX.GVYSP.003
4100/1*4G/500G_L/2L4.8/R/acB_0
.3MM_Obsidian Black 14
PC+ABS texture EJ_EHA1 6T
A314-32-C6RY
W10HML64ASG1E UMACkk_4U
A314-32-C6RY AAP Singapore NX.GVYSG.005 4100/1*4G/500G_L/2L4.8/R/acB_0
.3MM_Obsidian Black 14
PC+ABS texture EJ_N2A2 6T
A314-32-C7QT W10HSL64ATR1
UMACkk_4U
A314-32-C7QT EMEA Turkey NX.GVYEY.001 4000/1*4G/F128G/2L4.8/R/acB_0.
3MM_Obsidian Black 14 PC+ABS
texture EJ_TRA1 6T
A314-32-C83Q
W10HVNSL64SEAPA6TPH1
UMACkk_4U
A314-32-C83Q AAP Philippines NX.GVYSP.001
4100/1*4G/500G_L/2L4.8/R/HD_a
cB_0.3MM_Obsidian Black 14
PC+ABS texture EJ_EHA1 6T
A314-32-C8D6
W10HML64ASG1E UMACkk_4U
A314-32-C8D6 AAP Singapore NX.GVYSG.001 4000/1*4G/F128G/2L4.8/R/acB_0.
3MM_Obsidian Black 14 PC+ABS
texture EJ_N2A2 6T

7-32 Model Definition and Configuration


Table 7-8. RO, Description
MODEL RO Country Acer Part No Description
A314-32-C8TK
W10HCN64CPPPA6TCN1
UMACkk_4U
A314-32-C8TK CHINA China NX.GVYCN.001
4000/1*4G/500G_L/2L4.8/R/acB_0
.3MM_Obsidian Black 14
PC+ABS texture EJ_SC21 6T
A314-32-C9AL W10HML64AFR1
UMACkk_4U
A314-32-C9AL EMEA France NX.GVYEF.002 4000/2*4G/F128G/2L4.8/R/acB_0.
3MM_Obsidian Black 14 PC+ABS
texture EJ_FRT1 6T
A314-32-P0EQ W10HML64ACZ2
UMACkk_4U
A314-32-P0EQ EMEA Czech NX.GVYEC.001 5000/1*4G/F128G/2L4.8/R/FSL_ac
B_0.3MM_Obsidian Black 14
PC+ABS texture EJ_CSC1 6T
A314-32-P0H9
W10HML64A6TND2
UMACkk_4U
A314-32-P0H9 EMEA Nordic NX.GVYED.003
5000/4G+2G/F256G/2L4.8/R/FSL_
acB_0.3MM_Obsidian Black 14
PC+ABS texture EJ_DA42 6T
A314-32-P0SZ
W10HML64A6TBE1 UMACkk_4U
A314-32-P0SZ EMEA Belgium NX.GVYEH.002 5000/2*4G/F128G/2L4.8/R/acB_0.
3MM_Obsidian Black 14 PC+ABS
texture EJ_FRO1 6T
A314-32-P142
W10HVNSL64SEAPA6TPH1
UMACbb_4U
A314-32-P142 AAP Philippines NX.GW6SP.004
5000/1*4G/500G_L/2L4.8/R/acB_0
.3MM_Stone Blue 14
PC+ABS_EHA1 6T
A314-32-P182
W10HGML64A13ND2
UMACkk_4U
A314-32-P182 EMEA Nordic NX.GVYED.002
5000/2*4G/F256G/2L4.8/R/FSL_ac
B_0.3MM_Obsidian Black 14
PC+ABS texture EJ_DA42 6T
A314-32-P1NQ
W10HVNSL64SEAPA6TPH1
UMACbb_4U
A314-32-P1NQ AAP Philippines NX.GW6SP.002
5000/1*4G/500G_L/2L4.8/R/HD_a
cB_0.3MM_Stone Blue 14
PC+ABS_EHA1 6T
A314-32-P2PF W10HML64ASG1E
UMACkk_4U
A314-32-P2PF AAP Singapore NX.GVYSG.008 5000/2*4G/1000G_7/2L4.8/R/acB_
0.3MM_Obsidian Black 14
PC+ABS texture EJ_N2A2 6T

Model Definition and Configuration 7-33


Table 7-8. RO, Description
MODEL RO Country Acer Part No Description
A314-32-P3SS W10HML64ASG1E
UMACkk_4U
A314-32-P3SS AAP Singapore NX.GVYSG.006 5000/1*4G/500G_L/2L4.8/R/acB_0
.3MM_Obsidian Black 14
PC+ABS texture EJ_N2A2 6T
A314-32-P49K
W10HML64A6TND2
UMACkk_4U
A314-32-P49K EMEA Nordic NX.GVYED.001
5000/2*4G/F256G/2L4.8/R/HD_ac
B_0.3MM_Obsidian Black 14
PC+ABS texture EJ_DA42 6T
A314-32-P5SL W10HML64AFR1
UMACkk_4U
A314-32-P5SL EMEA France NX.GVYEF.001 5000/2*4G/F128G/2L4.8/R/acB_0.
3MM_Obsidian Black 14 PC+ABS
texture EJ_FRT1 6T
A314-32-P5UC
W10HVNSL64SEAPA6TPH1
UMACrr_4U
A314-32-P5UC AAP Philippines NX.GW7SP.004
5000/1*4G/500G_L/2L4.8/R/acB_0
.3MM_Oxidant Red 14 PC+ABS
EJ_EHA1 6T
A314-32-P6SF
W10HVNSL64SEAPA6TPH1
UMACkk_4U
A314-32-P6SF AAP Philippines NX.GVYSP.002
5000/1*4G/500G_L/2L4.8/R/HD_a
cB_0.3MM_Obsidian Black 14
PC+ABS texture EJ_EHA1 6T
A314-32-P70W
W10HVNSL64SEAPA6TPH1
UMACkk_4U
A314-32-P70W AAP Philippines NX.GVYSP.004
5000/1*4G/500G_L/2L4.8/R/acB_0
.3MM_Obsidian Black 14
PC+ABS texture EJ_EHA1 6T
A314-32-P7A3
W10HGML64A6TBE1
UMACkk_4U
A314-32-P7A3 EMEA Belgium NX.GVYEH.001
5000/2*4G/F128G/2L4.8/R/FSL_ac
B_0.3MM_Obsidian Black 14
PC+ABS texture EJ_FRO1 6T
A314-32-P86L
W10HVNSL64SEAPA6TPH1
UMACrr_4U
A314-32-P86L AAP Philippines NX.GW7SP.002
5000/1*4G/500G_L/2L4.8/R/HD_a
cB_0.3MM_Oxidant Red 14
PC+ABS EJ_EHA1 6T

7-34 Model Definition and Configuration


Table 7-8. RO, Description
MODEL RO Country Acer Part No Description
A314-32-P9FZ W10HML64AFR1
UMACkk_4U
A314-32-P9FZ EMEA France NX.GVYEF.003 5000/1*4G/1000G_7/2L4.8/R/acB_
0.3MM_Obsidian Black 14
PC+ABS texture EJ_FRT1 6T
A314-32-P9JN W10HML64ASG1E
UMACkk_4U
A314-32-P9JN AAP Singapore NX.GVYSG.007 5000/1*4G/1000G_7/2L4.8/R/acB_
0.3MM_Obsidian Black 14
PC+ABS texture EJ_N2A2 6T
A314-32-P9W0
W10HGML64A6TPL1
UMACkk_4U
A314-32-P9W0 EMEA Poland NX.GVYEP.001
5000/2*4G/1000G_7/2L4.8/R/FSL_
acB_0.3MM_Obsidian Black 14
PC+ABS texture EJ_PLD1 6T

Table 7-9. CPU, LCD


MODEL Country Acer Part No CPU LCD
A114-32-C0M7 Singapore NX.GVZSG.001 ICDN4000 N14HDGSUP
A114-32-C22X Poland NX.GVZEP.005 ICQN4100 N14HDSUP
A114-32-C28A Singapore NX.GVZSG.002 ICDN4000 N14HDGSUP
A114-32-C2NF GCTWN NX.GVZTA.001 ICQN4100 N14HDSUP
A114-32-C3B1 Hungary NX.GVZEU.003 ICDN4000 N14HDSUP
A114-32-C3KX GCTWN NX.GVZTA.002 ICQN4100 N14HDSUP
A114-32-C3LW Poland NX.GVZEP.004 ICDN4000 N14HDSUP
A114-32-C3NR Poland NX.GVZEP.002 ICQN4100 N14HDSUP
A114-32-C4V6 Hungary NX.GVZEU.001 ICDN4000 N14HDSUP
A114-32-C586 Poland NX.GVZEP.010 ICDN4000 N14HDSUP
A114-32-C5GL Singapore NX.GVZSG.006 ICQN4100 N14HDGSUP
A114-32-C5L0 Poland NX.GVZEP.007 ICDN4000 N14HDSUP
A114-32-C5YN France NX.GVZEF.002 ICDN4000 N14HDGSUP
A114-32-C66A Holland NX.GVZEH.001 ICDN4000 N14HDGSUP
A114-32-C6JC Poland NX.GVZEP.001 ICDN4000 N14HDSUP
A114-32-C6JW Romania NX.GVZEX.001 ICDN4000 N14HDGSUP
A114-32-C75D Romania NX.GVZEX.002 ICQN4100 N14HDGSUP
A114-32-C7GG France NX.GVZEF.003 ICDN4000 N14HDGSUP
A114-32-C7UW Poland NX.GVZEP.008 ICQN4100 N14HDSUP
A114-32-C84G Turkey NX.GVZEY.001 ICDN4000 N14HDGSUP

Model Definition and Configuration 7-35


Table 7-9. CPU, LCD
MODEL Country Acer Part No CPU LCD
A114-32-C8XZ Poland NX.GVZEP.011 ICQN4100 N14HDSUP
A114-32-C9MJ Singapore NX.GVZSG.003 ICQN4100 N14HDGSUP
A114-32-C9VN France NX.GVZEF.001 ICDN4000 N14HDGSUP
A114-32-P08B Romania NX.GVZEX.004 PQCN5000 N14FHDSUPL
A114-32-P0C9 Singapore NX.GVZSG.005 PQCN5000 N14HDGSUP
A114-32-P16U Czech NX.GVZEC.001 PQCN5000 N14HDSUP
A114-32-P1C9 Germany NX.GVZEG.001 PQCN5000 N14HDSUP
A114-32-P207 Poland NX.GVZEP.003 PQCN5000 N14HDSUP
A114-32-P2AU Poland NX.GVZEP.009 PQCN5000 N14HDSUP
A114-32-P2QA USA NX.GVZAA.001 PQCN5000 N14HDGSUP
A114-32-P35K Poland NX.GVZEP.012 PQCN5000 N14HDSUP
A114-32-P3DN Poland NX.GVZEP.006 PQCN5000 N14HDSUP
A114-32-P3WP Hungary NX.GVZEU.002 PQCN5000 N14HDSUP
A114-32-P6TT Romania NX.GVZEX.003 PQCN5000 N14HDGSUP
A114-32-P7N0 Austria NX.GVZEV.001 PQCN5000 N14FHDSUPL
A114-32-P81U Singapore NX.GVZSG.004 PQCN5000 N14HDGSUP
A314-32-C00A China NX.GVYCN.003 ICQN4100 N14HDGSUP
A314-32-C0HQ Philippines NX.GW6SP.001 ICQN4100 N14HDSUP
A314-32-C129 Malaysia NX.GVYSM.001 ICDN4000 N14HDGSUP
A314-32-C1TV China NX.GVYCN.002 ICQN4100 N14HDGSUP
A314-32-C1WW Philippines NX.GW6SP.003 ICQN4100 N14HDGSUP
A314-32-C24Q China NX.GVYCN.004 ICQN4100 N14HDGSUP
A314-32-C29U Australia / New Zealand NX.GVYSA.001 ICDN4000 N14HDGSUP
A314-32-C2VP Malaysia NX.GW7SM.001 ICDN4000 N14HDGSUP
A314-32-C2Y9 China NX.GW7CN.001 ICQN4100 N14HDGSUP
A314-32-C38A Philippines NX.GW7SP.003 ICQN4100 N14HDGSUP
A314-32-C3D3 Singapore NX.GVYSG.004 ICDN4000 N14HDGSUP
A314-32-C3DJ Singapore NX.GVYSG.002 ICDN4000 N14HDGSUP
A314-32-C3HA Philippines NX.GW7SP.001 ICQN4100 N14HDSUP
A314-32-C4C5 Singapore NX.GVYSG.003 ICDN4000 N14HDGSUP
A314-32-C4GU China NX.GW6CN.001 ICQN4100 N14HDGSUP
A314-32-C4VC Philippines NX.GVYSP.003 ICQN4100 N14HDGSUP
A314-32-C6RY Singapore NX.GVYSG.005 ICQN4100 N14HDGSUP
A314-32-C7QT Turkey NX.GVYEY.001 ICDN4000 N14HDGSUP

7-36 Model Definition and Configuration


Table 7-9. CPU, LCD
MODEL Country Acer Part No CPU LCD
A314-32-C83Q Philippines NX.GVYSP.001 ICQN4100 N14HDSUP
A314-32-C8D6 Singapore NX.GVYSG.001 ICDN4000 N14HDGSUP
A314-32-C8TK China NX.GVYCN.001 ICDN4000 N14HDGSUP
A314-32-C9AL France NX.GVYEF.002 ICDN4000 N14HDGSUP
A314-32-P0EQ Czech NX.GVYEC.001 PQCN5000 N14FHDSUPL
A314-32-P0H9 Nordic NX.GVYED.003 PQCN5000 N14FHDSUPL
A314-32-P0SZ Belgium NX.GVYEH.002 PQCN5000 N14HDGSUP
A314-32-P142 Philippines NX.GW6SP.004 PQCN5000 N14HDGSUP
A314-32-P182 Nordic NX.GVYED.002 PQCN5000 N14FHDSUPL
A314-32-P1NQ Philippines NX.GW6SP.002 PQCN5000 N14HDSUP
A314-32-P2PF Singapore NX.GVYSG.008 PQCN5000 N14HDGSUP
A314-32-P3SS Singapore NX.GVYSG.006 PQCN5000 N14HDGSUP
A314-32-P49K Nordic NX.GVYED.001 PQCN5000 N14HDSUP
A314-32-P5SL France NX.GVYEF.001 PQCN5000 N14HDGSUP
A314-32-P5UC Philippines NX.GW7SP.004 PQCN5000 N14HDGSUP
A314-32-P6SF Philippines NX.GVYSP.002 PQCN5000 N14HDSUP
A314-32-P70W Philippines NX.GVYSP.004 PQCN5000 N14HDGSUP
A314-32-P7A3 Belgium NX.GVYEH.001 PQCN5000 N14FHDSUPL
A314-32-P86L Philippines NX.GW7SP.002 PQCN5000 N14HDSUP
A314-32-P9FZ France NX.GVYEF.003 PQCN5000 N14HDGSUP
A314-32-P9JN Singapore NX.GVYSG.007 PQCN5000 N14HDGSUP
A314-32-P9W0 Poland NX.GVYEP.001 PQCN5000 N14FHDSUPL

Table 7-10. VGA Chip, VRAM


MODEL Country Acer Part No VGA Chip VRAM
A114-32-C0M7 Singapore NX.GVZSG.001 UMA N
A114-32-C22X Poland NX.GVZEP.005 UMA N
A114-32-C28A Singapore NX.GVZSG.002 UMA N
A114-32-C2NF GCTWN NX.GVZTA.001 UMA N
A114-32-C3B1 Hungary NX.GVZEU.003 UMA N
A114-32-C3KX GCTWN NX.GVZTA.002 UMA N
A114-32-C3LW Poland NX.GVZEP.004 UMA N
A114-32-C3NR Poland NX.GVZEP.002 UMA N
A114-32-C4V6 Hungary NX.GVZEU.001 UMA N

Model Definition and Configuration 7-37


Table 7-10. VGA Chip, VRAM
MODEL Country Acer Part No VGA Chip VRAM
A114-32-C586 Poland NX.GVZEP.010 UMA N
A114-32-C5GL Singapore NX.GVZSG.006 UMA N
A114-32-C5L0 Poland NX.GVZEP.007 UMA N
A114-32-C5YN France NX.GVZEF.002 UMA N
A114-32-C66A Holland NX.GVZEH.001 UMA N
A114-32-C6JC Poland NX.GVZEP.001 UMA N
A114-32-C6JW Romania NX.GVZEX.001 UMA N
A114-32-C75D Romania NX.GVZEX.002 UMA N
A114-32-C7GG France NX.GVZEF.003 UMA N
A114-32-C7UW Poland NX.GVZEP.008 UMA N
A114-32-C84G Turkey NX.GVZEY.001 UMA N
A114-32-C8XZ Poland NX.GVZEP.011 UMA N
A114-32-C9MJ Singapore NX.GVZSG.003 UMA N
A114-32-C9VN France NX.GVZEF.001 UMA N
A114-32-P08B Romania NX.GVZEX.004 UMA N
A114-32-P0C9 Singapore NX.GVZSG.005 UMA N
A114-32-P16U Czech NX.GVZEC.001 UMA N
A114-32-P1C9 Germany NX.GVZEG.001 UMA N
A114-32-P207 Poland NX.GVZEP.003 UMA N
A114-32-P2AU Poland NX.GVZEP.009 UMA N
A114-32-P2QA USA NX.GVZAA.001 UMA N
A114-32-P35K Poland NX.GVZEP.012 UMA N
A114-32-P3DN Poland NX.GVZEP.006 UMA N
A114-32-P3WP Hungary NX.GVZEU.002 UMA N
A114-32-P6TT Romania NX.GVZEX.003 UMA N
A114-32-P7N0 Austria NX.GVZEV.001 UMA N
A114-32-P81U Singapore NX.GVZSG.004 UMA N
A314-32-C00A China NX.GVYCN.003 UMA N
A314-32-C0HQ Philippines NX.GW6SP.001 UMA N
A314-32-C129 Malaysia NX.GVYSM.001 UMA N
A314-32-C1TV China NX.GVYCN.002 UMA N
A314-32-C1WW Philippines NX.GW6SP.003 UMA N
A314-32-C24Q China NX.GVYCN.004 UMA N
A314-32-C29U Australia / New Zealand NX.GVYSA.001 UMA N

7-38 Model Definition and Configuration


Table 7-10. VGA Chip, VRAM
MODEL Country Acer Part No VGA Chip VRAM
A314-32-C2VP Malaysia NX.GW7SM.001 UMA N
A314-32-C2Y9 China NX.GW7CN.001 UMA N
A314-32-C38A Philippines NX.GW7SP.003 UMA N
A314-32-C3D3 Singapore NX.GVYSG.004 UMA N
A314-32-C3DJ Singapore NX.GVYSG.002 UMA N
A314-32-C3HA Philippines NX.GW7SP.001 UMA N
A314-32-C4C5 Singapore NX.GVYSG.003 UMA N
A314-32-C4GU China NX.GW6CN.001 UMA N
A314-32-C4VC Philippines NX.GVYSP.003 UMA N
A314-32-C6RY Singapore NX.GVYSG.005 UMA N
A314-32-C7QT Turkey NX.GVYEY.001 UMA N
A314-32-C83Q Philippines NX.GVYSP.001 UMA N
A314-32-C8D6 Singapore NX.GVYSG.001 UMA N
A314-32-C8TK China NX.GVYCN.001 UMA N
A314-32-C9AL France NX.GVYEF.002 UMA N
A314-32-P0EQ Czech NX.GVYEC.001 UMA N
A314-32-P0H9 Nordic NX.GVYED.003 UMA N
A314-32-P0SZ Belgium NX.GVYEH.002 UMA N
A314-32-P142 Philippines NX.GW6SP.004 UMA N
A314-32-P182 Nordic NX.GVYED.002 UMA N
A314-32-P1NQ Philippines NX.GW6SP.002 UMA N
A314-32-P2PF Singapore NX.GVYSG.008 UMA N
A314-32-P3SS Singapore NX.GVYSG.006 UMA N
A314-32-P49K Nordic NX.GVYED.001 UMA N
A314-32-P5SL France NX.GVYEF.001 UMA N
A314-32-P5UC Philippines NX.GW7SP.004 UMA N
A314-32-P6SF Philippines NX.GVYSP.002 UMA N
A314-32-P70W Philippines NX.GVYSP.004 UMA N
A314-32-P7A3 Belgium NX.GVYEH.001 UMA N
A314-32-P86L Philippines NX.GW7SP.002 UMA N
A314-32-P9FZ France NX.GVYEF.003 UMA N
A314-32-P9JN Singapore NX.GVYSG.007 UMA N
A314-32-P9W0 Poland NX.GVYEP.001 UMA N

Model Definition and Configuration 7-39


Table 7-11. Memory 1, Memory 2, HDD 1, HDD 2
HDD 2
MODEL Country Acer Part No Memory 1 Memory 2 HDD 1 (GB)
(GB)
OB4GBIV
A114-32-C0M7 Singapore NX.GVZSG.001 N eMMC64GB N
(512x16*4)

OB4GBIV
A114-32-C22X Poland NX.GVZEP.005 N eMMC64GB N
(512x16*4)

OB4GBIV
A114-32-C28A Singapore NX.GVZSG.002 N eMMC32GB N
(512x16*4)

OB4GBIV
A114-32-C2NF GCTWN NX.GVZTA.001 N eMMC64GB N
(512x16*4)

OB4GBIV
A114-32-C3B1 Hungary NX.GVZEU.003 N eMMC64GB N
(512x16*4)

OB4GBIV
A114-32-C3KX GCTWN NX.GVZTA.002 N eMMC64GB N
(512x16*4)

OB4GBIV
A114-32-C3LW Poland NX.GVZEP.004 N eMMC64GB N
(512x16*4)

OB4GBIV
A114-32-C3NR Poland NX.GVZEP.002 N eMMC32GB N
(512x16*4)

OB4GBIV
A114-32-C4V6 Hungary NX.GVZEU.001 N eMMC64GB N
(512x16*4)

OB4GBIV
A114-32-C586 Poland NX.GVZEP.010 N eMMC64GB N
(512x16*4)

OB4GBIV
A114-32-C5GL Singapore NX.GVZSG.006 N eMMC64GB N
(512x16*4)

OB4GBIV
A114-32-C5L0 Poland NX.GVZEP.007 N eMMC32GB N
(512x16*4)

OB4GBIV
A114-32-C5YN France NX.GVZEF.002 N eMMC64GB N
(512x16*4)

OB4GBIV
A114-32-C66A Holland NX.GVZEH.001 N eMMC64GB N
(512x16*4)

OB4GBIV
A114-32-C6JC Poland NX.GVZEP.001 N eMMC32GB N
(512x16*4)

OB4GBIV
A114-32-C6JW Romania NX.GVZEX.001 N eMMC64GB N
(512x16*4)

OB4GBIV
A114-32-C75D Romania NX.GVZEX.002 N eMMC64GB N
(512x16*4)

OB4GBIV
A114-32-C7GG France NX.GVZEF.003 N eMMC32GB N
(512x16*4)

OB4GBIV
A114-32-C7UW Poland NX.GVZEP.008 N eMMC32GB N
(512x16*4)

OB4GBIV
A114-32-C84G Turkey NX.GVZEY.001 N eMMC32GB N
(512x16*4)

OB4GBIV
A114-32-C8XZ Poland NX.GVZEP.011 N eMMC64GB N
(512x16*4)

OB4GBIV
A114-32-C9MJ Singapore NX.GVZSG.003 N eMMC32GB N
(512x16*4)

7-40 Model Definition and Configuration


Table 7-11. Memory 1, Memory 2, HDD 1, HDD 2
HDD 2
MODEL Country Acer Part No Memory 1 Memory 2 HDD 1 (GB)
(GB)
OB4GBIV
A114-32-C9VN France NX.GVZEF.001 N eMMC32GB N
(512x16*4)

OB4GBIV
A114-32-P08B Romania NX.GVZEX.004 N eMMC64GB N
(512x16*4)

OB4GBIV
A114-32-P0C9 Singapore NX.GVZSG.005 N eMMC64GB N
(512x16*4)

OB4GBIV
A114-32-P16U Czech NX.GVZEC.001 N eMMC64GB N
(512x16*4)

OB4GBIV
A114-32-P1C9 Germany NX.GVZEG.001 N eMMC64GB N
(512x16*4)

OB4GBIV
A114-32-P207 Poland NX.GVZEP.003 N eMMC32GB N
(512x16*4)

OB4GBIV
A114-32-P2AU Poland NX.GVZEP.009 N eMMC32GB N
(512x16*4)

OB4GBIV
A114-32-P2QA USA NX.GVZAA.001 N eMMC64GB N
(512x16*4)

OB4GBIV
A114-32-P35K Poland NX.GVZEP.012 N eMMC64GB N
(512x16*4)

OB4GBIV
A114-32-P3DN Poland NX.GVZEP.006 N eMMC64GB N
(512x16*4)

OB4GBIV
A114-32-P3WP Hungary NX.GVZEU.002 N eMMC64GB N
(512x16*4)

OB4GBIV
A114-32-P6TT Romania NX.GVZEX.003 N eMMC64GB N
(512x16*4)

OB4GBIV
A114-32-P7N0 Austria NX.GVZEV.001 N eMMC64GB N
(512x16*4)

OB4GBIV(512x
A114-32-P81U Singapore NX.GVZSG.004 N eMMC32GB N
16*4)

OB4GBIV
A314-32-C00A China NX.GVYCN.003 N F80128S3 N
(512x16*4)

OB4GBIV
A314-32-C0HQ Philippines NX.GW6SP.001 N N500GB5.4KS N
(512x16*4)

OB4GBIV
A314-32-C129 Malaysia NX.GVYSM.001 N N500GB5.4KS N
(512x16*4)

OB4GBIV
A314-32-C1TV China NX.GVYCN.002 N F80256S3 N
(512x16*4)

OB4GBIV
A314-32-C1WW Philippines NX.GW6SP.003 N N500GB5.4KS N
(512x16*4)

OB4GBIV
A314-32-C24Q China NX.GVYCN.004 N N500GB5.4KS N
(512x16*4)

Australia / New OB4GBIV


A314-32-C29U NX.GVYSA.001 N N500GB5.4KS N
Zealand (512x16*4)

OB4GBIV
A314-32-C2VP Malaysia NX.GW7SM.001 N N500GB5.4KS N
(512x16*4)

Model Definition and Configuration 7-41


Table 7-11. Memory 1, Memory 2, HDD 1, HDD 2
HDD 2
MODEL Country Acer Part No Memory 1 Memory 2 HDD 1 (GB)
(GB)
OB4GBIV
A314-32-C2Y9 China NX.GW7CN.001 N F80128S3 N
(512x16*4)

A314-32-C38A Philippines NX.GW7SP.003 SO4GBIV N N500GB5.4KS N

OB4GBIV N1000GB5.4K
A314-32-C3D3 Singapore NX.GVYSG.004 N N
(512x16*4) S_7mm

OB4GBIV
A314-32-C3DJ Singapore NX.GVYSG.002 N F80256S3 N
(512x16*4)

OB4GBIV
A314-32-C3HA Philippines NX.GW7SP.001 N N500GB5.4KS N
(512x16*4)

OB4GBIV
A314-32-C4C5 Singapore NX.GVYSG.003 N N500GB5.4KS N
(512x16*4)

OB4GBIV
A314-32-C4GU China NX.GW6CN.001 N F80128S3 N
(512x16*4)

OB4GBIV
A314-32-C4VC Philippines NX.GVYSP.003 N N500GB5.4KS N
(512x16*4)

OB4GBIV
A314-32-C6RY Singapore NX.GVYSG.005 N N500GB5.4KS N
(512x16*4)

OB4GBIV
A314-32-C7QT Turkey NX.GVYEY.001 N F80128S3 N
(512x16*4)

OB4GBIV
A314-32-C83Q Philippines NX.GVYSP.001 N N500GB5.4KS N
(512x16*4)

OB4GBIV
A314-32-C8D6 Singapore NX.GVYSG.001 N F80128S3 N
(512x16*4)

OB4GBIV
A314-32-C8TK China NX.GVYCN.001 N N500GB5.4KS N
(512x16*4)

OB4GBIV
A314-32-C9AL France NX.GVYEF.002 SO4GBIV F80128S3 N
(512x16*4)

OB4GBIV
A314-32-P0EQ Czech NX.GVYEC.001 N F80128S3 N
(512x16*4)

OB4GBIV
A314-32-P0H9 Nordic NX.GVYED.003 SO2GBIV F80256S3 N
(512x16*4)

OB4GBIV
A314-32-P0SZ Belgium NX.GVYEH.002 SO4GBIV F80128S3 N
(512x16*4)

OB4GBIV
A314-32-P142 Philippines NX.GW6SP.004 N N500GB5.4KS N
(512x16*4)

OB4GBIV
A314-32-P182 Nordic NX.GVYED.002 SO4GBIV F80256S3 N
(512x16*4)

OB4GBIV
A314-32-P1NQ Philippines NX.GW6SP.002 N N500GB5.4KS N
(512x16*4)

OB4GBIV N1000GB5.4K
A314-32-P2PF Singapore NX.GVYSG.008 SO4GBIV N
(512x16*4) S_7mm

OB4GBIV
A314-32-P3SS Singapore NX.GVYSG.006 N N500GB5.4KS N
(512x16*4)

OB4GBIV
A314-32-P49K Nordic NX.GVYED.001 SO4GBIV F80256S3 N
(512x16*4)

7-42 Model Definition and Configuration


Table 7-11. Memory 1, Memory 2, HDD 1, HDD 2
HDD 2
MODEL Country Acer Part No Memory 1 Memory 2 HDD 1 (GB)
(GB)
OB4GBIV
A314-32-P5SL France NX.GVYEF.001 SO4GBIV F80128S3 N
(512x16*4)

OB4GBIV
A314-32-P5UC Philippines NX.GW7SP.004 N N500GB5.4KS N
(512x16*4)

OB4GBIV
A314-32-P6SF Philippines NX.GVYSP.002 N N500GB5.4KS N
(512x16*4)

OB4GBIV
A314-32-P70W Philippines NX.GVYSP.004 N N500GB5.4KS N
(512x16*4)

OB4GBIV
A314-32-P7A3 Belgium NX.GVYEH.001 SO4GBIV F80128S3 N
(512x16*4)

OB4GBIV
A314-32-P86L Philippines NX.GW7SP.002 N N500GB5.4KS N
(512x16*4)

OB4GBIV N1000GB5.4K
A314-32-P9FZ France NX.GVYEF.003 N N
(512x16*4) S_7mm

OB4GBIV N1000GB5.4K
A314-32-P9JN Singapore NX.GVYSG.007 N N
(512x16*4) S_7mm

OB4GBIV N1000GB5.4K
A314-32-P9W0 Poland NX.GVYEP.001 SO4GBIV N
(512x16*4) S_7mm

Table 7-12. ODD, Extra Software, Card Reader


MODEL Country Acer Part No ODD Extra SW1 Card Reader
A114-32-C0M7 Singapore NX.GVZSG.001 N N N
A114-32-C22X Poland NX.GVZEP.005 N N N
A114-32-C28A Singapore NX.GVZSG.002 N N N
A114-32-C2NF GCTWN NX.GVZTA.001 N N N
A114-32-C3B1 Hungary NX.GVZEU.003 N N N
A114-32-C3KX GCTWN NX.GVZTA.002 N N N
A114-32-C3LW Poland NX.GVZEP.004 N N N
A114-32-C3NR Poland NX.GVZEP.002 N N N
A114-32-C4V6 Hungary NX.GVZEU.001 N N N
A114-32-C586 Poland NX.GVZEP.010 N N N
A114-32-C5GL Singapore NX.GVZSG.006 N N N
A114-32-C5L0 Poland NX.GVZEP.007 N N N
A114-32-C5YN France NX.GVZEF.002 N N N
A114-32-C66A Holland NX.GVZEH.001 N N N
A114-32-C6JC Poland NX.GVZEP.001 N N N
A114-32-C6JW Romania NX.GVZEX.001 N N N
A114-32-C75D Romania NX.GVZEX.002 N N N

Model Definition and Configuration 7-43


Table 7-12. ODD, Extra Software, Card Reader
MODEL Country Acer Part No ODD Extra SW1 Card Reader
A114-32-C7GG France NX.GVZEF.003 N N N
A114-32-C7UW Poland NX.GVZEP.008 N N N
A114-32-C84G Turkey NX.GVZEY.001 N N N
A114-32-C8XZ Poland NX.GVZEP.011 N N N
A114-32-C9MJ Singapore NX.GVZSG.003 N N N
A114-32-C9VN France NX.GVZEF.001 N N N
A114-32-P08B Romania NX.GVZEX.004 N N N
A114-32-P0C9 Singapore NX.GVZSG.005 N N N
A114-32-P16U Czech NX.GVZEC.001 N N N
A114-32-P1C9 Germany NX.GVZEG.001 N N N
A114-32-P207 Poland NX.GVZEP.003 N N N
A114-32-P2AU Poland NX.GVZEP.009 N N N
A114-32-P2QA USA NX.GVZAA.001 N N N
A114-32-P35K Poland NX.GVZEP.012 N N N
A114-32-P3DN Poland NX.GVZEP.006 N N N
A114-32-P3WP Hungary NX.GVZEU.002 N N N
A114-32-P6TT Romania NX.GVZEX.003 N N N
A114-32-P7N0 Austria NX.GVZEV.001 N N N
A114-32-P81U Singapore NX.GVZSG.004 N N N
A314-32-C00A China NX.GVYCN.003 N N N
A314-32-C0HQ Philippines NX.GW6SP.001 N N N
A314-32-C129 Malaysia NX.GVYSM.001 N N N
A314-32-C1TV China NX.GVYCN.002 N N N
A314-32-C1WW Philippines NX.GW6SP.003 N N N
A314-32-C24Q China NX.GVYCN.004 N N N
Australia / New
A314-32-C29U NX.GVYSA.001 N N N
Zealand
A314-32-C2VP Malaysia NX.GW7SM.001 N N N
A314-32-C2Y9 China NX.GW7CN.001 N N N
A314-32-C38A Philippines NX.GW7SP.003 N N N
A314-32-C3D3 Singapore NX.GVYSG.004 N N N
A314-32-C3DJ Singapore NX.GVYSG.002 N N N
A314-32-C3HA Philippines NX.GW7SP.001 N N N
A314-32-C4C5 Singapore NX.GVYSG.003 N N N
A314-32-C4GU China NX.GW6CN.001 N N N

7-44 Model Definition and Configuration


Table 7-12. ODD, Extra Software, Card Reader
MODEL Country Acer Part No ODD Extra SW1 Card Reader
A314-32-C4VC Philippines NX.GVYSP.003 N N N
A314-32-C6RY Singapore NX.GVYSG.005 N N N
A314-32-C7QT Turkey NX.GVYEY.001 N N N
A314-32-C83Q Philippines NX.GVYSP.001 N N N
A314-32-C8D6 Singapore NX.GVYSG.001 N N N
A314-32-C8TK China NX.GVYCN.001 N N N
A314-32-C9AL France NX.GVYEF.002 N N N
A314-32-P0EQ Czech NX.GVYEC.001 N N N
A314-32-P0H9 Nordic NX.GVYED.003 N N N
A314-32-P0SZ Belgium NX.GVYEH.002 N N N
A314-32-P142 Philippines NX.GW6SP.004 N N N
A314-32-P182 Nordic NX.GVYED.002 N N N
A314-32-P1NQ Philippines NX.GW6SP.002 N N N
A314-32-P2PF Singapore NX.GVYSG.008 N N N
A314-32-P3SS Singapore NX.GVYSG.006 N N N
A314-32-P49K Nordic NX.GVYED.001 N N N
A314-32-P5SL France NX.GVYEF.001 N N N
A314-32-P5UC Philippines NX.GW7SP.004 N N N
A314-32-P6SF Philippines NX.GVYSP.002 N N N
A314-32-P70W Philippines NX.GVYSP.004 N N N
A314-32-P7A3 Belgium NX.GVYEH.001 N N N
A314-32-P86L Philippines NX.GW7SP.002 N N N
A314-32-P9FZ France NX.GVYEF.003 N N N
A314-32-P9JN Singapore NX.GVYSG.007 N N N
A314-32-P9W0 Poland NX.GVYEP.001 N N N

Table 7-13. Wireless LAN


MODEL Country Acer Part No Wireless LAN
A114-32-C0M7 Singapore NX.GVZSG.001 1x1 AC+BT
A114-32-C22X Poland NX.GVZEP.005 1x1 AC+BT
A114-32-C28A Singapore NX.GVZSG.002 1x1 AC+BT
A114-32-C2NF GCTWN NX.GVZTA.001 1x1 AC+BT
A114-32-C3B1 Hungary NX.GVZEU.003 1x1 AC+BT
A114-32-C3KX GCTWN NX.GVZTA.002 1x1 AC+BT

Model Definition and Configuration 7-45


Table 7-13. Wireless LAN
MODEL Country Acer Part No Wireless LAN
A114-32-C3LW Poland NX.GVZEP.004 1x1 AC+BT
A114-32-C3NR Poland NX.GVZEP.002 1x1 AC+BT
A114-32-C4V6 Hungary NX.GVZEU.001 1x1 AC+BT
A114-32-C586 Poland NX.GVZEP.010 1x1 AC+BT
A114-32-C5GL Singapore NX.GVZSG.006 1x1 AC+BT
A114-32-C5L0 Poland NX.GVZEP.007 1x1 AC+BT
A114-32-C5YN France NX.GVZEF.002 1x1 AC+BT
A114-32-C66A Holland NX.GVZEH.001 1x1 AC+BT
A114-32-C6JC Poland NX.GVZEP.001 1x1 AC+BT
A114-32-C6JW Romania NX.GVZEX.001 1x1 AC+BT
A114-32-C75D Romania NX.GVZEX.002 1x1 AC+BT
A114-32-C7GG France NX.GVZEF.003 1x1 AC+BT
A114-32-C7UW Poland NX.GVZEP.008 1x1 AC+BT
A114-32-C84G Turkey NX.GVZEY.001 1x1 AC+BT
A114-32-C8XZ Poland NX.GVZEP.011 1x1 AC+BT
A114-32-C9MJ Singapore NX.GVZSG.003 1x1 AC+BT
A114-32-C9VN France NX.GVZEF.001 1x1 AC+BT
A114-32-P08B Romania NX.GVZEX.004 1x1 AC+BT
A114-32-P0C9 Singapore NX.GVZSG.005 1x1 AC+BT
A114-32-P16U Czech NX.GVZEC.001 1x1 AC+BT
A114-32-P1C9 Germany NX.GVZEG.001 1x1 AC+BT
A114-32-P207 Poland NX.GVZEP.003 1x1 AC+BT
A114-32-P2AU Poland NX.GVZEP.009 1x1 AC+BT
A114-32-P2QA USA NX.GVZAA.001 1x1 AC+BT
A114-32-P35K Poland NX.GVZEP.012 1x1 AC+BT
A114-32-P3DN Poland NX.GVZEP.006 1x1 AC+BT
A114-32-P3WP Hungary NX.GVZEU.002 1x1 AC+BT
A114-32-P6TT Romania NX.GVZEX.003 1x1 AC+BT
A114-32-P7N0 Austria NX.GVZEV.001 1x1 AC+BT
A114-32-P81U Singapore NX.GVZSG.004 1x1 AC+BT
A314-32-C00A China NX.GVYCN.003 1x1 AC+BT
A314-32-C0HQ Philippines NX.GW6SP.001 1x1 AC+BT
A314-32-C129 Malaysia NX.GVYSM.001 1x1 AC+BT
A314-32-C1TV China NX.GVYCN.002 1x1 AC+BT

7-46 Model Definition and Configuration


Table 7-13. Wireless LAN
MODEL Country Acer Part No Wireless LAN
A314-32-C1WW Philippines NX.GW6SP.003 1x1 AC+BT
A314-32-C24Q China NX.GVYCN.004 1x1 AC+BT
A314-32-C29U Australia / New Zealand NX.GVYSA.001 1x1 AC+BT
A314-32-C2VP Malaysia NX.GW7SM.001 1x1 AC+BT
A314-32-C2Y9 China NX.GW7CN.001 1x1 AC+BT
A314-32-C38A Philippines NX.GW7SP.003 1x1 AC+BT
A314-32-C3D3 Singapore NX.GVYSG.004 1x1 AC+BT
A314-32-C3DJ Singapore NX.GVYSG.002 1x1 AC+BT
A314-32-C3HA Philippines NX.GW7SP.001 1x1 AC+BT
A314-32-C4C5 Singapore NX.GVYSG.003 1x1 AC+BT
A314-32-C4GU China NX.GW6CN.001 1x1 AC+BT
A314-32-C4VC Philippines NX.GVYSP.003 1x1 AC+BT
A314-32-C6RY Singapore NX.GVYSG.005 1x1 AC+BT
A314-32-C7QT Turkey NX.GVYEY.001 1x1 AC+BT
A314-32-C83Q Philippines NX.GVYSP.001 1x1 AC+BT
A314-32-C8D6 Singapore NX.GVYSG.001 1x1 AC+BT
A314-32-C8TK China NX.GVYCN.001 1x1 AC+BT
A314-32-C9AL France NX.GVYEF.002 1x1 AC+BT
A314-32-P0EQ Czech NX.GVYEC.001 1x1 AC+BT
A314-32-P0H9 Nordic NX.GVYED.003 1x1 AC+BT
A314-32-P0SZ Belgium NX.GVYEH.002 1x1 AC+BT
A314-32-P142 Philippines NX.GW6SP.004 1x1 AC+BT
A314-32-P182 Nordic NX.GVYED.002 1x1 AC+BT
A314-32-P1NQ Philippines NX.GW6SP.002 1x1 AC+BT
A314-32-P2PF Singapore NX.GVYSG.008 1x1 AC+BT
A314-32-P3SS Singapore NX.GVYSG.006 1x1 AC+BT
A314-32-P49K Nordic NX.GVYED.001 1x1 AC+BT
A314-32-P5SL France NX.GVYEF.001 1x1 AC+BT
A314-32-P5UC Philippines NX.GW7SP.004 1x1 AC+BT
A314-32-P6SF Philippines NX.GVYSP.002 1x1 AC+BT
A314-32-P70W Philippines NX.GVYSP.004 1x1 AC+BT
A314-32-P7A3 Belgium NX.GVYEH.001 1x1 AC+BT
A314-32-P86L Philippines NX.GW7SP.002 1x1 AC+BT
A314-32-P9FZ France NX.GVYEF.003 1x1 AC+BT

Model Definition and Configuration 7-47


Table 7-13. Wireless LAN
MODEL Country Acer Part No Wireless LAN
A314-32-P9JN Singapore NX.GVYSG.007 1x1 AC+BT
A314-32-P9W0 Poland NX.GVYEP.001 1x1 AC+BT

Table 7-14. Battery, Adapter, Camera


MODEL Country Acer Part No Battery Adapter Camera
A114-32-C0M7 Singapore NX.GVZSG.001 2CELL4.8_4.39mm 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic

A114-32-C22X Poland NX.GVZEP.005 2CELL4.8 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic

A114-32-C28A Singapore NX.GVZSG.002 2CELL4.8_4.39mm 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic

A114-32-C2NF GCTWN NX.GVZTA.001 2CELL4.8_4.39mm 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic

A114-32-C3B1 Hungary NX.GVZEU.003 2CELL4.8_4.39mm 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic

A114-32-C3KX GCTWN NX.GVZTA.002 2CELL4.8_4.39mm 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic

A114-32-C3LW Poland NX.GVZEP.004 2CELL4.8 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic

A114-32-C3NR Poland NX.GVZEP.002 2CELL4.8_4.39mm 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic

A114-32-C4V6 Hungary NX.GVZEU.001 2CELL4.8_4.39mm 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic

A114-32-C586 Poland NX.GVZEP.010 2CELL4.8 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic

A114-32-C5GL Singapore NX.GVZSG.006 2CELL4.8_4.39mm 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic

A114-32-C5L0 Poland NX.GVZEP.007 2CELL4.8 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic

A114-32-C5YN France NX.GVZEF.002 2CELL4.8_4.39mm 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic

A114-32-C66A Holland NX.GVZEH.001 2CELL4.8_4.39mm 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic

A114-32-C6JC Poland NX.GVZEP.001 2CELL4.8_4.39mm 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic

A114-32-C6JW Romania NX.GVZEX.001 2CELL4.8 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic

A114-32-C75D Romania NX.GVZEX.002 2CELL4.8 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic

A114-32-C7GG France NX.GVZEF.003 2CELL4.8_4.39mm 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic

A114-32-C7UW Poland NX.GVZEP.008 2CELL4.8 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic

A114-32-C84G Turkey NX.GVZEY.001 2CELL4.8_4.39mm 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic

A114-32-C8XZ Poland NX.GVZEP.011 2CELL4.8 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic

A114-32-C9MJ Singapore NX.GVZSG.003 2CELL4.8_4.39mm 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic

A114-32-C9VN France NX.GVZEF.001 2CELL4.8_4.39mm 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic

A114-32-P08B Romania NX.GVZEX.004 2CELL4.8 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic

A114-32-P0C9 Singapore NX.GVZSG.005 2CELL4.8_4.39mm 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic

A114-32-P16U Czech NX.GVZEC.001 2CELL4.8_4.39mm 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic

A114-32-P1C9 Germany NX.GVZEG.001 2CELL4.8_4.39mm 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic

A114-32-P207 Poland NX.GVZEP.003 2CELL4.8_4.39mm 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic

A114-32-P2AU Poland NX.GVZEP.009 2CELL4.8 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic

A114-32-P2QA USA NX.GVZAA.001 2CELL4.8_4.39mm 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic

A114-32-P35K Poland NX.GVZEP.012 2CELL4.8 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic

7-48 Model Definition and Configuration


Table 7-14. Battery, Adapter, Camera
MODEL Country Acer Part No Battery Adapter Camera
A114-32-P3DN Poland NX.GVZEP.006 2CELL4.8 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic

A114-32-P3WP Hungary NX.GVZEU.002 2CELL4.8_4.39mm 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic

A114-32-P6TT Romania NX.GVZEX.003 2CELL4.8 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic

A114-32-P7N0 Austria NX.GVZEV.001 2CELL4.8 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic

A114-32-P81U Singapore NX.GVZSG.004 2CELL4.8_4.39mm 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic

A314-32-C00A China NX.GVYCN.003 2CELL4.8 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic

A314-32-C0HQ Philippines NX.GW6SP.001 2CELL4.8 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic

A314-32-C129 Malaysia NX.GVYSM.001 2CELL4.8 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic

A314-32-C1TV China NX.GVYCN.002 2CELL4.8 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic

A314-32-C1WW Philippines NX.GW6SP.003 2CELL4.8 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic

A314-32-C24Q China NX.GVYCN.004 2CELL4.8 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic

Australia / New
A314-32-C29U NX.GVYSA.001 2CELL4.8 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic
Zealand

A314-32-C2VP Malaysia NX.GW7SM.001 2CELL4.8 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic

A314-32-C2Y9 China NX.GW7CN.001 2CELL4.8 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic

A314-32-C38A Philippines NX.GW7SP.003 2CELL4.8 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic

A314-32-C3D3 Singapore NX.GVYSG.004 2CELL4.8 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic

A314-32-C3DJ Singapore NX.GVYSG.002 2CELL4.8 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic

A314-32-C3HA Philippines NX.GW7SP.001 2CELL4.8 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic

A314-32-C4C5 Singapore NX.GVYSG.003 2CELL4.8 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic

A314-32-C4GU China NX.GW6CN.001 2CELL4.8 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic

A314-32-C4VC Philippines NX.GVYSP.003 2CELL4.8 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic

A314-32-C6RY Singapore NX.GVYSG.005 2CELL4.8 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic

A314-32-C7QT Turkey NX.GVYEY.001 2CELL4.8 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic

A314-32-C83Q Philippines NX.GVYSP.001 2CELL4.8 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic

A314-32-C8D6 Singapore NX.GVYSG.001 2CELL4.8 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic

A314-32-C8TK China NX.GVYCN.001 2CELL4.8 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic

A314-32-C9AL France NX.GVYEF.002 2CELL4.8 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic

A314-32-P0EQ Czech NX.GVYEC.001 2CELL4.8 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic

A314-32-P0H9 Nordic NX.GVYED.003 2CELL4.8 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic

A314-32-P0SZ Belgium NX.GVYEH.002 2CELL4.8 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic

A314-32-P142 Philippines NX.GW6SP.004 2CELL4.8 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic

A314-32-P182 Nordic NX.GVYED.002 2CELL4.8 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic

A314-32-P1NQ Philippines NX.GW6SP.002 2CELL4.8 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic

A314-32-P2PF Singapore NX.GVYSG.008 2CELL4.8 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic

A314-32-P3SS Singapore NX.GVYSG.006 2CELL4.8 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic

A314-32-P49K Nordic NX.GVYED.001 2CELL4.8 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic

Model Definition and Configuration 7-49


Table 7-14. Battery, Adapter, Camera
MODEL Country Acer Part No Battery Adapter Camera
A314-32-P5SL France NX.GVYEF.001 2CELL4.8 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic

A314-32-P5UC Philippines NX.GW7SP.004 2CELL4.8 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic

A314-32-P6SF Philippines NX.GVYSP.002 2CELL4.8 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic

A314-32-P70W Philippines NX.GVYSP.004 2CELL4.8 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic

A314-32-P7A3 Belgium NX.GVYEH.001 2CELL4.8 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic

A314-32-P86L Philippines NX.GW7SP.002 2CELL4.8 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic

A314-32-P9FZ France NX.GVYEF.003 2CELL4.8 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic

A314-32-P9JN Singapore NX.GVYSG.007 2CELL4.8 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic

A314-32-P9W0 Poland NX.GVYEP.001 2CELL4.8 45W_5.5phy 0.3M VGA_Mic

7-50 Model Definition and Configuration


CHAPTER 8
Test Compatible Components
Microsoft® Windows® 8.1 Environment Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4
Aspire A314-31, Aspire A114-31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4

8-2
Test Compatible Components
This computer’s compatibility is tested and verified by Acer’s internal testing
department. All of its system functions are tested under Windows® 8.1 environment.
Refer to the following lists for components, adapter cards, and peripherals which have
passed these tests. Regarding configuration, combination and test procedures, please
refer to the Aspire A314-31/A114-31/A314-32/A114-32 Compatibility Test Report
released by the Acer Mobile System Testing Department.

Test Compatible Components 8-3


Microsoft® Windows® 8.1 Environment Test 0

Aspire A314-31/A114-31 0

Table 1-1. Test Compatible Components

Vendor Type Description Part No.


Adapter
“Adapter DELTA 45W 19V
60035715
45W_5.5phy 1.7x5.5x11 ADP-45HE DA LF black KP.04501.014
DELTA-SINGAPORE
with acer logo,”
Adapter LITE-ON 45W_5.5phy
60036752 LITE-ON
45W_5.5phy 19V 1.7x5.5x11 PA-1450-26AA LF KP.04503.010
SINGAPORE
Black
Adapter Chicony Power 45W 19V
60016453
45W_5.5phy 1.7x5.5x11 A045R021L-AC01-01 KP.0450H.010
CHICONY POWER
LF Black with acer logo
Audio Codec
Non-AVAP
Audio Codec - Non-AVAP Audio Codec - Realtek
10004786 REALTEK NC.21011.02R
Realtek ALC255(HDA)
ALC255(HDA)
Battery
Battery PANASONIC AP16M
60001535 Polymer 2S1P PANASONIC 2 Cell
2CELL4.8 KT.00205.004
PANASONIC 4810mAh Main COMMON Z
height 5.5mm
Battery PANASONIC AP16M
60001535 Polymer 2S1P PANASONIC 2 Cell
2CELL4.8 KT.00205.005
PANASONIC 4810mAh Main COMMON Z
height 4.39mm
Battery PANASONIC AC14B1
60001535
3CELL3.22 Polymer 3S1P ATL 3 cell 3220mAh KT.00305.005
PANASONIC
Main COMMON
Battery LGC AC14B1 Prismatic
3S1P LGC 3 cell 3246mAh Main
60032811 LGC 3CELL3.22 KT.0030G.011
COMMON (low cost add SRS
separator)
Camera
Camera LITEON VGA Camera
10001023 LITE-ON 0.3M VGA_Mic LT_HY708_RTS5806_PPH-0320_K KS.VGA05.002
MM4030 (add Mic)

8-4 Test Compatible Components


Table 1-1. Test Compatible Components
Vendor Type Description Part No.
Camera CHICONY VGA Camera
10001044
0.3M VGA_Mic CH_HY708_RTS5806_AOET_KMM KS.VGA06.001
CHICONY
4030 (add Mic)
Camera Tech-Front VGA Camera
10174742
0.3M VGA_Mic TF_OV7676_RTS5806_Xuye0102A KS.VGA0Q.002
TECH-FRONT(CQ)
_ZTS6031M (add Mic)
CPU
CPU(BGA) Intel Celeron ICDN3350
10001067 INTEL ICDN3350 KC.N3301.500
BGA 6W B1 Goldmont
CPU(BGA) Intel Celeron ICQN3450
10001067 INTEL ICQN3450 KC.N3401.500
BGA 6W B1 Goldmont
CPU(BGA) Intel Pentium
10001067 INTEL PQCN4200 Quad-Core PQCN4200 BGA 6W KC.N4201.000
B1 Goldmont
HDD
Flash Disk KINGSTON SSD NAND
60040600
F80128S3 128GB RBU-SNS8180DS3/128GH KN.12807.023
KINGSTON
LF+HF
Flash Disk HYNIX SSD NAND
60002045 SK
F80128S3 128GB HFS128G39TND-N210A KN.1280G.003
HYNIX
LF+HF
Flash Disk LITE-ON SSD NAND
10001023 LITE-ON F80128S3 128GB CV3-8D128 FW:T87A101 KN.1280L.019
LF+HF
Flash Disk MICRON SSD NAND
60002050 MICRON 256GB Micron 3D 32layer M.2
F80256S3 KN.25604.039
SG 2280 256GB MTFDDAV256TBN
LF+HF
Flash Disk HYNIX SSD NAND
60002045 SK
F80256S3 256GB HFS256G39TND-N210A KN.2560G.022
HYNIX
LF+HF
Flash Disk LITE-ON SSD NAND
10001023 LITE-ON F80256S3 256GB CV3-8D256 FW:T88A101 KN.2560L.021
LF+HF
Flash Disk MICRON SSD NAND
60002050 MICRON 512GB Micron 3D 32layer M.2
F80512S3 KN.51204.032
SG 2280 512GB MTFDDAV512TBN
LF+HF
Flash Disk LITE-ON SSD NAND
10001023 LITE-ON F80512S3 512GB CV3-8D512 FW:T89A101 KN.5120L.013
LF+HF

Test Compatible Components 8-5


Table 1-1. Test Compatible Components
Vendor Type Description Part No.
“HDD SEAGATE 2.5”” 5400rpm
1000GB ST1000LM035
60002036 N1000GB5.4KS
,1RK172-189 ,Rosewood 1TB KH.01K01.055
SEAGATE 71D
,7mmzh HDD - SATA III 128MB LF
F/W:ACM1”
“HDD HGST 2.5”” 5400rpm
60002005 HGST SG N500GB5.4KS 500GB Dummy P.N for 500G SATA KH.50007.015
8MB LF+HF F/W:”
“HDD SEAGATE 2.5”” 5400rpm
500GB ST500LT012, 1DG142-188,
60002036 N500GB5.4KS_
YarraR 500GB refresh SATA III KH.50001.050
SEAGATE 4K
32MB LF+HF F/W:1001SDM1
500G/P, 7mmzh HDD”
“HDD TOSHIBA 2.5”” 5400rpm
500GB
60001922 TOSHIBA N500GB5.4KS_
Aquarius-B,MQ01ABF050,500G/P, KH.50004.015
DIGI 4K
7mmzh SATA III 8MB LF+HF
F/W:AM002J”
“HDD WD 2.5”” 5400rpm 500GB
N500GB5.4KS_ WD5000LPCX-21VHAT0,
60001994 WD KH.50008.050
4K MN500S-2, 7mmzh HDD, 500G/P
SATA III 16MB LF F/W:01.01A01”
eMMC HYNIX Flash ROM NAND
60002045 SK
eMMC32GB 32GB H26M62002GMR LF+HF 3D KN.0320G.020
HYNIX
MLC
60002045 SK eMMC HYNIX NAND 64GB
eMMC64GB KN.0640G.010
HYNIX H26M74002EMR LF+HF 3D MLC
Keyboard
Phantom KB CHICONY
10001044 LV4T_A51B LV4T Internal 14
LV4T_A51B NK.I1413.0BU
CHICONY Standard Black Y2015 Acer
Legend Win 8 Fine Power+Dish
Phantom KB DARFON LV4T_A51B
LV4T Internal 14 Standard Black
60004864 DARFON LV4T_A51B NK.I1417.0G8
Y2015 Acer Legend Win 8 Fine
Power+Dish
Phantom KB SUNREX LV4T_A51B
LV4T Internal 14 Standard Black
60052236 SUNREX LV4T_A51B NK.I141S.04K
Y2015 Acer Legend Win 8 Fine
Power+Dish
LAN
PLM00014 ODM Non AVAP Lan None AVAP Lan NA.22411.00B
LCD

8-6 Test Compatible Components


Table 1-1. Test Compatible Components
Vendor Type Description Part No.
LED LCD Panel AUO 14’ FHD
60003316 AUO N14FHDSUPL None Glare B140HTN01.E LF KL.14005.030
220nit 8ms 400:1 Value(EC)
“LED LCD Panel CMI 14’ FHD
60031663 CMI STSP None Glare N140HGE-EAA rev.C3
N14FHDSUPL KL.1400D.022
BRANCH LF 220nit 10ms 500:1 FHD TN Low
cost, EC”
“LED LCD Panel AUO 14’ WXGA
Glare B140XTN02.D H/W 8A LF
60003316 AUO N14HDGSUP KL.14005.031
220nit 8ms 500:1 (eDP, 3.0mm
max, H/W 8A)”
“LED LCD Panel CMI 14’ WXGA
10001022
N14HDGSUP Glare N140BGA-EB3 LF 220nit KL.1400D.019
INNOLUX
10ms 600:1 (eDP,3.0mm Max)”
“LED LCD Panel BOE 14’ WXGA
Glare NT140WHM-N31 LF 220nit
60038572 BOE(HK) N14HDGSUP KL.1400E.002
12ms 600:1 (Ultra-slim, 3.0mm
Max)”
LED LCD Panel AUO 14’ WXGA
60003316 AUO N14HDSUP None Glare B140XTN02.E H/W AA KL.14005.035
LF 220nit 8ms 400:1 (eDP) EC
“LED LCD Panel CMI 14’ WXGA
60031663 CMI STSP None Glare N140BGA-EA3 LF
N14HDSUP KL.1400D.020
BRANCH 220nit 10ms 500:1 (eDP, 3.0mm
Max)”
“LED LCD Panel BOE 14’ WXGA
None Glare NT140WHM-N41 LF
60038572 BOE(HK) N14HDSUP KL.1400E.003
220nit 12ms 500:1 (Ultra-slim,
3.0mm Max)”
Memory
Memory Chip MICRON DDR3L
60002050 MICRON 1600 4Gb
CM4GbIIIL KN.00404.005
SG MT41K256M16HA-125:E LF+HF
256*16 30nm
Memory Chip MICRON DDR3L
60002050 MICRON 1600 4Gb
CM4GbIIIL KN.00404.011
SG MT41K256M16TW-107:P LF+HF
256*16
Memory Chip SAMSUNG DDR3L
60002215
CM4GbIIIL 1600 4Gb K4B4G1646E-BYK0 KN.0040B.009
SAMSUNG
LF+HF 256*16 20nm
Memory Chip HYNIX DDR3L 1600
60002045 SK
CM4GbIIIL 4Gb H5TC4G63EFR-PBA LF+HF KN.0040G.019
HYNIX
256*16 21nm DE

Test Compatible Components 8-7


Table 1-1. Test Compatible Components

Vendor Type Description Part No.


60002041 OB4GBIIIL(256 Memory Chip DDR3L 1600 4GB
KN.4GB00.009
QIMONDA x16*8) Dummy LF+HF Dummy
NB Chipset
none NB NB Chipset none NB Chipset
10000981 MISC KI.22600.054
Chipset without NB Chipset
Touchpad
Synaptics Touchpad CP4WIP1M
60040547
CP4WIP1M PTP TM-P3217-002 104x64mm NC.24611.038
SYNAPTICS
PCB (add noise immunity)
60040786 Elantec Touchpad CP4WIP1M PTP
CP4WIP1M NC.24611.03Z
ELANTECH SA464C-1202 104x64mm PCB
WiFi Antenna
10000105 WNC PIFA 2017 WNC PIFA WiFi Antenna NC.23511.00L
Wireless LAN
“Wireless LAN Liteon 802.11ac
3rd WiFi 1x1 Bluetooth FM 3rd WiFi 1x1 AC+
10001023 LITE-ON KE.11A0L.001
AC+ BT M.2 BT M.2 QCA9377A QCA
NFA435A, Rev 1.1”
“Wireless LAN Intel 802.11ac
INT3168.NGW Bluetooth FM INT3168.NGWG
10001067 INTEL KE.11A0N.002
G Sandy Peak M.2 1x1 AC + BT
2230, non-VPro”

8-8 Test Compatible Components


Aspire A314-32/A114-32 0

Table 1-2. Test Compatible Components


Vendor Type Part No. Description
A Cover
10001028 Obsidian Black 14 PC+ABS QUANTA A cover Obsidian
NC.21011.0D3
QUANTA Texture EJ Black 14 PC+ABS Texture EJ
10001028 Oxidant Red 14 PC+ABS QUANTA A cover Oxidant Red
NC.21011.0F7
QUANTA Texture EJ 14 PC+ABS Texture EJ
10001028 Stone Blue 14 PC+ABS QUANTA A cover Stone Blue 14
NC.21011.0F9
QUANTA Texture EJ PC+ABS Texture EJ
Adapter
60035715 Adapter DELTA 45W 19V
DELTA-SINGA 45W_5.5phy KP.04501.014 1.7x5.5x11 ADP-45HE DA LF
PORE black with acer logo
60036752 Adapter LITE-ON 45W_5.5phy
LITE-ON 45W_5.5phy KP.04503.010 19V 1.7x5.5x11 PA-1450-26AA
SINGAPORE LF Black
Adapter Chicony Power 45W
60016453
19V 1.7x5.5x11
CHICONY 45W_5.5phy KP.0450H.010
A045R021L-AC01-01 LF Black
POWER
with acer logo
Audio Codec
10004786 Non-AVAP Audio Codec - Non-AVAP Audio Codec -
NC.21011.02R
REALTEK Realtek ALC255(HDA) Realtek ALC255(HDA)
B Cover
QUANTA B cover Obsidian
10001028 Obsidian Black 14 PC+ABS
NC.21011.0D4 Black 14 PC+ABS Texture w/
QUANTA Texture w/ Camera EJ
Camera EJ
Battery
“Battery PANASONIC AP16M
Polymer 2S1P PANASONIC 2
60001535
2CELL4.8 KT.00205.006 Cell 4810mAh Main COMMON
PANASONIC
Z height 5.5mm, w/ LEM+shut
down mode”
“Battery PANASONIC AP16M
Polymer 2S1P PANASONIC 2
60001535
2CELL4.8_4.39mm KT.00205.007 Cell 4810mAh Main COMMON
PANASONIC
Z height 4.39mm, w/
LEM+shutdown mode”
Battery LGC AC14B1 Prismatic
3S1P LGC 3 cell 3246mAh Main
60032811 LGC 3CELL3.22 KT.0030G.017
COMMON LEM+shutdown
mode
C Cover

Test Compatible Components 8-9


Table 1-2. Test Compatible Components
Vendor Type Part No. Description
10001028 Obsidian Black 14 PC+ABS QUANTA C cover Obsidian
NC.21011.0D5
QUANTA Texture EJ Black 14 PC+ABS Texture EJ
10001028 Oxidant Red 14 PC+ABS QUANTA C cover Oxidant Red
NC.21011.0F8
QUANTA Texture EJ 14 PC+ABS Texture EJ
10001028 Stone Blue 14 PC+ABS QUANTA C cover Stone Blue 14
NC.21011.0FA
QUANTA Texture EJ PC+ABS Texture EJ
Camera
Camera LITEON VGA Camera
10001023
0.3M VGA_Mic KS.VGA05.002 LT_HY708_RTS5806_PPH-0320_
LITE-ON
KMM4030 (add Mic)
Camera CHICONY VGA Camera
10001044
0.3M VGA_Mic KS.VGA06.001 CH_HY708_RTS5806_AOET_KM
CHICONY
M4030 (add Mic)
10174742
Camera Tech-Front VGA
TECH-FRONT( 0.3M VGA_Mic KS.VGA0Q.003
Camera YHJH-1 (add Mic)
CQ)
Card Reader
10000981
Non AVAP SD card reader NC.21511.003 Non AVAP SD card reader
MISC
CPU
10001067 CPU(BGA) Intel Celeron
ICDN4000 KC.N4001.000
INTEL ICDN4000 BGA 6W B1
10001067 CPU(BGA) Intel Celeron
ICQN4100 KC.N4101.000
INTEL Quad-Core ICQN4100 BGA 6W
10001067 CPU(BGA) Intel Pentium
PQCN5000 KC.N5001.000
INTEL Quad-Core PQCN5000 BGA 6W
D Cover
10001028 Obsidian Black 14 PC+ABS QUANTA D cover Obsidian
NC.21011.0D6
QUANTA Texture EJ BB Black 14 PC+ABS Texture EJ BB
HDD
Flash Disk HYNIX SSD NAND
60002045 SK
F80128S3 KN.1280G.003 128GB HFS128G39TND-N210A
HYNIX
LF+HF
Flash Disk MICRON SSD NAND
60002050 256GB Micron 3D 32layer M.2
F80256S3 KN.25604.039
MICRON SG 2280 256GB MTFDDAV256TBN
LF+HF
“HDD TOSHIBA 2.5”” 5400rpm
60001922 1000GB MQ04ABF100 , 1TB/P,
N1000GB5.4KS71D KH.01K04.016
TOSHIBA DIGI acer code SATA III 128MB
LF+HF F/W:JU001J”

8-10 Test Compatible Components


Table 1-2. Test Compatible Components
Vendor Type Part No. Description
“HDD WD 2.5”” 5400rpm
1000GB WD10SPZX-21Z10T0 ,
60001994 WD N1000GB5.4KS71D KH.01K08.035 7mmzh 1D , 1TB/P , MN1000S
SATA III 128MB LF F/W:
02.01A02”
“HDD HGST 2.5”” 5400rpm
60002005
N1000GB5.4KS_7mm KH.01K07.017 1000GB Dummy P/N SATA LF
HGST SG
F/W: Dummy p.n”
“HDD HGST 2.5”” 5400rpm
60002005
N500GB5.4KS KH.50007.015 500GB Dummy P.N for 500G
HGST SG
SATA 8MB LF+HF F/W:”
“HDD TOSHIBA 2.5”” 5400rpm
500GB
60001922
N500GB5.4KS_4K KH.50004.015 Aquarius-B,MQ01ABF050,500G
TOSHIBA DIGI
/P, 7mmzh SATA III 8MB LF+HF
F/W:AM002J”
“HDD WD 2.5”” 5400rpm
500GB WD5000LPCX-21VHAT0,
60001994 WD N500GB5.4KS_4K KH.50008.050 MN500S-2, 7mmzh HDD,
500G/P SATA III 16MB LF
F/W:01.01A01”
eMMC TOSHIBA NAND 32GB
10002146
eMMC32GB KN.0320A.001 THGBMHG8C4LBAIR LF+HF
TOSHIBA
15nm Ver 5.1
eMMC SANDISK NAND 32GB
60058983
eMMC32GB KN.0320D.006 SDINADF4-32G-1220 LF+HF 5.1
SANDISK
CS1.27D
60002045 SK eMMC HYNIX NAND 32GB
eMMC32GB KN.0320G.024
HYNIX H26M62002JPR LF+HF
eMMC SANDISK NAND 64GB
60058983
eMMC64GB KN.0640D.007 SDINADF4-64G-1220 LF+HF 5.1
SANDISK
CS1.27D
60002045 SK eMMC HYNIX NAND 64GB
eMMC64GB KN.0640G.006
HYNIX H26M78208CMR LF+HF
60002045 SK eMMC HYNIX NAND 64GB
eMMC64GB KN.0640G.011
HYNIX H26M74002HMR LF+HF
“HDD TOSHIBA 2.5”” 5400rpm
60001922 1000GB MQ04ABF100 , 1TB/P,
N1000GB5.4KS71D KH.01K04.016
TOSHIBA DIGI acer code SATA III 128MB
LF+HF F/W:JU001J”
“HDD WD 2.5”” 5400rpm
1000GB WD10SPZX-21Z10T0 ,
60001994 WD N1000GB5.4KS71D KH.01K08.035 7mmzh 1D , 1TB/P , MN1000S
SATA III 128MB LF F/W:
02.01A02”

Test Compatible Components 8-11


Table 1-2. Test Compatible Components
Vendor Type Part No. Description
“HDD HGST 2.5”” 5400rpm
60002005
N1000GB5.4KS_7mm KH.01K07.017 1000GB Dummy P/N SATA LF
HGST SG
F/W: Dummy p.n”
“HDD HGST 2.5”” 5400rpm
60002005
N500GB5.4KS KH.50007.015 500GB Dummy P.N for 500G
HGST SG
SATA 8MB LF+HF F/W:”
“HDD TOSHIBA 2.5”” 5400rpm
500GB
60001922
N500GB5.4KS_4K KH.50004.015 Aquarius-B,MQ01ABF050,500G
TOSHIBA DIGI
/P, 7mmzh SATA III 8MB LF+HF
F/W:AM002J”
“HDD WD 2.5”” 5400rpm
500GB WD5000LPCX-21VHAT0,
60001994 WD N500GB5.4KS_4K KH.50008.050 MN500S-2, 7mmzh HDD,
500G/P SATA III 16MB LF
F/W:01.01A01”
Keyboard
“Phantom KB DARFON
LV4T_A80B LV4T Internal 14
60004864
LV4T_A80B NK.I1417.0K3 Standard Black Acer Legend
DARFON
Win8, Power icon,Dish,Media
Key”
“Phantom KB SUNREX
LV4T_A80B LV4T Internal 14
60052236
LV4T_A80B NK.I141S.05K Standard Black Acer Legend
SUNREX
Win8, Power icon,Dish,Media
Key”
LAN
PLM00014
Non AVAP Lan NA.22411.00B None AVAP Lan
ODM
LCD
LED LCD Panel AUO 14’ FHD
60003316
N14FHDSUPL KL.14005.030 None Glare B140HTN01.E LF
AUO
220nit 8ms 400:1 Value(EC)
“LED LCD Panel CMI 14’ FHD
60031663 CMI None Glare N140HGE-EAA
N14FHDSUPL KL.1400D.022
STSP BRANCH rev.C3 LF 220nit 10ms 500:1
FHD TN Low cost, EC”
“LED LCD Panel AUO 14’
60003316 WXGA Glare B140XTN02.D
N14HDGSUP KL.14005.031
AUO H/W 8A LF 220nit 8ms 500:1
(eDP, 3.0mm max, H/W 8A)”
“LED LCD Panel CMI 14’ WXGA
10001022
N14HDGSUP KL.1400D.019 Glare N140BGA-EB3 LF 220nit
INNOLUX
10ms 600:1 (eDP,3.0mm Max)”

8-12 Test Compatible Components


Table 1-2. Test Compatible Components
Vendor Type Part No. Description
“LED LCD Panel BOE 14’ WXGA
60038572 Glare NT140WHM-N31 LF
N14HDGSUP KL.1400E.002
BOE(HK) 220nit 12ms 600:1 (Ultra-slim,
3.0mm Max)”
LED LCD Panel AUO 14’ WXGA
60003316 None Glare B140XTN02.E H/W
N14HDSUP KL.14005.035
AUO AA LF 220nit 8ms 400:1 (eDP)
EC
“LED LCD Panel CMI 14’ WXGA
60031663 CMI None Glare N140BGA-EA3 LF
N14HDSUP KL.1400D.020
STSP BRANCH 220nit 10ms 500:1 (eDP, 3.0mm
Max)”
“LED LCD Panel BOE 14’ WXGA
60038572 None Glare NT140WHM-N41 LF
N14HDSUP KL.1400E.003
BOE(HK) 220nit 12ms 500:1 (Ultra-slim,
3.0mm Max)”
Memory
Memory Chip MICRON DDRIV
60002050 2400 8Gb
CM8GbIV KN.8GB04.013
MICRON SG MT40A512M16JY-083E:B
LF+HF 512*16 20nm
Memory Chip HYNIX DDRIV
60002045 SK
CM8GbIV KN.8GB0G.049 2400 8Gb H5AN8G6NAFR-UHC
HYNIX
LF+HF 512*16 21nm
60002041 Memory Chip DDRIV 4GB
OB4GBIV(512x16*4) KN.4GB00.016
QIMONDA Dummy LF+HF 512*16 DUMMY
10000981 Memory SO-DIMM DDRIV 2GB
SO2GBIV KN.2GB00.021
MISC Dummy LF+HF
Memory HYNIX SO-DIMM
60002045 SK DDRIV 2400 2GB
SO2GBIV KN.2GB0G.049
HYNIX HMA425S6AFR6N-UH LF+HF
256*16 25nm PL
Memory HYNIX SO-DIMM
60002045 SK DDRIV 2400 2GB
SO2GBIV KN.2GB0G.055
HYNIX HMA425S6BJR6N-UH LF+HF
256*16
10000981 Memory SO-DIMM DDRIV 4GB
SO4GBIV KN.4GB00.019
MISC Dummy LF+HF
Memory A-DATA SO-DIMM
60001955 DDRIV 2400 4GB
SO4GBIV KN.4GB0C.015
A-DATA AM1P24HC4R1-BUNS LF+HF
512*8
Memory HYNIX SO-DIMM
60002045 SK DDRIV 2133 4GB
SO4GBIV KN.4GB0G.036
HYNIX HMA451S6AFR8N-TF LF+HF
512*8 25nm Polaris

Test Compatible Components 8-13


Table 1-2. Test Compatible Components
Vendor Type Part No. Description
Memory HYNIX SO-DIMM
60002045 SK DDRIV 2400 4GB
SO4GBIV KN.4GB0G.046
HYNIX HMA851S6AFR6N-UH LF+HF
512*16 21nm Deneb
10000981 Memory SO-DIMM DDRIV 8GB
SO8GBIV KN.8GB00.010
MISC Dummy LF+HF
Memory MICRON SO-DIMM
60002050 DDRIV 2666 8GB
SO8GBIV KN.8GB04.028
MICRON SG MTA8ATF1G64HZ-2G6E1 LF+HF
1024*8 Z11B
NB Chipset
10000981 NB Chipset none NB Chipset
none NB Chipset KI.22600.054
MISC without NB Chipset
Thermal
60035715
DELTA-SINGA DELTA Y17-7070T65-P1 NC.26111.01A DELTA DELTA Y17-7070T65-P1
PORE
Touchpad
Synaptics Touchpad CP4WIP3M
60040547
CP4WIP3M NC.24611.04D PTP TM-P3392-001 104x64mm
SYNAPTICS
PCB (Moisture)
Elantec Touchpad CP4WIP3M
60040786
CP4WIP3M NC.24611.04E PTP SA464C-12A0 104x64mm
ELANTECH
PCB (Moisture)
VGA Chip
10001067
UMA KI.23200.038 UMA (Intel)
INTEL
WiFi Antenna
60057854 Galtronics PIFA Antenna
PIFA 2017 Galtronics NC.23511.00R
GALTRONICS Common Type 2017
Wireless LAN
10000105 Wireless LAN Bluetooth 1x1 AC
1x1 AC+BT KE.11A0N.006
WNC Dummy
“Wireless LAN Liteon 802.11ac
10001023 Bluetooth FM 3rd WiFi 1x1 AC+
3rd WiFi 1x1 AC+ BT M.2 KE.11A0L.001
LITE-ON BT M.2 QCA9377A QCA
NFA435A, Rev 1.1”
Wireless LAN Intel 802.11ac
10001067 Bluetooth FM 9462.NGWG.NV
INT9462.NGWG.NV KE.11A0N.012
INTEL JFP1 Diversity M.2 1X1AC
MU-MIMO/80Mhz + BT5 2230

8-14 Test Compatible Components


CHAPTER 9
Online Support Information
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3

9-2
Online Support Information

Introduction 0

This section describes online technical support services available to help users repair their
Acer Systems.
For distributors, dealers, ASP or TPM, please refer the technical queries to a local Acer
branch office. Acer Branch Offices and Regional Business Units may access our website.
However some information sources will require a user i.d. and password. These can be
obtained directly from Acer CSD Taiwan.
Acer's Website offers convenient and valuable support resources.
In the Technical Information section users can download information on all of Acer's
Notebook, Desktop and Server models including:
Service guides for all models
Bios updates
Software utilities
Spare parts lists
TABs (Technical Announcement Bulletin)
For these purposes, we have included an Acrobat File to facilitate the problem-free
downloading of our technical material.
Also contained on this website are:
Detailed information on Acer's International Traveller’s Warranty (ITW)
Returned material authorization procedures
An overview of all the support services we offer, accompanied by a list of
telephone, fax and email contacts for all technical queries.
We are always looking for ways to optimize and improve our services, so do not hesitate
to direct any suggestions or comments to us.

Online Support Information 9-3


9-4 Online Support Information

You might also like